THE

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

'^/\

1^ : 0 ^^f^^!^ t

in

VOL. 74

JULY, 1960 to APRIL, 1961

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER

Professor Emeritus of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania

CHARLES B. WURTZ

Consulting Biologists Inc., 1009 Commercial Trust Building

R. TUCKER ABBOTT

H. A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology, Academy of Natural Sciences

MRS. HORACE B. BAKER

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBY, PA.

April, 1961 NAUTILUS j'>^ / * 4ii. ^■

CONTENTS 1;.;^ •; J^^J . ^|

Names of new genera, species, etc. in iTaZki Viic.^ ' »"

Alabama \^....^:.r34, 83

Alaska ^^*:^,,.41, 91

American Malacological Union 78

American Museum of Natural History 91

Arctic 41, 91

Arizona 75

Atlantic, eastern 85

western 1, 26, 46, 56, 81, 120, 122, 131, 149, 162

Argentina 23

Australorbis 35

Balch, Francis Noyes, obituary 164

Bartsch, Paul, death 33

Biomphalaria 35

Bithyniidae 34

Brachidontes recurvus 1

Bulimulus 68

Button, Fred L., collection of 38

Canada 84

Catinella (Mediappendix) hubrichti Grimm 9, 109

Catinella (M.) pinicola Grimm 11, 109

Catinella (M.) vermeta 12

Cayman Islands 122

Cepaea nemoralis 82

Cepolis, Puerto Rican 142

Chlamys (Argopecten) rehderi G. Grau ,15

Colubraria jordani, C. siphonata, C. soverbii 136

Colubraria xavieri G. Bruce Campbell 141

Contributors 39

Conus mus :. 81

Corbicula fluminea, introduction 114

Dates of Nautilus 33

Dinoplax gigas, parasitized by Odostomia chitonicola 87

Florida, marines 131

Foreign subscriptions 119

Genitalia, mounting of snail 32

Galacera Risso-Dominguez (Polyceridae) 56

78628

iv NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (Index)

Gyraulus arizonensis 37

Haiti 166

Helix pomatia 120

Hendersonia occulta 83

Heteropods as fish food 46

Hydrobiidae 34

Indiana 70

Indo-Pacific, south 15, 65

west 85

Illinois 120

Kansas 121

Kentucky 62

Littoridina sphinctostoma 158

Littorina littorea 120

Locomotion, temperature k light effects in slugs 125

Louisiana 157

Lyrodes doellojuradoi Parodiz 25

Lyrodes guarantica 23

Maryland 8, 102, 106, 160

Massachusetts 122

Mattox, Norman T., death 33

Mediappendix 123

Michigan 102, 109, 123

Mississippi 83

Mya arenaria, record size 120

Nelson, Charles G., collection of 39

North Carolina 13, 33, 166

Northwest Shell Club 121

Notes and news 33, 81, 119, 165

Odostomia, larval shell 85

Odostomia chitonicola on Dinoplax gigas 85

Odostomia dianthophila Wells & Wells 151

Odostomia dux 150

Okkelberg, Peter Olaus, obituary 119, 163

Orthalicus undatus jamaicensis 122

Pacific, east 18, 28, 41, 131, 136

south 15

Pallifera (Pancalyptus) fosteri 102

Pallifera (Pancalyptus) megaphallica Grimm 102

April, 1961 NAUTILUS v

Pallifera (Pancalyptus) pilshryi & subsp. santaritana

Miles & Mead 76

Pisidium henslowanum 123

Planorbina 35

Pleistocene 18, 26

Pleurotomariidae 162

Pliocene 26

Polyplex Perry, type of 28

Pomatiopsis lapidaria 33

Post-Pleistocene 70

Probythinella procera 158

Pteropods as fish food 46

Publications received 40, (2) :iii, 123, (4) :iii

Puerto Rico 142, 166

Pyramidellidae, hosts 85

Quickella vagans 123

Rhode Island 82

Rissoella caribaea 134

Rissoella galba Robertson 135

Salinity, low 1

Schenck, Hubert G., death 118

Schwengel, Jeanne S., death 165

Slugs, light Sc temperature effects on locomotion 125

South Carolina 33

Sphaerium transversum 121

Survival, effect of low salinity 1

Tennessee 114, 166

Texas 37, 68, 82

Taphius 34

Thais 38

Truncatellidae 34

Unionidae 109

Venus, voyage of 65

Vitrinizonites uvidermis 1 66

West Virginia 34

Wyoming 84, 95

Yunquea monteplatonis 1 66

Yunqueinae 166

vi NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (Index)

INDEX TO AUTHORS

Abbott, R. Tucker 33, 33, 81

Allen, J. Frances 1

Baily, Joshua L., Jr 28

Baker, H. Burrington 33, 34, 35, 38, 123, 142, 166

Beetle, Dorothy E 84, 84, 95

Branson, Branley A 38

Burch, John Q 81

Campbell, G. Bruce 136

Champion, Merrill E. 164

Clench, William J 82, 122

Dexter, Ralph W 38, 119, 120

Editors 39, 166

Eyerdam, Walter Jacob 41, 91

Grau, Gilbert 15

Grimm, F. Wayne 8, 102, 106, 160

Heard, William H 109, 123

Hubricht, Leslie 33, 34, 68, 82, 83, 83, 166

Ingram, William Marcus (Sinclair Sc) 114

Kaplan, Michael F. & W. L. Minckley 62

Karlin, Edward J 125

Manager 119

Mead, Albert R. (Miles Sc) 75

Michelson, Edward H 32

Miles, Charles D. & Albert R. Mead 75

Minckley, W. L. (Kaplan k) 62

Murray, Harold D 121

Orr, Virginia (Robertson &) 85

Parmalee, Paul W 70

Parodiz, J. J 23

Rehder, H. A 122

Rice, Tom 121

Risso-Dominguez, Carlos J 56

Robertson, Robert 119, 131

Robertson Sc Virginia Orr 85

Russell, Henry D 46

Schalie, Henry van der 119, 163

Sinclair, Ralph M. Sc William Marcus Ingram 114

Solem, Alan 38, 39, 157

April, 1961 NAUTILUS vii

Teskey, Margaret C 78

Turner, Ruth D 122, 162

Valentine, James W 18

Wells, Harry W. & Mary Jane 149

Wells, John W 26

Vol. 74 JULY, 1960 No. 1

THK

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.

(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)

Charles B. Wurtz, Consulting Biologists

1009 Commercial Trust Building, Philadelphia 2

R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3

CONTENTS

Effect of low salinity on survival of the curved mussel, ♦

Brachidontes recurvus. By /. Frances Allen 1

Two new succineids from Maryland, with notes on Catinella

vermeta. By W. Wayne Grimm 8

A new Chlamys from the south Pacific. By Gilbert Grau 15

Pleistocene molluscan notes, 3. Rocky coast faunule, Bahia

San Quintin, Mexico. By James W. Valentine 18

Neotype for Lyrodes guaranitica Doering and description of a

new species. By /. /. Parodiz 23

A Pleistocene marine mollusk in central New York. By John

W. Wells 26

The type of Folyplex Perry, By Joshua L. Baily, Jr 28

A rapid method for preparing mounts of snail genitalia. By

Edward H. Michelson 32

Notes and news 33 Publications received 40

^3.50 per year (^3.65 to Foreign Countries) ^1.00 a copy.

Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager

11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania

Second-Class Postage paid at Philadelphia, Penna.

NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published

by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October) .

Manuscript should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout. Proofs

will not be submitted to authors unless requested.

Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost,

which averages $5.50 per page. But the minimum charge for each separate

block is $3.00.

Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written on or

attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-

quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra

clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase ordei^

will be charged for accordingly:

2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp.

50 copies $3.00 $5.00 $8.00

100 copies 3.25 6.00 9.50

Additional 100s 1.30 2.00 3.00

Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.

[Postage Extra]

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Winsconsin.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

For Exchange or Sale: Rare dredged deep water shells from Florida and

West Indies, reliable data. Exchanges limited to western Atlantic.

Thomas L. McGinty, Baynton Beach, Florida

Wooden Shell Cabinets: For exchange or sale. Contact:

Alan Solem, Chicago Natural History Museum, Dept. Zoology, Chicago

5, Illinois.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide) . Exchange or purchase. Can offer good marine

specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

For Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world-wide.

Nick Katsaras, 479-B South Washington Ave., Bergenfield, N. J.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 July, 1960 No. 1

EFFECT OF LOW SALINITY ON SURVIVAL

OF THE CURVED MUSSEL, BRACHIDONTES RECURVUS

By J. FRANCES ALLEN*

National Science Foundation, Washington, D. C,

Numerous investigators have been interested in the ability of

various marine mollusks, especially pelecypods and gastropods,

to adapt themselves to environments of changing salinities.

Beudant (1816) found that such forms as Ostrea and Mytilus

could resist the ill effects of exposure to fresh water better than

those mollusks from the open sea. Chidester (1924) observed

that Mytilus edulis is unable to keep the molecular concentra-

tion of the blood in low dilutions and probably dies as a result

of asphyxiation. Federighi (1931) noted that the occurrence

of death in an unsuitable medium may be the result of failure

to adjust body fluids so that they are in equilibrium with the

medium, to the toxic action of solutes, to the loss of essential

salts, to the inability to carry on respiration and other processes

which are essential to metabolism. The same author reported

that a slight variation in salinity causes oysters to stop feeding.

Pearse (1950) wrote that changes in salt concentration in both

internal and external media change the respiratory rate in

marine animals. In those forms which can not adjust, respira-

tion becomes slower and finally ceases. He points out that they

are better able to withstand slow changes rather than rapid

changes in salinity and that they show toleration for varying

degrees of dilution according to the concentration of the me-

dium in their previous environment.

During the spring of 1951, there was a heavy mortality of

the population of the curved or hooked mussel, Brachidontes

reciirvus (Rafinesque) , on Hackett's Bar in the upper Chesa-

peake Bay. Since January, 1950, this area had been the subject

of an intensive study of certain aspects of the biology, ecology.

* Work done while with the Department of Zoolog)', University of Mary-

land, College Park, Maryland.

NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

TABLE I

BOTTCM TIMPERATORE AND SAUNTIT AT HACKETT^S BAR

JASUABJ 16, 1950 THROUGH APRIL 16, 1951

DATE T3IPSRATURE • C. SALINITT^.

6.8 10.10

5.7 11.60

2.7 13.60

3.6 12.70

6.1 9.30

7.0 5.20

10.3 7.50

13.6 7.90

13.3 10.10

17.7 8.00

19.0 8.64

22.5 9.64

23.5 9.63

24.5 8.51

23.5 12.05

24.3 13.44

22.8 10.75

20.4 15.41

19.5 16.24

17.4 15.81

11.6 13.28

7.2 8.86

6.8 8.77

3.1 7.48

3.6 9.47

2.1 3.84

2.1" 3.48

1.8 2.85

5.3 6.91

5.2 8.21

8.4 5.44

9.6 5.84

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 3

and growth of this species. Hackett's Bar is located on the west-

ern side of the Bay, approximately two nautical miles north of

the mouth of the Severn River. It is 14 to % of a mile off shore

from Hackett Point, in water varying in depth from 2 to 35

feet.

Brachidontes recurvus is an important fouling organism pres-

ent on oyster bars in the upper Chesapeake Bay and its tribu-

taries, and it is also prevalent on bars situated in the Atlantic

coastal areas from New Jersey (Nelson, 1928) , Chesapeake Bay

(Field, 1922) , southward through the Gulf area (Chestnut, 1949;

Engle, 1945 and 1948).

The relative abundance of a mussel population of an indi-

vidual bar has been observed to vary from year to year. In some

instances, a bar which is well populated one year will show a

sparse population one or two years later.

From January 1950 through March 1951, the mussels on

Hackett's Bar grew in large clusters attached to oyster shells.

Monthly examinations of the population during this period

showed little fluctuation either in the relative numbers of indi-

viduals or in their size variation. Dead mussels were not com-

mon and the mortality never exceeded 1 or 2% of the popu-

lation.

During the same period, the salinity at Hackett's fluctuated

considerably (Table I) as would be expected in any estuary.

It reached its highest point on October 9, 1950, at which time

it was 16.24 0/00 (parts per 1000), and its lowest value on

February 19, 1951, was 2.85 0/00, At approximately the same

time the preceding year, February 16, the salinity was 11.6 0/00,

and during the spring the salinity did not go below 5.2 0/00.

Following the low salinities of January and February 1951,

a noticeable mortality was observed in samples collected from

March 5 through April 16. A count of a bushel of oyster shells

with attached mussels showed a mortality of 54.9%; that is,

from a total of 628 mussels, 283 were alive and 345 were empty

shells. A population survey of the Bar was made in October

1951, and at that time less than one percent of the population

was greater than 35 mm. in length, the majority of the mussels

at that time representing the set of 1951. In addition, many

byssal threads attached to the shells indicated the recent disap-

4 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

pearance of these mussels.

Although the salinity value rose to 6.91 o/oo by March 5, the

importance of the sudden drop in salinity, as a possible causative

factor in producing mortality, was recognized. The effects of

lowered salinity on oyster mortalities in the upper Bay are well

known (Beaven, 1946; Engle, 1946) , However, as Beaven (1946)

points out, exposure to a brief period of lowered salinity seems

to have little permanent effect on quality and survival of oysters.

In an effort to determine the relative importance of lowered

salinity on the survival of the curved mussel, an experimental

study was instigated in the laboratory to discover the effect of

varying salinity values on their survival.

Appreciation is expressed to Mr. James B. Engle and the staff

of the Shellfisheries Investigations of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife

Service, Annapolis, Maryland, for assistance with the collection

of the mussels and for the data on temperature and salinity from

the area of Hackett's Bar.

Methods and materials

Oysters and attached mussels were collected from Hackett's

Bar with a standard oyster dredge on April 16, 1951. Groups of

mussels still attached to the oyster shells were placed in six-gallon

glass aquaria containing water from just above the Bar and from

the same area as that from which the mussels were taken. The

water in the aquaria was diluted with distilled water following

the technique of Fox (1936) so that the salinity in the various

aquaria ranged from 0.9 o/oo to 6.5 o/oo. The aquaria, each be-

ing aerated continuously, were kept at room temperature so that

the water varied from 18° C. to 21° C. The duration of the study

was 36 days. Salinity was calculated from chlorinity by titration

with silver nitrate.

Each aquarium contained 4 gallons of water and between 40

and 50 mussels. A representative population of all size ranges was

involved.

Observations and discussion

A mortality was observed in any salinity below 6.00 o/oo with

a constant increase in the percent mortality with decreasing

salinity. The results are summarized in Table II,

These data show that in the salinity range, including 2.85 o/oo

observed on Hackett's Bar, a 100% mortality occurred. Likewise,

one may note, a mortality of 98% is associated with salinities

July, 1960

NAUTILUS

TABLE II

PER Cmr MORTALITY OF B. RECURVUS

ASSOCIATED WITH LOW"SALBIITT

SALINITY RANGE

TOTAL NUMBER

OF SPECIMENS

NUMBER

DIED

PER CENT

MORTALITY

6 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

below 4.5 o/oo. This indicates that the critical low salinity for the

survival of Brachidontes recurvus is probably 4.5 o/oo.

The greater number of deaths in all salinities occurred during

the first 7 days. This was followed by a decreasing mortality ex-

tending over the following 2 weeks. The mussels surviving at the

end of the 3 weeks period continued to live until the termin-

ation of the observations. These data are presented in Table III.

From examination of Table III, considerable individual re-

sistance to low salinities is apparent. In the salinity range of

0.9-3.5, the greater number of early mortalities is associated with

the lower end on the salinity range.

It should be noted that a rather striking correlation exists

between the experimental data and the observed salinity and

mortality on Hackett's Bar. On February 5 the salinity (Table I)

had dropped to 3.48 o/oo which is well within the range of the

experimental data where 98% mortality occurred. Thus, the

mussels on the Bar were exposed to critical salinity conditions

for a sufficiently long period to account for the observed mor-

tality. The rise in salinity to 6.91 o/oo by March 5, continuing

upward to 8.21 o/oo by March 19, apparently was insufficient to

prevent the mortality in the population which had been observed

during March and April. Therefore, a part of the observed mor-

tality in the population was the result of the lowered salinity in

January-February 1951. The lower percent mortality of 54.94

noted in the mussel population, may have been associated with

the fact that lower temperatures prevailed simultaneously with

the lower salinities (Table I) ,

It is well established that the curved mussel occurs abundantly

in areas of low salinity as well as in areas of high salinity.

Mytilus edulis exists quite satisfactorily along the ocean coasts

and in habitats where the salinity is relatively high and which are

not too distant from the influx, during tidal changes, of water of

higher salinity (Dexter, 1947) . In 1928, Dodgson noted that

Mytilus edulis at Conway, Wales, could survive emersion during

naturally occurring diurnal tidal periods in such extremely hypo-

tonic solutions as 1.4 o/oo. He found that, at salinities below

16.18 o/oo, byssus formation was defective or did not occur; at

12.47 to 14.94 o/oo the closing of the valves was affected but that

with a gradual reduction from the normal sea water to 8.75 o/oo

the animals were able to survive and thrive. This same author

indicated that these same mussels underwent no apparent harm

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 7

after being in water with a salinity value of 31.00 o/oo.

Fox et al. (1936) points out that M. calif ornianus is confined

to salinities from 17.00 o/oo and above. While this species can

tolerate a salinity of 45.00 o/oo, values from 12.00 to 0.00 o/oo

were fatal within 7 days.

Chanley (1958) reporting on the survival of various species of

juvenile bivalves, states that B. recurvus from Chesapeake Bay

subjected during studies at the U. S. Shellfisheries Laboratory at

Milford, Connecticut, to different salinities, survived a salinity

of 2.5 o/oo in temperatures ranging from 17.6° to 24.0° C. but

that the gonad condition was poor. The same author who used

specimens ranging in length from 17 to 47 mm. speaks of them

as juveniles. The writer has found (unpublished data) that in the

upper Chesapeake Bay, the mussels of this species at 20 mm. in

length are in their second or third year of growth, and at 40 mm.

are in their fourth or fifth year. Such a designation as juvenile

appears to be somewhat questionable.

Although the curved mussel is widely distributed in the upper

Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries where salinities generally

range between 12 o/oo and 80/00, its inability to withstand

much lower salinities is obviously a contributing factor to its

limited occurrence in less saline waters as well as its actual

survival.

Summary

Experimental evidence indicates that salinities less than 6.00

0/00 contribute to the population mortality of Brachidontes

recurvus in the upper Chesapeake Bay. Since the largest number

of deaths was found experimentally to occur in salinities of less

than 4.5 0/00, this is the probable critical salinity value for the

species. Apparently the rate of survival is somewhat higher during

periods when the low salinities are accompanied by low temper-

atures. However, the susceptibility of this species to detrimental

effects of decreasing salinity values can be considered as con-

tributing both to the distribution and survival of the mussel.

Literature cited

Beudant, F. S. 1816. Memoire sur la possibilite de fair vivres des

mollusques fluviatilis les eaux saliene. J. Phys. 83: 268-284.

Beavan, G, F. 1946. Effect of the Susquehanna River stream flow

on Chesapeake Bay salinities and history of past oyster mor-

talities in upper Bay bars. Ann. Rept. Md. Bd. Nat. Res.:

Ml.

8 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

Chanley, P. E. 1958. Survival of some juvenile bivalves in water

of low salinity. Proc. Nat. Shellfish. Assoc. 48: 52-65.

Chestnut, A. F. 1949. The oyster industry of North Carolina and

some of its problems. Address. Nat. Shellfish. Assoc: 11-12.

Chidester, F. E. 1924. A critical examination of the evidence tor

physical and chemical influence on fish migration. Brit. J.

Exp. Biol. 2: 79-118.

Dexter, R. W. 1947. The marine communities of a tidal inlet at

Cape Ann, Massachusetts: a study in bio-ecology. Ecol.

Monogr. 17: 262-294.

Dodgson, R. W. 1928. Report on mussel purification. Fish. Invest.

London. 10{\): 1-498.

Engle, J. B. 1945. The condition of the natural reefs and other

public oyster bottoms of Alabama in 1943 with suggestions

for their improvement. Spec. Sci. Rept. No. 29. Fish &

Wildl. Serv., U. S. Dept. Interior. 42 pp.

1946. Commercial aspects of the upper Chesapeake Bay

oyster bars in light of recent oyster mortalities. Third Ann.

Rept. Md. Bd. Nat. Res.: 134-140.

1948. Investigation of the oyster reefs of Mississippi, Louis-

iana, and Alabama following the hurricane of Sept. 19, 1947.

Spec. Sci. Rept. No. 59. Fish ^ Wildl. Serv., U. S. Dept.

Interior. 71 pp.

Feredighi, H. 1931. The salinity death points of Urosalpinx

cinerea Say. Ecol. 12: 346-353.

Field, I. A. 1922. Biology and economic value of the sea mussel

Mytilus edulis. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. 38: 127-259. Bur. Fish.

Doc. 992.

Fox, D. L. et al. 1936. The habitat and food of the California sea

mussel. Bull. Scripps. Inst. Oceanogr. Tech. Ser. 4: 1-64.

Nelson, T. C. 1928. Pelagic dissoconchs of the common mussel,

Mytilus edulis, with observations on the behavior of the

larvae of allied genera. Biol. Bull. 55: 180-192.

Pearse, A. S. 1950. The emigrations of animals. The Sherwood

Press, Dry den, N. Y. 210 pp.

TWO NEW SUCCINEIDS FROM MARYLAND,

WITH NOTES ON CATINELLA VERMETA

By F. WAYNE GRIMM

Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich.

Two new succineids of the genus Catinella (subgenus Mediap-

pendix)^ were found in collections of snails taken in Maryland in

1 See N. Hj. Odhner, 1950. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 28: 200-209. Mediap-

pendix Pils., 1948, and Quickella Boettger, 1939, are considered by Odhner

to be subgenera of Catinella Pease, 1871, on the basis of the structure of the

penis. In this genus, the sheathless penis ranges from the simple, primitive,

non-appendiculate structure of Catinella s.s., through the knobbed structure

of Quickella, lo the strongly appendiculate form of Mediappendix.

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 9

1959. The few records available are limited to the Atlantic

Coastal Plain region of that state. Type material has been de-

posited in the collections of the University of Michigan Museum

of Zoology (UMMZ) , the United States National Museum

(USNM) , the museum at Michigan State University, and in the

collection of the author. Holotypes are in UMNZ.

Catinella (Medi appendix) hubrichti, new species.

Fig 1, A-E; pi. 1, F.

Shell translucent olive-yellow, rounded-ovate in shape (resem-

bling a small Oxyloma), glossy, smooth, with unevenly spaced

growth wrinkles; spire short, but acute; aperture slightly reced-

ing, broadly expanded at the base, occupying approximately .73

of the length of the shell. Compared with C. vermeta (Say) of

similar length, the shell has about 1 whorl less, is more glossy,

lacks a produced spire and deep suture, and is free of the earthy

coating commonly associated with vermeta.

Type locality: Near dump along Pocomoke River, w.s.w. edge

of Snow Hill, Worcester Co., Md. Among wet leaves and cypress

needles on mud near small creek (Grimm, Dec. 27, 1959) .

Type: Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. no. 200684; paratypes UMMZ.

200685. This locality is situated in the south-central portion of

the Delmarva Peninsula, which is east of the Chesapeake Bay.

Also from the vicinity of Persimmon Creek at Md. Route 6, St.

Mary's Co., Md. (March 29, 1959), and Patuxent River marshes

at Leon, Anne Arundel Co., Md. (July 12, 1959).

Color of animal: In preserved specimens, the mantle over the

lung is translucent whitish, heavily maculate with gray. Near the

unmarked edge of the mantle, the maculations coalesce to form

irregularly elongate spots. A conspicuous, oblique black streak

is situated near the posterior edge of the mantle. A similar streak

occupies an anterior dorsal position, immediately to the left of

the kidney. Although the intensity of the maculation is some-

what variable individually, the presence of the black streaks

seems to be a constant character in this species. Until more ma-

terial is at hand, however, no definite statement can be made

10 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

concerning variability of pattern. The type lot is much less

variable in this respect than any comparable lot of C. vermeta

seen. The yellowish body and head are heavily spotted with dark

gray, and the sole is unmarked yellow. In life, the background

color is subtranslucent amber, and the skin contains minute flecks

of orange visible under low magnification. The distinctive mantle

pattern is visible through the shell, and the mantle appears to be

edged with a thin line of greenish-yellow.

Genitalia: The genital orifice is in an irregularly curved fossa

provided with a small flap-like, overhanging lobe. The brownish-

gray hermaphrodite duct is prominently swollen and variously

twisted. The divided talon is of moderate size and variable pig-

mentation, ranging from dark gray to cream white in color. The

prostate is large, irregularly ovate in shape, and lightly dotted

with gray. The vas deferens is of moderate length (a bit longer

than in C. vermeta) and slightly thickened at the penial insertion,

where it tends to form a loop. The penis is slender and fingerlike,

bearing a somewhat longer and more slender appendix which

branches off slightly below the middle. The penial retractor is

thickened near its insertion, which is slightly below the point of

entrance of the vas deferens. The retractor appears to have more

fibers in the region of the appendix than are attached to the

penis proper. Both the penis and the appendix are flecked with

minute orange dots. The small, globose spermatheca is on a thin

duct which is slightly longer than the penis.

Primarily, the penis and appendix of this species differ from

those of C. vermeta (Say) and C. vagans (Pils.) in being much

more elongate and slender. Because the size of the spermatheca,

the appearance of the talon, and the degree of pigmentation and

dilation of the hermaphrodite duct appear to be variable char-

acters in the many C. vermeta dissected, they may have little or no

bearing upon the specific identity of members of this genus.

The genitalia of the single specimen from St. Mary's Co. are

reduced and threadlike, although they maintain proportions

similar to those of the type lot. This specimen contained a small

dipteran larva. The mantle pattern is almost identical to that of

certain specimens in the type lot. The presence of a nematode

cyst near the spermatheca of a specimen in the type lot did not

appear to alter the appearance of the genitalia to a recognizable

degree.

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 11

At the type locality, this species was associated with Pallifera

fosteri F. C. Baker, Deroceras laeve (Miill) , and Pseudosuccinea

columella (Say) .

This species is named for Leslie Hubricht, in recognition of his

contribution to our knowledge of the land snails of the Atlantic

Coastal Plain.

CatixNELLa (Mediappendix) pinicola, new species.

Fig. 1, F-K; pi. 1, C-E.

Shell small, ovate, thin and subtranslucent, somewhat calcar-

eous; spire acute, proportionally longer than that of C. hubrichti;

aperture rounded, expanded, occupying about .65 of the length of

the shell; suture deeply indented, though not as deeply as in

C. vermeta; whorls rounded, with a dull gloss, marked by uneven

lines of growth. The lower whorls are of a light mustard shade,

fading to whitish at the apex. In life, the shell is partially coated

with dirt.

The shell of C. pinicola resembles that of vermeta but contains

about y^ whorl less in shells of similar size, is less slender, has a

shorter spire and longer aperture proportionally, and is some-

what more calcareous than vermeta. Whereas the shell of vermeta

ranges from golden brown to greenish-white in color, that of

pinicola is of a more yellow shade.

Dimensions in mm. and whorl counts approximate

Length

aperture Whorls

4.48 23/4 type

5.00 23/4 para type

4.18 23/4 paratype

4.16 2^8 paratype

4.40 234 paratype

3.78 25/8 paratype

Type locality: Near dump along Pocomoke River, w.s.w. edge

of Snow Hill, Worcester Co., Md. Type: UMMZ. no. 200686;

paratypes UMMZ. no. 200687. Under debris in open, loblolly

pine woods, associated with prickly pear, Smilax, honeysuckle,

etc. (Grimm, Dec. 27, 1959) . Also from Royal Oak, Wicomico

Co., Md. (Dec. 26, 1959) and Locks Swamp Creek at Md. Route

6, St. Mary's Co., Md. (March 29, 1959) .

Color of animal: In preserved specimens, the mantle over the

lung ranges from gray to blackish, and is spotted copiously with

darker pigment. Where the irregularly dispersed pigment ap-

proaches the cream-white edge of the mantle, it coalesces to form

irregular dark bands. A dark, elongate patch of gray-brown oc-

cupies the area immediately to the left of the kidney. The mantle

maculation of this species resembles that of C. hubrichti closely.

12 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

but there is no posterior black streak, and the pigmentation

forms more definite band zones near the edge. The head, tenta-

cles, and sole are cream white, and the sides of the foot are pep-

pered sparsely with gray.

Genitalia: The genital orifice closely resembles that of hu-

hrichti, but the overhanging lobe is less prominent than in that

species. The gray, hermaphrodite duct is slightly swollen and

twisted. The talon is divided, thick, and dotted with gray. The

prostate is as in huhrichti, but more heavily pigmented. The vas

deferens is moderately long, conspicuously thickened, looped, and

dilated near the point of entrance into the penis. The free end

of this epiphallic loop is closely adherent to the upper lateral

side of the penis, which is short and globose in shape and hears

no elongate extension beyond the middle. The elongate appendix

is thick and thumb-like. Both the penis and the appendix are

shaded with dark brownish gray, the pigmentation being heaviest

in the region of the vas deferens. The penial retractor is large,

thick, and dilated near its insertion, which is above the epiphallic

loop. The spermatheca is moderately large, globose, and placed

at the end of a duct approximately as long as the penial complex.

The single specimen from St. Mary's Co., is smaller and lacks

pigmentation in the prostate and talon. That from Wicomico

Co. has an erect and strongly curved epiphallic loop.

This species is easily separated from others in the genus by

the unusual aspect of the penis, vas deferens, and epiphallus. At

the type locality, it was associated with Triodopsis hopetonensis

(Shutt.) , T. albolabris (Say) , Mesodon thyroidus (Say) , Ret-

inella indentata (Say) , Zonitoides arboreus (Say) , Hawaiia min-

uscula (Binn.) , Anguispira alternata (Say) , Gastrocopta con-

tracta (Say) , Strobilops aenea Pils., Pallifera fosteri F. C. Baker,

P. mutabilis Hubricht, Limax marginatus Miill., L. maximus

Linn., and Deroceras laeve (Miill.) .

Catinella (Mediappendix) hubrichti appears to be allied to the

midwestern C. (M.) wandae (Webb) by the strongly bifurcate

penial complex. Neither hubrichti nor pinicola appear to possess

the "glandular" portion of the appendix described by Webb

(1953a) for wandae and oklahomarum.

Catinella (M.) vermeta (Say) . Fig. 1, L-O; pi. 1, A, B.

For comparative purposes, the following data concerning Cat-

inella vermeta (Say) are presented. Below are the shell measure-

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 13

ments of four examples from Ingham Co., Mich.

Dimensions in mm. and whorl counts approximate

Length

Length Diam. aperture Whorls

7.44 4.40 3.82 31/2

8.53 5.08 4.56 35/3

6.80 4.16 4.00 31/4

4.98 3.37 2.98 23/4

Specimens in the author's collection have been identified from

the following counties in five states:

Michigan: Ingham, Monroe, Lapeer, Livingston, and Wash-

tenaw counties. Ohio: Stark and Harrison counties. West Vir-

ginia: Ohio Co. New Jersey: Burlington Co. Maryland: Frederick

and Charles counties.

These records, plus those published by Hubricht (1958) indi-

cate that this species occurs from glaciated land in southern Mich-

igan southeastward through the Ohio Valley on to the Atlantic

Coastal Plain. C. vermeta has been widely confused with Succinea,

and doubtless will be found to have a much wider range than is

now known. Even when immature, this species is easy to recog-

nize by the appendiculate penis. Until topotypes of "Succinea

avara Say" are dissected and an anatomical identification estab-

lished, the nomenclature of small American succineids cannot

become fixed upon an acceptable point of reference.

The genitalia of C. vermeta do not appear to differ from the

figures published for C. vagans (Pils.) . The two are probably

conspecific. Published records for vagans indicate its occurrence

in North Carolina and New Jersey (Pilsbry, 1948), Kansas

(Webb, 1953a; Leonard, 1959), Michigan (Lee, 1951), and

Oklahoma (Webb, 1953b) . Undoubtedly, the midwestern local-

ities pertain to vermeta. The record from Lake Waccamow, N. C.

(Pilsbry, 1948) is doubtless also vermeta (Leslie Hubricht, in let-

ter) . In spite of the evidence of conspecificity, the present author

hesitates to place vagans in synonymy until shells of its type lot

can be examined and topotypes dissected by him. Thus the

taxonomic status of vagans becomes uncertain, in view of Hu-

bricht's (1958) statement that tototypes of vermeta have a similar

penis.

In southern Michigan, sexually mature vermeta appear in the

latter part of September. They continue to increase in size until

at least the first half of the following June. No further data on

their development are available at this time. This snail appears

14

NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 (1)

to prefer the muddy margins of ponds, lakes, and streams. Several

lots were collected in ditches, marshes, and culverts in Michigan

and Ohio.

hubTLclntl

Fig. 1. Shells of Catinella. A-E, C. hubrichti, type and paratypes. F-K, C.

pinicola, type and paratypes. L-O, C. vermeta, from East Lansing, Ingham

Co., Mich. Scales = approximately 1 mm.

The mantle pattern noted for this species is variable. It gen-

erally consists of suffused gray zones or mottlings on a lighter

background. The band zones are obscure, and never seem to be

as prominent as in either of the two new species herein described.

The author is indebted to Dr. RoUin H. Baker and to Dr. T.

Wayne Porter, both of Michigan State University, for their con-

structive criticism of this paper.

References

Hubricht, Leslie, 1958. Quickella vermeta and Succinea Indiana.

Naut. 72:60.

NAUTILUS 74 (1)

PLATE 1

Genitalia of Catinella. A, C. vermeta, Frederick Co.. Md. B. C. vcrmeta,

Ingham Co.. Mich. CD, C. pinicola, from type lot. E. C. piriicola. St. Mary's

Co.. Md. F, C. huhrichti, from type lot: mantle pattern at f. Scales = ap-

proximately 1 mm.

NAUTILUS 74 (1)

PLATE 2

Chlamys (Argupecten) rehderi Grau. Fij^. 1; Holotype. right (left fig.) and

left valves. Figs. 2, 3: Right (2) and left (3) valves from tvpe lot.

July, 1960 NAUTILUS -. 15

Kagan, I. G. 1949. Quickella (familv Succineidae) a nev host for

spoTocysis oi Leucochloridium (Trematoda: Brachylaemidae)

in southeastern Michigan. Jour. Parasit. 55.'^-39.

Lee, C. B. 1951. The Molluscan family Succineidae in Michigan.

Unpublished doctor's dissertation, Univ. Mich.

Leonard, A. B. 1959. Handbook of gastropods in Kansas. L^niv.

Kas. Mus. Xat. Hist., Misc. Pub."2(>.'161-165.

Miles, C. D. 1958. The family Succineidae (^Gastropoda: Pul-

monata) in Kansas. Univ. Kas. Sci. Bull. i5;1499-1543.

Odhner, X. Hj. 1950. Succineid studies, genera and species of

subfamilv Catinellinae nov. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 2>^;200-

209.

Pilsbr\-, H. A. 1948. Land MoUusca of North America (north of

Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Monogr. 3, vol. 2; (2) 521-1113

(see pp. 842-845) .

Webb, G. R. 1953a. Anatomical studies on some midwestem

Succineidae and two ne^s" species. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci.

1953b. Additions to the pulmonate snails of Oklahoma

(with notes on anatomical techniques) . Proc. Okla. Acad.

Sci. 5-/ .-81-84.

A NEW CHLAMYS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC

Bv GILBERT GIL\U

Early in 1959, Dr. Harald A. Rehder, of the L'nited States Na-

tional Museum, sent the author six lots of Pectinidae he had

collected during 1957 in the Societv Islands and the Tuamotu

Archipelago. It ^s•as immediately apparent that the specimens

comprising a lot taken at Bora Bora, Society Islands, represented

a species either new to science or ver\- rare and little-known. After

a thorough search of the literature on Pectinidae in general and

on the species native to the central and western Pacific in par-

ticular, followed by extensive comparisons with series of related

species in his collection, the author concluded that this species

had not previously been described. Its description follows.

Chl.\mys (-\rgopecten) rehderi, sp. nova. PL 2, figs. 1-3

Shell small, largest known specimen (a right valve) 9.5 mm. in

height and 9 in length, nearly equivalve and nearly orbicular;

moderately inflated: hinge margin as long as disk or nearly;

beaks produced a little beyond hinge margin. Right valve mod-

eratelv convex: 18 to 23 rounded ribs on central portion of disk,

with 4 or 5 riblets flanking each submargin: interspaces about

same width as ribs: entire disk covered with fine concentric

lamellae, usually worn off tops of ribs. Anterior auricle long, with

16 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

5 to 7 pronounced and distinctly imbricated riblets, moderately

wide fasciole, fairly deep byssal sinus, and ctenolium of 6 teeth;

posterior auricle long, with 6 to 8 low, rounded and moderately

lamellose riblets. Left valve slightly deeper than right, but with

ribbing and sculpture identical; auricles long, as in right valve,

and each with 5 to 7 low, rounded and moderately lamellose

riblets. Interior of each valve fluted as result of external ribbing;

fluting extending, although becoming progressively weaker, up

into umbonal region; reverse surfaces of external interspaces

angulate; prominent cardinal crura flanking ligamental pit of

right valve, with corresponding depressions in left valve. Color-

ation: right valve white, yellow-white or pink, irregularly macu-

late with brown or yellow-brown, and often with wavy streaks

of white which are interrupted by interspaces; left valve more

profusely colored, having streaks or blotches of yellow-brown,

pale to deep brown, or red-brown.

Holotype: Height and length 8 mm.; hinge line 7 mm.; infla-

tion 8.75 mm. U. S. National Museum, no. 612201. Type lot:

USNM. 612202.

Type locality: Tereia Point, Bora Bora Island, Leeward Group,

Society Islands, French Oceania. All specimens collected in 13-16

fathoms by Dr. H. A, Rehder, April 4, 1957.

The type lot, which comprises the only known specimens of

this species, consists of two complete specimens, one the holo-

type and the other a small shell 4 mm. in height and length,

along with 16 right valves and 19 left, the smallest valve 5.5 mm.

in height and length and the largest 9.5 mm. in height and 9 in

length. Judging by the holotype, quite probably this species

attains a height of 12 to 15 mm., perhaps even a bit more, and

the author is attempting to secure as much material as possible

from the south central Pacific in the hope of finding additional

specimens.

In general aspect, this species resembles very young specimens

of Chlamys (Argopecten) gibba (Linne) or C. (A.) purpurata

(Lamarck) . Such specimens of C. gibba, however, have a con-

siderably thicker shell, greater inflation, shorter posterior auricles,

stronger cardinal crura, and the interior is fluted for only a short

distance from the ventral margin; in C. purpurata the shell is

slightly thicker, the ribs shallower, the riblets on the anterior

auricle of the right valve fewer and stronger, the posterior auricles

much shorter, and the intercostal lamellae both weaker and less

numerous.

The only previously recorded species from Polynesia referable

to Argopecten is Pecten nux Reeve. It differs from the present

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 17

species in being much more inflated and in having tripartite

ribs, very short posterior auricles and profuse lamellar ornament.

Since Argopecten is represented in the central and western Pa-

cific by only three known living species (nux Reeve, pelseneeri

Dautzenberg & Bavay and corymbiata Hedley) , two erroneous

references in the literature to extra-limital species referable to

that subgenus should be mentioned here. Dautzenberg Sc Bavay

(1912, p. 19) cited ? Pecten (Aequipecten) aequisulcatus Car-

penter, giving two locations: "Banda." [Moluccas, Indonesia]

and "Saleh-bay." [Soembawa (or Sumbawa) Island, Lesser Sunda

Islands, Indonesia] ; Bavay commented that he was reporting the

species with some doubt. Campbell (1923, p. 40) cited Pecten

circularis Sowerby from "Near Canton, and at Chung Chow,

Hong Kong Territory, China." Obviously neither Bavay's nor

Campbell's shells could have been examples of the eastern Pacific

species they cited. Bavay's four specimens were all very young

shells and found in 9 to 45 meters depth, indicating at least a

small possibility that they may have been referable to this new

species. Campbell's shells were very likely specimens of pelseneeri

Dautzenberg k Bavay (1912, p. 8; new name for Pecten rugosus

Sowerby, 1842, non Pecten rugosus Lamarck, 1819) ; Chlamys

(Argopecten) pelseneeri (Dautzenberg k Bavay) has been re-

ported from Japan, the Philippine Islands, Indonesia and Thai-

land (from the latter as Pecten rugosus Sowerby, by Lynge, 1907,

p. 154).

Pectinidae of the group exemplified by such well-known spe-

cies as Ostrea gibba Linne and Pecten circularis Sowerby have

often been referred to Plagioctenium Dall or Aequipecten E. A.

Fischer. The former is a junior synonym of Argopecten Monter-

osato; the latter comprises a few species distinct from Argopecten

in being more orbicular, less inflated, and having radial striae.

In addition to the type species, C. commutata (Monterosato) and

the species here described, the following are also referable to

Argopecten: C. circularis (Sowerby), circularis aequisulcata

(Carpenter) , corymbiata (Hedley) , flabella (Gmelin) , flabella

schrammi (Fischer) , gibba (Linne) , gibba nuclea (Born) , gibba

portusregii (Grau) , irradians (Lamarck) , irradians amplicostata

(Dall) , irradians concentrica (Say) , noronhense (E. A. Smith) ,

nux (Reeve) , pelseneeri (Dautzenberg k Bavay) and purpurata

(Lamarck) . A thorough discussion of Argopecten, its type species,

synonymy and distribution will be found in the present author's

18 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

recently published monograph (Grau, 1959, pp. 93-96) .

Literature cited

Campbell, A. S. 1923. Some common Chinese Mollusca. Jour.

Entomol. Zool. (Pomona College, Calif.) 15, pp. 37-41.

Dautzenberg Philippe, and Arthur Bavay. 1912, Les lamelli-

branches de I'Expedition du Siboga. Partie Systematique. I.

Pectinides. In Siboga-Expeditie. Leiden. Mon. 53b, 41 pp.,

pis. 27-28.

Grau, Gilbert. 1959. Pectinidae of the eastern Pacific. Allan Han-

cock Pacific Expeditions (Univ. S. Calif. Press, Los Angeles) ,

vol. 23 (complete) , pp. i-viii, 1-308, 57 pis.

Lynge, Herman. 1909. The Danish Expedition to Siam, 1899-

1900. Marine Lamellibranchiata. Mem. Acad. Roy. Sci. Lett.

Danemark, ser. 7, vol. 5, no. 3. pp. 99-299, 5 pis., 1 chart.

PLEISTOCENE MOLLUSCAN NOTES, 3. ROCKY

COAST FAUNULE, BAHIA SAN QUINTIN, MEXICO

By JAMES W. VALENTINE

University of Missouri, Columbia

Numerous molluscan fossils have been recorded from the

Upper Pleistocene of Bahia San Quintin, Baja California, Mex-

ico, but the precise associations and abundances of species there

have not yet been described. During a trip to gather data for the

classic eastern bay shore localities, a small Upper Pleistocene

fossil assemblage was collected from the western side as well

(U.C.L.A. Locality 4186). Although it consists of only 31 mol-

luscan forms, this faunule is of special interest as it contains a

relatively large protected rocky-coast association. The fossil lo-

cality lies eastward of Kenton Hill and on the northern side of

Mount Cenizia (both volcanic cones) and was situated on the

leward side of a volcanic island during the Late Pleistocene time.

The fossiliferous sediment is a rubble of angular volcanic cobbles

and boulders with a poorly-sorted matrix that is chiefly an

angular quartz-poor silt with minor amounts of fine angu-

lar sand and of clay, and contains abundant shell fragments

and scattered shells. Evidently the steep volcanic slopes supplied

both coarse and fine debris, while fine sediment was probably also

transported alongshore by marine agencies. The sediment appears

to be buttressed against ancient lava flows, but contacts are

obscured by alluvial cover.

Previous and present work. Most of the Pleistocene fossils re-

corded from the Bahia San Quintin region were collected by C. R.

Orcutt and G. D. Hanna. Orcutt's collecting began in the last cen-

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 19

tury, but he made a notable collection as late as 1919. Fossils from

the western as well as the eastern side of the boy were in Orcutt's

collections, but only the eastern assemblages have been carefully

recorded. However, what appears to be the first record of a fossil

from the western shore (Melanella oldroydi Bartsch, 1917) prob-

ably is based on specimens from an Orcutt collection, although

the collector is not recorded. Orcutt mentioned several species

from the western bay shore in his own short papers of 1921:

Hinnites gigantea f= H. multirugosus), Zirfaea gabbi f=

Z. pilsbryi), Haliotis corrugata, H. fulgens, Macron aethiops,

and Kellettia kellettii. In 1926 Berry recorded the chitons in

Orcutt's 1919 collections from the western side of the bay:

(?)Cyanoplax hartwegii, Mopalia muscosa, Chaetopleura gemma,

C. languinosa, Ischnochiton mertensii, Callistochiton crassico-

status, and C. palmulatiis mirabilis. Manger also identified some

of Orcutt's collections (1934) ; whether or not his list includes

fossils from the western shore is questionable. Probably it does,

judging from Orcutt's lists and remarks of 1921, but precise

locality data were not recorded for this material.

Hanna visited Bahia San Quintin in 1922 and made large

collections. He noted that the fossil assemblages from the west

side of the bay were different from those along the eastern shore,

but did not identify any species (1925) . Jordan (1926) recorded

Hanna's collections from the eastern shore but mentioned only

one form from the west (Schizothaerus nuttallii). The western

localities of both Orcutt (at least in 1919) and of Hanna are

said to be opposite the former village of San Quintin (Hanna,

1925, and Berry, 1926) . Complete faunal lists for the eastern

localities may be found in Jordan (1926) and in Valentine and

Meade (in preparation) who list all records not reported by

Jordan.

Table 1 lists the fauna at U.C.L.A. Locality 4186. Only Hin-

nites multirugosus and Callistochiton palmulatus mirabilis have

been certainly recorded heretofore from the western side of the

bay. Probably this locality has not been represented in the litera-

ture, for it is rather too far north of the former village of San

Quintin to be called "opposite." Because this locality is at essen-

tially the same altitude as fossiliferous localities on the eastern

shore, all these localities are probably nearly contemporaneous.

In table 1, those forms not qualified as to condition are repre-

20

NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 (1)

sented in the collection by fairly well-preserved specimens al-

though in large sets a few may be broken.

Table 1. Late Pleistocene Mollusca from the west side of Bahia

San Quintin, U.C.L.A. Loc. 4186.

Pelecypoda

Mytihis calif or nianus Conrad

Modiolus cf. M. capax Conrad

Ostrea lurida Carpenter

Hinnites multirugosus (Gale)

Pododesmus macroschisma (Desh.)

Chama pellucida Broderip

Protothaca staminea (Conrad)

P. tenerrima (Carp.)

Macoma nasuta Conrad

M. yoldiformis Carpenter

Semele rubropicta Dall

Cumingia californica Conrad

Cryptomya californica (Conrad)

Gastropoda

Acmaea limatula Carpenter

Fissurella volcano Reeve

Diodora aspera (Eschscholtz)

Tricolia pulloides (Carp.)

Littorina scutulata Gould

Aletes squamigerus Carpenter

Bittium quadrifilatum Carp.

Crepidula nummaria Gould?

Crepidula onyx Sowerby

Crepipatella lingulata (Gould)

Neverita reclusiana (Desh.) s. I.

Ceratostoma nuttalli (Conrad)

Acanthina lugubris Sowerby

Mitrella carinata (Hinds)

M. carinata gausapata (Gould)

"Nassa" mendica Gould

Amphineura

Mopalia sp.

Callistochiton palmulatus mirabilis

Pilsbry

Echinoidea

Strongylocentrotus purpuratus

(Stimpson)

Crustacea

Crab claw

several fragments

1

July, 1960 NAUTILUS i"^^ * r. 21

Habitats and depositional environment. Insofar as substrates

are concerned the faunule is composed chiefly of forms common

today on rocky shores or on gravel or shell bottoms, and o£ forms

that live in or on fine-grained substrates. The pelecypods among

the rocky or shelly bottom forms are especially large and robust:

5 valves of Hinnites multirugosus are longer than 6 inches; a

broken Mytilus californianus would measure over 5 inches when

whole; and many valves of Ostrea, Chama, and Pododesmus

exceed 2 inches and some 3 inches in length. Rock-dwelling gas-

tropods also tend to be moderately large individuals of their re-

spective species.

By far the most abundant species in the collection, represented

by about 14 of the total individuals, is the small Bittium quadri-

filatum, which is especially common today on tidal mud flats

(Bartsch, 1911; Emerson in Burch et al., 1944-46, no. 54, p. 31)

but is also known to live in inner sublittoral depths and has

occasionally been dredged from as deep as 30 fathoms (Baker

in Burch et al., loc. cit.; Smith and Gordon, 1948) .

Most of the species range in depth from the littoral zone down

into the inner sublittoral one to about 20 fathoms or more.

However a few species are recorded only from the littoral zone;

these are all rocky-shore forms, as Fissurella volcano, Acmaea

limatula, Littorina scutulata, and Acanthina lugubris. These

species are all rare in the collections.

That the locality was moderately protected from waves is

suggested by the molluscan assemblage. Those species represent-

ing fine-grained substrates are forms found chiefly on tidal flats

or in shallow waters in protected embayments or offshore below

most wave action along exposed coasts. Such are Protothaca

tenerrima, Macoma nasuta, M. yoldiformis, Bittium quadrifil-

atum and, commonly, Cryptomya californica. The rocky or shelly

bottom component consists of species especially tolerant of quiet

water, such as the species of Ostrea, Chama, Pododesmus, and

Ceratostoma. Even Mytilus californianus, so characteristic of ex-

posed rocky shores, lives occasionally at sheltered sites (fine

large specimens live in Newport lagoon) or in shallow sublittoral

depths. Littorina scutulata is chiefly an exposed shore form that

is nevertheless found today well inside embayments at quiet

water sites, in contrast to the sympatric Littorina planaxis, which

is fairly well restricted to rough-water sites and is absent from the

22 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

collections at hand (see for example the ecologic data on Lit-

torina in Burch et al., 1944-46) . In fact the vast majority of

species characteristically abundant in Upper Pleistocene exposed,

rocky shore assemblages, such as species of Acmaea, Tegula,

Homalopoma, Glans, Septifer, and so on, are absent from this

faunule.

To summarize these data, seemingly the association of niches

represented by this assemblage is most likely to be found sub-

tidally in shallow water along a fairly protected coast where fine

grained sediments may collect but where rocks or shells are

common. The numerous broken shells must in this view be

ascribed to the action of carnivores or scavengers, rather than to

mechanical breakage by wages. Mixing between biocoenoses

seems to have been slight compared to most Late Pleistocene

assemblages, for this assemblage is evidently the most "pure"

example of a protected shallow water, rocky coast association yet

recorded from the Californian Pleistocene. Usually such associ-

ations, are found intermixed in much larger sandy and silty

bottom associations, and if exposed rocky-shore forms are also

present the protected rocky-coast community is exceedingly diffi-

cult to identify.

Ranges and temperateure requirements. Components of the

fossil assemblages from the eastern bay shore that are interpreted

as autochthonous represent sandy-bottom, inner sublittoral com-

munities and contain small southern and larger northern extra-

limital elements. Early workers gave most attention to the south-

ern element (Jordan, 1926; Manger, 1934) , but recently the

northern element has been emphasized (Valentine, 1955; Valen-

tine and Meade, in preparation). Two species of this northern

element, Macoma yoldiformis (southern range end-point at San

Diego) and Semele rubropicta (southern range end-point at "Tia

Juana," probably the river) are present in the western faunule.

A temperature regime somewhat different from that of today is

suggested by these extra-limital species.

Description of fossil locality. U.C.L.A. Loc. 4186. Silty rubble

exposed on the west side of the upper Bahia San Quintin on the

bay shore about 25 yards north of western end of the old dam,

now broached. Collected by John and Judith Van Couvering and

James and Grace Valentine, December, 1956.

References

Bartsch, Paul. 1911. The Recent and fossil moUusks of the genus

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 23

Bittium from the west coast of America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

^^;383-414, pis. 51-58.

1917. A monograph of west American melanellid mollusks.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 55:295-356, pis. 34-49.

Berry, S. S. 1926. Fossil chitons from the Pleistocene of San Quin-

tin Bay, Lower California. Am. Jour. Sci. 272:455-456.

Burch, J. Q. (ed.) et al. 1944-46. Distributional list of the west

American marine mollusks from San Diego, California, to

the Polar Sea. Conch. Club So. Calif., Minutes, nos. 33-93,

pagination by issue, 3 pis.

Hanna, G. D. 1925. Expedition to Guadelupe Island, Mexico, in

1922. General report. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, i^:217-

275.

Jordan, E. K. 1926. Exj>edition to Guadelupe Island, Mexico, in

1922. Molluscan fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin

Bay, Lower California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 75:241-

255, pi. 25.

Keen, A. M. 1958. Sea shells of tropical west America. Stanford

Univ. Press, 624 pp., illus.

Manger, G. E. 1934. Some Pleistocene mollusks of San Quintin

Bay and other localities from Lower California (Abstract) .

Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies in Geol. 77:273-304, pi. 21.

Orcutt, C. R. 1921a. Paradise lost. West Am. Scientist 79:18-19.

1921b. Pleistocene beds of San Quintin Bay, Lower Cali-

fornia. West Am. Scientist 7P:23-24.

Smith, A. G., and Gordon, Mackenzie, Jr. 1948. The marine

mollusks and brachiopods of Monterey Bay, California, and

vicinity. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 2(5:147-245, pis. 3-4.

Valentine, J, W. 1955. Upwelling and thermally anomalous Pa-

cific coast Pleistocene molluscan faunas. Am. Jour. Sci.

25i :462-474.

and Meade, R. F. (in preparation). Paleotemperatures of

Californian Pleistocene Mollusca.

NEOTYPE FOR LYRODES GUARANITICA DOERING

AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

By J. J. PARODIZ

(Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.)

Lyrodes Doering, 1885, was included by many authors in the

synonymy of Potamopyrgus Stimpson until 1939, when J. P. E.

Morrison established the differences between the two genera of

the Neotropical region and New Zealand respectively. The status

oi Lyrodes finally was mentioned by Pilsbry in 1944. Pyrgophorus

Ancey, 1 888, is a synonym of Lyrodes.

Lyrodes guaranitica Doering. Plate 3, figs. 1-5

After Doering's description, the type species, L. guaranitica,

24 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

was neither observed nor found. In 1924, A. Carcelles collected

more than 100 specimens of a small Littoridina-like shell, from

a locality about 200 miles north from Doering's type locality of

guaranitica. Studying recently these specimens, I identified them

with that species and now select a neotype (figs. 2-3) , since all

attempts to locate the type lot of the species, at the Zoological

Museum of the University and Academy of Sciences of Cordoba,

as well as in other places connected with Doering's work, were

unsuccessful and, at present, the original material can be consid-

ered lost. Also, the original publication is today scarcely available,

and the following is a translation of the description:

Doering, 1885, p.461: "Lyrodes n. gen. Shell subperf orate

elongate, oval-conic, thin, translucent, carinate, setaceous, with

spiral lines. Animal with oblong foot, lyre-shaped (hence its

name) , with two retractile anterior lobes and posteriorly lanceo-

late; tentacles subconic, baculiform (rod-shaped) ; rostrum short."

P.462. "Lyrodes guaranitica n.sp. Subperforate, conic-ovate,

thin, pale brown, carinate and obsoletely spirally lined; spire

conic, rather obtuse, by^ convex whorls, the two larger with fili-

form carina and with spiral lines at the base (of the whorls); last

whorl 2/5 of total length; suture deep, excavate; aperture oval,

angulate above, peristome rectilinear, acute, continuous. Long

3.5 mm., width 1.75, apert. 1.25 x 1 mm."

P. 463. "The species has many similarities with coronata Pfeiffer,

being different by the absence of spines on the carina and by its

spiral lines on the base of the whorls. Shuttleworth described a

variation of coronata with these spiral lines. Carina and spiral

lines are dark and in some specimens completely wanting, form-

ing a series of variations similar to coronata, of which a non-

carinate var. (coronata crystallina Pfr.) also exists, with inter-

mediate stages."

"The animal is translucent, pale. Tentacles very short and

/p.464/: thick, baculiform, thinner at the tips, the eyes being at

their base, as two small dots. The tentacles are crystalline with a

series of white points as pearls which give the aspect as if they

were articulate" . . . "it is rare" . . . "if the var. mentioned for

coronata belongs to our sp., it then has a vast zone of propo-

gation."^

In the sj>ecimens observed (150) I found a great variability in

outline and surface sculpture. Many are strongly carinate with

spiral lines below the carina on the last whorl, in number from

2 to 10, but the many-whorled have a less strong carina. Others

1 Lyrodes coronata (Pfr.) is known from Venezuela and Cuba to Central

America and Mexico (see Martens, 1898) .

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 25

have only a median carina without basal spiral lines or rarely

with two lines above the carina. In our neotype, carina and spiral

lines are visible also in the upper whorls, just under the proto-

conch, but in other specimens the carina is only an angulosity

weaker at the top. Some specimens have only spiral lines with-

out carina, and also the lines may be grouped in pairs, and finally

others are without conspicuous spiral lines and, in this case, the

outline of the whorls, especially the last one, is more convex, a

character more noticeable in young specimens. The brown

cuticle is rather thick, but under it the white shell still shows the

spirals.

Neotype from Arroyo Riachuelo, near Corrientes city, Province

of Corrientes, Argentina. Carnegie Museum accession 19130. Di-

mensions: L. 4.7 mm., maj. diam. 2.2, minor 1, last whorl 2.5,

apert. 1.75 x 1.25.

Doering's specimens measured: L. 3.1-3.5, W.1.5-1.9, apert. 1.2-

1.4 X 0.9-1.05 mm. Most of our specimens are longer, up to 5.5

mm. and the shape elongate. The "type" figured by Doering (fig.

4) has the last whorl relatively wider, as it appears in some of

our young specimens.

The original type loc. according to Doering was "Lagunas

riberenyas" (small lakes on the river coast) near Barrancas River

or Guayquiraro. Actually, Barrancas is a creek, affluent of the

Guayquiraro on the border of the provinces Corrientes and Entre

Rios and very close to Parana River, in Argentina.

The differences between L. guaranitica and L. scotti Pilsbry

from the Pleistocene of Buenos Aires are obvious. Doello Jurado

(1916) described a subspecies scotti delticola from the Parana

Delta (arroyo Tuyupare) which has a more acute spire, with 4

to 6 spiral lines; aperture more oval, with columellar margin

not concave, and with peristome not reflexed.

From the same province of Entre Rios, Doello Jurado collected

in 1918 numerous specimens of a form which I found to be dis-

tinct from guaranitica or scotti:

Lyrodes doellojuradoi, new species. Plate 3, figs. 6-11.

Diagnosis: Shell elongate, imperforate but slightly rimate, not

carinate, with 6 convex and rapidly descending whorls of irreg-

ular growth and well marked by a sinuously developed suture.

Surface of smooth aspect but microscopically crossed by spiral

lines and light axial growth wrinkles. Aperture small, angulate

above, outer margin moderately expanded and columellar

slightly produced to the left; the inner upper part of the col-

26 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

umella is rather wider as shown in fig. 9. The length of the

shells is little more than double the greater diameter. Dimensions

of holotype: L.4.9, W.1.8, last whorl 2.21, apert. 1.2 x 1 mm. From

Gualeguaychii River (at the bend of the river before emptying

into the Uruguay) at Gualeguaychii city, S.E. of prov. Entre Rios,

Argentina. Carnegie Museum, acces. 17191.

This species is widely variable and recalls the shape and var-

iations of Littoridina hatcheri Pilsbry of southern Patagonia.

Some specimens are shorter and of a more regular Littoridina-like

shape (fig. 10) and in such cases resemble Lyrodes petenigensis

(Gould) as figured by Pilsbry (1911, pl.41c, f.l2), but this is a

green colored species from brackish waters of Rio Janeiro Harbor.

The sutural line is often notched with depressions which deform

the shape of the median whorls (fig. 11), and also the axis is

sometimes curved.

It is interesting to point out the great similarities that Lyrodes

shows with some Pliocene and Pleistocene genera from North

America, as Calipyrgula Pilsbry and Durangonella Morrison,

(compare the type of Lyrodes with Calipyrgula carinifera Pils.

from the Basal Tulare Formation of California, and our new

species with C. pecosensis Leonard and Ho from Kansas Pleisto-

cene, recently described in the Nautilus) . Future research may

uncover closer relationship among these genera.

References

Baker, H. B. 1930. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., No. 210.

Doello Jurado, M, 1916. Physis 2(10):178-179.

Doering, A., 1885. Bol. Acad. Nac. Ciencias de Cordoba, 7:457-

474.

Leonard, B.A. and Franzen, D.S. 1946. Bull. Univ. Kansas, ii (1) -

5:107-114.

Leonard, B. A. and Tong-Yun Ho. 1960. Naut. 73 (3) : 110-113.

Martens, E. von. 1898. Biol. Centr. Amer., p.434.

Morrison, J. P. E. 1939. Naut., 52 (3) :87-88.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1911. Princeton Patag. Evped., 3 (2) V.

1944. Proc. A.N.S.P. P5;144.

A PLEISTOCENE MARINE MOLLUSK

IN CENTRAL NEW YORK

By JOHN W. WELLS

Cornell University

A few years ago a fossiliferous concretion was found in the

Wisconsin drift near Ithaca, New York, by John Cole, son of Dr.

L. C. Cole of Cornell University. They kindly donated this curi-

ous specimen to the paleontological collections of the Cornell De-

PLATE 3

Figs. 1-5, Lyrodes guaranitica Doering: 1, large specimen; 2-3, neotype; 4-5,

Doering's original figures. Figs. 6-11, Lyrodes doellojuradoi Parodiz: 6, holo-

type; 7-10, paratypes; 11. upper whorls showing deformation. (All scales

represent 1 mm.)

NAUTILUS 74 (1)

PLATE 4

^ ^ -^"

1: Concretion with bryozoan-encrusted gastropod, Xeptunca sp. cf. N.

antiqua (Linn.) , from groimd moraine near Ithaca, X. Y., xO.9. (C.U. No.

40606) . 2: Enlargement of surface of bryozoan, xl4.5 3: N. antiqua (Linn.) ,

Recent. North Sea, xo.5L (Newcomb Coll., C. U. No. 19265). (Partial cost

of plate defrayed bv the Gurlev Fund for i'alcontologv, Cornell ITniversitv.)

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 27

partment of Geology. Attention is called to it here in hope that

more may be found and their ultimate source determined.

The concretion (PL 4, fig. 1) was found loose on the surface

on the west side of the Six Mile Creek valley near the Codding-

ton Road one mile south of the Ithaca city line, at an elevation

of about 900 feet. It is incomplete, only the larger half remaining,

pyriform according to the shape of the enclosed fossil, with a

broad, shallow, flat-bottomed depression on one side. Length:

8.6 cm., maximum diameter: 6.2 cm. It is non-stratified, non-

septarian, composed of gray silt containing many minute flecks of

black plant fragments and light-colored chips of shells. In the

center is a gastropod, here tentatively identified as Neptunea sp.

cf. N. antiqua (Linn.) , a northern Pliocene-Recent species, 5.2

cm. in height and 2.3 cm. across the body whorl, imbedded so

that the aperture is concealed in matrix. The two layers of the

shell on the body whorl have a thickness of 2 mm. A longitudinal

half of the spire broke away with the missing half of the concre-

tion, exposing the interior which is partly filled with coarse calcite

crystals. The entire exterior is covered by an encrusting bryozoan

from 1 to 2 mm. thick, worn but effectively concealing the ex-

ternal surface of the shell (fig. 2) . The natural section of the

shell faintly indicates the presence of fine revolving ridges on the

outer surface like those of Neptunea antiqua (fig. 3) .

The provenance of this concretion and its bryozoan-encrusted

mollusk is naturally the main problem. There is no marine

Pleistocene in central New York; the nearest marine deposits are

in the St. Lawrence and Champlain valleys some 200 miles to the

northeast. Since it was found in ground moraine of the last (Wis-

consin) glaciation, it can only have been derived from some pre-

Wisconsin marine interglacial deposit to the north. The inter-

glacial marine beds were analyzed a few years ago by Coleman

(1941, Chapt. 5) , and their faunas were described many years ago

by Dawson (1871, 1893, int. al.) who cautiously called them "post-

Pliocene." Dawson's accounts are still the most complete, but he

mentions only one occurrence of fossiliferous concretions any-

where in the possible source area: the famous site on Green's

Creek near Ottawa (1894, p.203) . The concretions on Green's

Creek, however, consist of fine gray clay with calcareous cement,

quite different from the cemented silt of the Ithaca specimen.

Nor has Neptunea been recorded from this locality or elsewhere

28 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

this far west. Dawson reported N. despectus (Linn.) from a num-

ber of interglacial deposits from Quebec eastward into New

Brunswick and Labrador, noting that the specimens graded from

N. tornata to N. antiqua, and that the three forms might well

represent a single variable species.

Most of the interglacial marine beds of eastern Canada must

have been swept away by the Wisconsin ice, and quite possibly

we are here concerned with a relic from some vanished deposit.

References

Coleman, A. P., 1941. The last million years. Univ. Toronto

Press.

Dawson, J. W., 1871. The post-Pliocene geology of Canada. Cana-

dian Naturalist, N.S., 6: p.19-42; 166-187; 241-259; 369-416.

1894. The Canadian ice-age. Montreal, New York, ^k Lon-

don.

THE TYPE OF POLYPLEX PERRY

By JOSHUA L. BAILY, JR.

The generic name Polyplex was originated by Perry (1810)

but was not properly characterized until the following year, when

he figured 5 species assigned to it in his Conchology. These illus-

trations are so crudely executed that, in the opinion of the pres-

ent writer, they cannot be recognized. However, in commenting

upon them. Perry declared that Polyplex purpurascens is the

species from which the Tyrians obtained their famous purple dye.

Although several species served this purpose in various parts of

the Mediterranean basin, the Tyrians seem to have depended

exclusively upon Murex trunculus Linnaeus (1758, p. 747) which

i'.eems to indicate that this species should be considered the type

of Polyplex by virtual monotypy.

However, in the course of a recent investigation of a nomen-

clatorial nature, two other identifications of species of Polyplex

have come to light, which if accepted will necessarily require that

a subsequent writer select the type from among these three, since

Perry himself did not designate any type. Therefore, any subse-

quent writer, who desires to fix the type of this genus, should

consider carefully the qualifications of each of these, and de-

termine which one would cause the least disturbance of estab-

lished nomenclature if designated as type.

Murex trunculus is the type by original designation of Truncu-

laria Monterosato (1917) but this name is preoccupied by

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 29

Truncularia Wiegmann (1832), a millepore. Consequently the

name Trunculariopsis Cossmann (1921) was proposed to replace

it. If Polyplex purpurascens be selected as generitype, the name

Polyplex would replace Trunculariopsis.

The second of Perry's species to be identified was Polyplex

gracilis, which Carpenter (1864, p. 520) declared to be identical

with Murex multicostatus Eschscholtz (1829). But Carpenter

(loc. cit., p. 663) also identified Trophon gunneri Loven (1846)

with Murex multicostatus so that his identification is not very

helpful. The species named by Eschscholtz and by Loven, al-

though closely related, are generally recognized as distinct.

The next identification of Polyplex gracilis was made by Gabb

(1869) whose use of it as a synonym of Fusus multicostatus is

unequivocal, Trophon gunneri not being mentioned.

Both of these identifications were rejected by Dall (1902) who

claimed that Carpenter and Gabb had misunderstood Trophon

gunneri and Fusus multicostatus respectively.

Arnold (1903) assigned both species synonymized by Gabb to

Boreotrophon Fischer (1884) . He cited the same locality for each

(Alaska to northern California) and decided that the species

commonly represented in collections is actually Boreotrophon

gracilis although generally but incorrectly it is labeled Boreo-

trophon multicostatus. He published figures of both species on

the same plate. They appear to be quite unlike each other.

Boreotrophon gracilis has tabulate whorls and peaked varices,

while in Boreotrophon multicostatus both these features are

rounded.

Presumably Dall approved the distinction drawn by Arnold at

the time, since he had examined Arnold's material, but a few

years later he seems to have changed his mind, for Dall (1921)

reported Boreotrophon multicostatus from the Pacific American

coast, but ignored Boreotrophon gracilis completely. If he had

considered the two species identical he would have used the older

name. He may have considered Boreotrophon gracilis as not

recognizable, or he may have thought that it did not occur living

within the limits covered by this reference. But the figure which

he published is not the species called Boreotrophon multicostatus

by Arnold but represents what Arnold considered to be Boreo-

trophon gracilis.

Finally, MacGinitie (1959) united Boreotrophon multicostatus

30 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

anJ Boreotrophon giinneri but made no mention of Boreo-

trophon gracilis.

Since all these species belong to Boreotrophon, that name will

be replaced by Polyplex if P. gracilis be made the type. But Boro-

trophon is now generally considered to be a subgenus under

Trophonopsis Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus (1882) and

since Polyplex is older than Trophonopsis it will not only dis-

place Boreotrophon as a subgenus but also Trophonopsis as a

genus.

The third of Perry's species to be identified is Polyplex rugosa,

which Dall (1915) placed in the synonymy of Nucella lamellosa

(Gmelin, 1792) . The genus Nucella was established by Roding in

Bolten (1798), a work in which no types were selected and no

authorities cited. The type of Nucella was inadvertently desig-

nated by Iredale (1915) who mistakenly thought that Dall

(1909) had selected Buccinum lapillus Linnaeus (1758, p.

739) . But Dall cited this species only as an example, not

as a type; it is not on the list cited by Roding. Roding's Nucella

lapillus is a different species altogether, but Iredale did not know

this, and designated Roding's species. This readily can be recog-

nized by the references given by Roding to Gmelin (1792, p.

3486) and to Chemnitz (1777) . The first of these refers to the sec-

ond, which is a plate readily recognizable as representing Buc-

cinum smargdula Linnaeus (1758, p. 739) which includes in its

synonymy Buccinum rusticum Gmelin, which is the other ref-

erence cited by Roding. This species was later made the type of

Latirolagena by Harris (1897) which name must now be super-

seded by Nucella.

According to Dall (1915) Nucella lamellosa Gmelin is identical

with Nucella crispataR-oding in Bohen (1798) which last named

species was selected by Swainson (1840) as type by original desig-

nation of his genus Polytropa. Baccinum lapillus Linnaeus is

congeneric. If Polyplex rugosa be made the type of Polyplex, that

name will replace Polytropa Swainson.

The above shows that any legal designation of type for Poly-

plex will cause that name to displace one of the names: Truncu-

lariopsis, Boreotrophon, Trophonopsis, or Polytropa. Of these,

the last three have been in general use ever since they first were

published and are understood universally; on the other hand

Trunculariopsis has been used so little that Grant and Gale

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 31

(1931) had never heard of it, and, when they learned that

Truncularia Monterosato had to be abandoned, they proposed

the new name Murithais to replace it. Therefore established

usage clearly will be least disturbed if Polyplex purpurascens =

Murex trunculus be made the type of Polyplex. And, there are

other reasons for believing that it would be preferable to either of

the other two species. It is the first species on Perry's list; it is the

only species whose recognition is beyond any possibility of rea-

sonable doubt; and it is the only one that has never at any time

been confused with another species. For these reasons, I have no

hesitation in selecting as the type of Polyplex the species Polyplex

purpurascens Perry = Murex trunculus Linnaeus, and so I

hereby make this designation.

References

Arnold. Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5:250-1, pi. 6, f. 8,9. 1903.

Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, Mar. Moll, Roussillon, v.

1:140. 1882.

Carpenter. Suppl. Rept. Brit. Ass'n for 1863: 520, 663. 1864.

Cossmann. Revue. Crit. Paleozool. 25:79. 1921.

Dall. Proc. U.S.N.M. 24:54S. 1902.

Prof, Paper U. S. Geol. Surv., no. 59, pp. 48, 50. 1909.

Proc. U.S.N.M. for 1916, 49:565, 1915.

Bull. U.S.N.M. 112: 110, pi. 13, f. 1. 1921.

Eschscholtz. Zool. Atlas, v. 2, p. 11. 1829.

Fischer. Man. de Conchyl., pt.2, p. 640. 1884.

Gabb. Geol. Surv. California, Paleont. 2:70. 1869.

Gmelin. Syst. Nat., 13th edn., pp. 3486, 3498. #792.

Grant and Gale. Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 7:729. 1931.

Harris. Catal. Tert. MolL Brit. Mus., v.l,p. 150. 1897.

Iredale. Trans, and Proc. New Zealand Inst., for 1914, ^7:472-6.

1915.

Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., 10th edn., pp. 739, 747. 1758.

Loven. Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 5(5): 194. 1846.

MacGinitie. Proc. U.S.N.M. 109:9S, 1959.

Martini and Chemnitz. Neues Syst. Conchyl, Cab., v. 3,p. 120, f.

1104-5. 1777.

Monterosato. Bull. Soc. Zool. Ital., ser. 3, 4: 20. 1917.

Perry. Arcana, 1810. pis. 23. 35. Neither the pages nor the plates

in this strange work are numbered, but the name Polyplex

is mentioned in the text corresponding to the 23rd and 35th

plates. The numbers of the plates must be determined by

counting them.

Conchology, pi. 9. 1811.

Roding in Bolten. Museum Boltenianum, v. 2, p. 140. 1798.

Swainson. Treat, Malac, pp. 80, 81, 395. 1840.

Wiegmann. Handb. der Zool., p, 596. 1832.

32 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

A RAPID METHOD FOR PREPARING MOUNTS

OF SNAIL GENITALIA*

By EDWARD H. MICHELSON

Department of Tropical Public Health, Harvard School of

Public Health, Harvard University, Boston 15

The comparative anatomy of the genitalia is of importance in

the taxonomic discrimination of species of snails, especially Pul-

monata. Permanent preparations of dissected genitalia form a

synoptic reference collection, invaluable for both teaching and

research. Gregg (Ann. Report Amer. Malac. Union, p. 39, 1958)

described a technique for the preparation of stained toto mounts,

which, although excellent, is time consuming and requires a high

degree of technical skill.

I have found that the use of CMC- 10, a proprietary non-

resinous mounting medium (obtained from the General Biolog-

ical Supply House, Chicago) provides a rapid method for the

preparation of whole mounts. Its major advantages are: 1)

Tissues may be mounted directly in it from water or low grades

of alcohol {e.g., 50-70%) . 2) Mounts are cleared in approxi-

mately four hours, yet details of structure and color are preserved.

3) A minimum degree of technical skill is required for the prep-

aration of mounts. 4) CMC- 10 is not expensive when compared

with the cost of the various chemicals needed for longer methods.

Permanent mounts of snail genitalia are prepared in the fol-

lowing manner. Snails killed by immersion in boiling water or

70% alcohol are dissected in 50-70% alcohol. Isolated genitalia

are placed in distilled water for ten minutes, then oriented in a

drop of CMC- 10 on a glass slide. Sufficient CMC- 10 is added to

cover the specimen and a glass coverslip is applied. The slide is

dried for 24 hours at room temperature or for 3-4 hours at 37° C.

After drying, it is advisable to ring the coverslip with clear nail

polish or commercial ringing lacquer. The thickness of some

specimens may necessitate the addition of supports for the cover-

slip or the use of depression slides.

Twelve-month-old preparations have shown no deterioration

and have proved to be excellent as subject material for micro-

scopic examination, camera lucida drawings, and photmicro-

graphs. So far as I am aware, the sole disadvantage of the method

* This study was supported (in part) from a research grant (E-513-C)

from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National

Institutes of Health, Public Health Service.

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 33

is that specimens cannot be stained. However, this drawback is

not serious and is counterbalanced by the fact that artifacts

resulting from routine dehydration techniques are reduced to a

minimum.

NOTES AND NEWS

Dates of the Nautilus. — Vol. 73, no. 1, pp. 1-38, pis. 1-6, was

mailed July 20, 1959. No. 2, pp. 39-78, Oct. 3, 1959. No. 3, pp.

79-118, pis. 7-11, Jan. 25, 1960. No. 4, pp. 119-160, title pages and

indexes, pis. 12 & 13, April 4, I960.— H. B. B.

Dr. Paul Bartsch, Curator Emeritus of the Division of

Mollusks of the United States National Museum, died on April

24, 1960, at Lorton, Virginia, at the age of 89. An obituary by Dr.

Harald A. Rehder will appear in a future number of the

Nautilus. — R. T. A.

Norman T. Mattox, Professor of Biology at the University of

Southern California, died on February 1, 1960 at the age of 49.

A full obituary is in the Bulletin of the Southern California Acad-

emy of Sciences, vol. 55, pt, 1, pp. 53-55 with portrait — R.T.A.

PoMATiopsis LApmARiA ou the southern Atlantic coastal plain,

with remarks on the status of P. praelonga and P. hinkleyi. —

The author recently collected Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) at

several localities on the southern Coastal Plain, a region from

which it was previously unknown. In this region, it was found in

swamps, but only in swamps with uneven ground in which there

were numerous small hummocks of dry land to which they could

retreat during the wet season. It was not found in swamps which

were completely flooded during the spring.

Localities: North Carolina: Craven Co.: near Little Creek, 1

mile north of Askin; near Batchelder Creek, 2.4 miles east of

Tuscarora. Beauford Co.: 2.4 miles east of Washington. Chowan

Co.: 1.4 miles southeast of Edenton. Brunswick Co.: near Piney

Grove Creek, 2.4 miles southwest of Bolivia. South Carolina:

Bamberg Co.: near Little Salkehatchie River, 4.2 miles north of

Eherhardt. Georgia: Richmond Co.: near McBean Creek, 5 miles

west of McBean. Chatham Co.: near Middle River, Onslow

Island.

Pomatiopsis praelonga Brooks & MacMillan, (Naut. 5i;96,

34 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

1940) was described from specimens collected on the hillside

along Elk River, 1.5 miles south of Clay, Clay Co., West Virginia.

This is undoubtedly a very dry habitat form of P. lapidaria.

Similar shells have been found on dry hillsides at a number of

localities, but notably on the Cumberland River bluff opposite

Carthage, Tennessee. Here the hillside has a sparse growth of

timber and is so steep that most of the soil has washed away and

there is very little leaf cover, but P. lapidaria was abundant. They

were as slender as topotypes of P. praelonga.

Pomatiopsis hinkleyi Pilsbry, (Naut. 10:^1, 1896) was des-

cribed from specimens collected at Black Falls, above Florence,

Alabama. Efforts by the author to find this locality were unsuc-

cessful. It probably was destroyed by the construction of the Wil-

son Dam. P. hinkleyi differs from P. lapidaria in having a more

obese and thinner shell. Similar shells were collected at a drip-

ping spring, 3 miles north of Ashland City, Cheatyam Co., Ten-

nessee, and from a swamp in Bamberg Co., South Carolina (see

above) . This appears to be a wet habitat form of P. lapidaria,

possibly living in the spray of a falls.

Pomatiopsis lapidaria varies with ecological conditions. Slen-

der thick shells occur in dry habitats, and obese thinner shells in

wet ones. This is especially noticeable in the south. P. praelonga

and P. hinkleyi appear to be but extremes of this variation.

— Leslie Hubricht.

Trichia hispida (L.) in New York. — This species was found

abundant along the roadside and in a gravel quarry 1.4 miles

south of Sharon, Schoharie Co., New York. Unlike other colonies

reported from North America, most of the shells at this locality

are hirsute. — Leslie Hubricht.

Hydrobiidae or Truncatellidae? — In opinion 475, 1957, Bull.

Zool. Norn. i^;307-330, Bithyniidae Gray, 1857, was put on the

approved list, "for use by specialists who on taxonomic grounds

consider that the genus Bithynia Leach is not referable to any

nominal family-group taxon having an older name" (p. 325) ,

Please remember that Bithynia (1818), Bithinia Gray (1824;

nude in 1821) and Bythinia Macgillivray (1843) are different

spellings for one genus. The following outlines the familial

names which are prior (in italics) :

Truncatellidae Gray, 1840, Syn. Brit. Mus., ed. 42:119. (Cf.

opinion 344) .

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 35

Bythiniae, Lithoglyphi, Hydrohiae,^ Troschel, before Sept., 1857,

Gebiss der Schnecken 7(2): 101, 104, 106, respectively. Reviewed

by L. Pfeiffer, Sept., 1857, Malacoz. Blatter ^. -223-224.

Bithiniadae Gray, after Sept., 1857 (manuscript date of "Preface,"

p. xi) , Turton's "Manual," new ed.:16, 24. (Gray placed

Hydrohia in Littorinidae, p. 24.)

Hydrobiinae Stimpson, 1865, Smithson, Misc. Coll. 201 A; in-

cluded Lithoglyphus, which subordinated Lithoglyphi.

Hydrobiidae Fischer, 1885, Man. Conchyl.:723; included (p. 724)

Bithiniinae and Lithoglyphinae. Thiele, 1929, Handb. syst.

Weichtierk.:136; included Lithoglypheae, Truncatellinae and

Bithyniinae (pp. 145, 149, 153) .

Obviously, if Thiele's (1929) classification be followed, Trun-

catellidae, 1840, is the prior name for his family. However, if

Truncatella be excluded, Hydrobiidae, 1857, would become the

legal name of the restricted family, unless a "first reviser" subor-

dinated it to Bithyniidae before Fischer, 1885, reversed that ac-

tion. Although perhaps without nomenclatural effect on this

question, Tryon, 1866, Amer. J. Conch. 2:155-156, included

Bythiniinae, Hydrobiinae and Lithoglyphinae as subfamilies in

his Amnicolidae, 1862, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia

/^;452.

Of course, Troschel must have initiated Hydrobiidae before

Pfeiffer's (Sept., 1857) review, and Gray's Bithiniadae must have

been published (probably some months) after his identical, but

manuscript date. Incidentally, according to the "rules," Troschel

also became the author of at least Lithoglyphinae; and he used a

rejected spelling of Bithyniinae before Gray did.

H. BURRINGTON BaKER.

Planorbina (1843) vs. Australorbis (1934) vs. Biomphalaria

(1910) vs. Taphius (1854) .— Bengt Hubendick, 1958, Rev.

Brasil. Biol. 18{\)\ 37-40, has proposed that the ICZN. use its

plenary powers to validate Biomphalaria Preston. This is opposed

for 2 reasons:

(1) Australorbis is in more general use than Biomphalaria.

About a year ago, this was tested by counts of the citations of the

2 names in the Zoological Record since 1934. Australorbis was

mentioned about I1/2 times as often as was Biomphalaria. This

is not surprising, because the former was the first of the con-

sidered names which was described accurately, and Dr. Pilsbry's

1 ". . . to review the genera in small groups, without wishing to claim for

them the value of families." (Translation, p. 95) .

36 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

personal prestige was very great. The systematic position of

Biomphalaria was not proved until about a decade later, and that

of Taphius in 1957.

(2) The prior name for the composite genus is Planorbina.

The history of this name follows:

Planorbina Haldeman, 1843, Monogr. Physades: 14, as a "sub-

generic section" of Planorbis, with a vague, 4 word "descrij>

tion," and without mention of species.

Planorbina "Hald." Dall, 1905, Alaska ii;84, type by subsequent

designation, and first and only species, Planorbis olivaceus

"Spix" (Wagner, 1827; = Planorbis guadaloupensis Sowerby,

1822, Genera shells: fig. 2; also included by Dall on p. 81),

used as a "section" of Planorbis. On this basis, Planorbina

adopted by the following:

1918, Walker, B., Univ. Mich. Muz. Zool. Mis. Publ. ^.11, 99.

1921, Germain, L., Rev. Indian Mus. 27:6, 41.

1923, Wenz, W., Fossil. Catalog.: 1482 (used as genus).

1928, Hoffmann, H. Klass. u. Ordnung. Tier-reichs i(2:3):1249.

1930, Occ. Papers Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. 270:43-46.

1931, Thiele, J., Handbuch der system. Weichtierkunde:480.

Planorbina "Dall" Pilsbry, 1934, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-

phia 86:55, with Australorbis, type by original designation

"Planorbis guadaloupensis Sowerby (= glabratus Say) ," pro-

posed to replace it, on grounds that P. olivaceus did not fit

Haldeman's words: "Whorls numerous, nearly equal," which

would cover most planorbids.

On p. 43, Pilsbry also replaced P. guadaloupensis Sowerby,

by a century old "nomen dubium," Planorbis glabratus Say, 1818,

Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 7:280, from "South Caro-

lina," where the species does not and probably never did live.

During lengthy discussions, before and after his publication. Dr.

Pilsbry and I agreed on only 3 points:

(1) Despite opinion 46, "genera" without species should have

been considered "nomina dubia," which would have rendered

Dall's usage a homonym. (This was the actual reason why Pilsbry

rejected Planorbina.)

(2) Haldeman (1843) probably was more familiar with the

European Anisus than he was with the tropical American

"Australorbis."

(3) Say (1818) probably did base his Planorbis glabratus on

some "Australorbis/' and Planorbina guadaloupensis (Sowerby)

is the most widely distributed, and best-known species. However,

it was identified by the next (after Say) generation, who might

(?) have seen the type specimen (now lost) , with totally different

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 37

species. Incidentally, Fischer &: Crosse, 1880, Moll. Mex., etc.

2:67, did not attempt any "identification of Say's type" (Contrast

Walker, 1918, p. 99) — H. Burrington Baker.

Gyraulus arizonensis in Texas. — At my request, Mr. Robert

Downing, Oklahoma State University Wildlife Unit, made a

collection of terrestrial and freshwater moUusks from the Rob

and Bessie Welder Wildlife Refuge of Texas. This refuge, under

the able direction of Dr. Clarence Cottam, is located in the coastal

plains near Sinton, San Patricio County, Texas (c.28° N. Lat.) .

Its vegetation is intermediate between that of the Texan and

Tamaulipan biotic provinces and the rainfall is only slightly

above physiological requirements. The north border of the sta-

tion is formed by the Arkansas River and the eastern line is only

about five miles from the Copano Bay of the Gulf of Mexico. A

part of the refuge, locally termed the "mare trap," is located in

the eastern quadrant of the property. The waters of this area are

subjected to periodic increased salinity and the shores foster

several brackish-water plant species such as Spartina. A part of

Mr. Downing's collections were taken from the "mare trap" and

one of these forms the basis for this report.

While sorting through drift debris from the last-named region

I found a single immature specimen of an unusual planorbid

snail. This form, consisting of about 2i/2 turns, was covered with

conspicuous, spiral striae. Additional searching uncovered 90

more specimens, ranging in size from 1.1 mm. to 3.2 mm. in diam-

eter and of 2 to 3-2/3 whorls, all sculptured as the first one. Com-

paring these specimens with some virtual topotypes of Gyraulus

arizonensis (Pilsbry and Ferriss) taken from the banks of the San

Pedro River, Arizona, I was unable to distinguish between the

two lots, and therefore concluded that the Texas shells are

G. arizonensis. This species is probably much more widely dis-

tributed than was originally supposed.

Several other interesting molluscan species were found in the

same collection. The following is a list of these species: approx-

imately 1000 Drepanotrema cultratum labrosum Pilsbry, 1 Pyrgo-

phorous spinosus (Call and Pilsbry) , approximately 500 Planor-

bina (Obstructio) obstructa (Morelet) , 500 Planorbina (Tropi-

corbis) orbiculus, 1 immature Cincinnatia peracuta (Pilsbry and

Walker) , 1 Texadina sphinctostoma Abbott and Ladd and 9

38 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

Mytiliopsis leucophaeta (Conrad) .

With the exception of 12 specimens of G. arizonensis, which

were deposited in the U. S. National Museum (#622469) , all

specimens were retained by the author. These records will be-

come incorporated into a larger report of the Mollusca of the

Welder Wildlife Refuge. I wish to thank Dr. Morrison for his

kind assistance, Mr. Downing for making the collections and Dr.

H. B. Baker for clarifying some nomenclatural points.

— Branley a. Branson^

Purpura, Nucella, or Thais?: The problem continues. — On

March 3, 1922, William J. Clench, now Curator of Mollusks at

the Museum of Comparative Zoology, but then a young student

of shells, wrote to E. S. Morse, Director of the Peabody Museum at

Salem as follows, "Seven years ago, when I first started to collect

shells, I collected Purpura lapillus — four years ago I collected

Nucella lapillus — now I collect Thais lapillus ! ! ! Seven years and

three different generic names. "^

In nearly 40 years the problem has still not been settled. In the

1957 Index of Biological Abstracts, references are found to all 3

genera for the species. In the last July Nautilus, the names

Thais lapillus and Nucella lapillus are found 4 pages apart.

(Naut. 7i; 12 & 16. 1959) . In 1947 Dr. Clench established Thais

as the proper generic name for this species (Johnsonia 2(23): 86-89.

1947) . It is unfortunate that workers in zoology do not make

greater effort toward uniformity in nomenclature and follow the

recommendations of authoritative monographs. — Ralph W. Dex-

ter, Department of Biology, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio.

This is actually an example of the confusion dug up with

Roding's names (both Nucella and Thais) . Thiele's "Handbuch"

(p. 298) was often "authoritative."— H. B. B.

Fred L. Button Collection. — The shell collection of the late

Fred L. Button of Oakland, California, who died in 1927 (see

obituary in Nautilus, 42: 33-34) , has been purchased by Chicago

Natural History Museum. Besides containing about 3500 sets of

1 Contribution #300 from the Department of Zoology and from the Re-

search Foundation, Oklahoma State University.

1 Letter on file at the Peabody Museum, Salem, Massachusetts, and quoted

with permission from Ernest S. Dodge, Director.

July, 1960 NAUTILUS 39

west American shells, he had representatives of about 5000 species

of marine shells, and 4000 species of land and fresh-water shells.

The total collection contains about 70,000 specimens in 15,000

sets.

Included are Red Sea shells collected by Forskal and Jickeli,

holotypes of several s|>ecies of Trivia, paratypes of many South

Australian, New Caledonian, and European marine and land

snails obtained from Gatliff, Verco, Hedley, and Dautzenberg,

and several hundred sets of Hawaiian land shells from D. D. Bald-

win— to name but a few items.

The cowrie shells were Mr. Button's favorites. Of the 165 spe-

cies recognized by the Schilders, he had 143, plus one of the five

original specimens of Cypraea pacifica Ostergaard (= ostergaardi

Dall) . With additions from other collections, Chicago Natural

History Museum now has 150 species of cowries represented.

— Alan Solem.

Charles G. Nelson Collection. — The shell collection of the

late C. G. Nelson of Grand Rspids, Michigan was obtained by

Chicago Natural History Museum in 1958. The unpacking of this

vast collection has just been completed. Approximately 300,000

specimens in 30,000 sets were recent shells, together with 83,000

fossil invertebrates, 4,000 mineral specimens, 100 turtle shells,

and much other miscellany. Mr. Nelson had give 66,000 pairs of

fresh-water clams to Michigan State University before his death

in 1957.

The basis of the collection was formed by Frederick Stearns

(see Pilsbry's "Catalogue of the marine mollusks of Japan" pub-

lished by Stearns in 1895), with the addition of the R. J. Kirt-

land and H. E. Sargent collections, together with the results of a

lifetime series of collections throughout North America. Almost

every well-known marine and land collecting area was visited by

"C. G." and thoroughly worked for shells.

Unlike many amateurs, he was not contented with one of a

kind, but collected, and kept, long series of shells. One feels a

real sense of awe when viewing the long sets of Japanese shells

from Steam's collection, or the fantastic series of North American

shells collected by Nelson. Duplicates of these series will eventu-

ally be available for distribution to other institutions or for ex-

change to amateurs. — Alan Solem.

To CONTRIBUTORS. — Despite the addition of 4 pages to each

40 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1)

number, enough MSS. are on file to fill the October and half the

January, 1961, numbers. From previous experiences, this condi-

tion may be only temporary. MSS. will be published in order of

their dates of receipt, except precedence will be given to new

species. Because of lack of space, the following reviews, which

already were written and would have required 4i/2 pages, have

been cut to references only. Suggestions for the amelioration of

this would be welcome, but the Nautilus, which is published at

cost of printing, could not enlarge its size much more without

corresponding increases in subscription prices. Of course, some

savings might be made if only MSS. by subscribers were accepted.

— Editors.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1958

Pages in italics include new taxons

Hubricht, Leslie. New species of land snails from the eastern

United States. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 19:70-76.

Mason, James. The breeding of the scallop, Pecten maximus (L.)

in Manx waters. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U. K. 57:653-671, 5 figs. A

possible lunar periodicity in the breeding of the scallop, Pecten

maximus (L.) . Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (13) 7:601-602.

Thompson, Thomas E. The natural history, embryology, larval

biology and post-larval development of Adalaria proxima

(Alder & Hancock) . Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, Biol. Sci.

2^2:1-58, 49 figs. The influence of temperature on spawning in

Adalaria proxima (A.8cH.) Oikos 9:246-252, 1 fig.

1959

Arias C, Sergio. Arion subfuscus (Draparnaud). Venezuela. Mem.

Soc. Cien, Nat. la Salle 7P:23-36, 6 figs.

Basch, Paul F. Land Mollusca of the Tikal National Park in

Guatemala. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 612:15

pp., 1959.

Branson, Branley A. Oklahoma gastropods: etc. Proc. Okla.

Acad, Sci. 57:30-32. Notes on Okla. snails, with new records.

Notes on Okla. slugs, etc. S. W. Naturalist 5:224-226. ^:143-147.

Dodge, Henry. Evidential factors in the identification of the Lin-

naean molluscs. J. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. ^-Z: 170. 179.

Emerson, William E. & Emery P. Chace. Pleistocene mollusks

from Tecolote Creek, San Diego, California. Trans. San Diego

Soc. Nat. Hist. 72:335-346, 3 figs.

Hubendick, Bengt & Pavle Radoman. Studies on the Gyraulus

species of Lake Ochrid Morphology. Arkiv for Zool. 12:223-

243, 42 figs.

Johnson, Richard I. The types of Corbiculidae and Sphaeriidae

July, 1960 NAUTILUS

HI

in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and a bio-biblio-

graphic sketch of Temple Prime, etc. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.

Harvard 120:431-479, 8 pis.

MacGinitie, Nettie. Marine Mollusca of Point Barrow, Alaska.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 109{U\2):59-208, pis. 1-27.

Ortiz de Zarate Lopez, Adolfo & Antonio Ortiz de Zarate Ro-

candio. Descripcion de los moluscos terrestres de la Isla de

Fernando Poo (Familia Achatinidae) . 128 pp., 8 pis. k 82 figs.

Inst. Estud. Africa., Madrid.

Paraense, W. Lobato. One-sided reproductive isolation between

geographically remote populations of a planorbid snail. Amer.

Nat. Pi;93-101, 1 fig.

Riedel, Adolf. Oxychilus (Oxychilus) disci formis sp. n. aus dem

Iran und Bemerkungen iiber Oxychilus f gorktschaanus

(Mousson) . Die von Dr. K. Lindberg in Griechenland gesam-

melten Zonitidae. Materialien zur Kenntnis de palaarktischen

Zonitidae, 3-4. Ueber drei Zonitiden — Arten aus der Hohlen

der Turkei. Ann. Zool. Polska Akad. Nauk 18:71-78, 89-117,

119-126, 141-160, 1 pi., 44 figs.

Robertson, Robert. The subgenus Halopsephus Rehder, with

notes on the western Atlantic species of Turbo and the sub-

family Bothropomatinae Thiele. J. Washington Acad. Sci.

47:316-319, 3 figs.

Solem, Alan. Notes on Mexican mollusks, 2, Occ. Papers Mus.

Zool. Univ. Mich. 611:15 pp., 2 pis.

Systematics and zoogeography of the land and fresh-water

Mollusca of the New Hebrides. Fieldiana: Zool. 43{\k2)\l-359,

33 pis., 38 figs.

Thompson, Fred G. Two new pleurocerid snails from eastern

Mexico. A new helicid snail from Mexico. Occ. Papers Mus.

ZooL Univ. Mich. 600:9 pp., 1 pi. & 2 figs. 610:8 pp., 1 pi. & 1

fig-

Voss, Nancy A. studies on the pulmonale gastropod Siphonaria

pectinata (Linnaeus) from the southeast coast of Florida. Bull.

Marine Sci. of Gulf Sc Caribbean P;84-99, 5 figs.

FOR SALE: MIOCENE FOSSILS.

Over 100 varieties. Retail and wholesale list available on re-

quest. Most marine fossils intact. /^ fe

Malicks, 5514 Plymouth Rd., Baltiiiy(^^JW,. Maryland.

\^

INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA

Monographs of the Marine Mollusks of the

Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Oceans

A new series devoted to taxonomic revisions of the marine

mollusks found from East Africa to Polynesia and Japan to

Australia. All species are illustrated either in full color, black-

and-white photographs or line drawings. With descriptions,

synonymies, anatomy, recent and Tertiary records, habitats, etc.

Editor: R. Tucker Abbott; co-editors: William J. Clench and

Harold A. Rehder. Vol. 1, no. 1 (Introduction and Vasidae) now

available. VoL 1, no. 2 (Strombidae, with 6 color plates) in press.

Issued in pamphlet or loose leaf form. State preference. Attrac-

tive, gold-stamped, post binder protects your copies, saves you

cost of binding. $4.25 (foreign: add 50 cents) . Subscription: $5.00

per 100 pages. Not sent as a library exchange.

Department of Mollusks,

Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., Philadelphia 3, Pa., U.S.A.

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New lists now

in preparation; full scientific data. Send name and address

for free copies. Shells also wanted for purchase and exchange.

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York, 32, N. Y.

A CHECK LIST OF THE MARINE SHELLS OF ST. CROIX,

U. S. Virgin Islands, with random annotations. Up to date.

Lists 650 species plus 60 subspecies, including 20 new. With

70 illustrations. The "random notes" contain much new infor-

mation. Price: $4.10, post free.

G. Usticke, 1 North Street, Christiansted, St. Croix, Virgin Is.

UNIVERSAL SHELLS Ready early in 1960

Nearly 300 pages, about 2,000 figures, some in color. First

part: Cephalopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura. Net $7.50.

Second part will appear later. Order in advance to avoid disap

pointment. From the author:

Maxwell Smith, P. O. Box 8295, Asheville, N. C.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 October, 1960 No. 2

MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS FROM AFOGNAK AND

SITKALIDAK ISLANDS, KODIAK GROUP, ALASKA

By WALTER JACOB EYERDAM

Since 1917, I have worked 24 summers in various parts of

Alaska in the whaling and herring fisheries. Until 1946, I always

had worked as cooper, but then the trade became obsolete in

Alaska. In spite of a usual average of 350 to 400 hours work per

month, with few Sundays or holidays, I made large biological col-

lections. As one of the principal collaborators, who contributed

by collection of plants, for Prof. Eric Hulton's great work (16

vols, on the floras of Kamchatka, Aleutian Is., and Alaska and

Yukon TeiTitory) , I collected over 3500 lots of higher plants, and

several thousand lots of lichens and bryophytes. Prof Hulton is

Director of the Riksmuseum of Sweden, in Stockholm, and is the

foremost authority on circumboreal plants.

Intensive collections of mollusks also were made in nearly every

place where I worked. My first printed report was on the "Marine

shells of Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound,

Alaska" Naut. 38 (l) :22-28, 1924. Although I have series of most

of the shells collected by me in Alaska, and made notable collec-

tions in many places, I have neglected publication of most of

them. The main reason for this is because I loaned most of my

collection of Lora-Bela to Dr. Bartsch several years before the

last world war, to be used in collaboration with the Russian Acad-

emy of Sciences in working up deep sea collections from the Arc-

tic Ocean and the western Bering Sea. So far I have not succeeded

in having them returned to me, and consequently have not

learned the changes in names. Bartsch originally had identified

them for me.

In the present report, I have selected Afognak and Sitkalidak

Islands (about 800 and 200 square miles, respectively) where I

spent four seasons. These two islands are near opposite ends of

Kodiak (3465 square miles) , our largest island, and these shells

illustrate quite well a cross-section of most of those to be found

41

42 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

in the Kodiak Island group and Shelikof Strait. Although most of

the genera in this list are also in Prince William Sound, many

species are not the same in the two areas.

Having done a lot of shell collecting, in many parts of the

Alaskan coast, I sometimes have wondered which areas might be

the richest in diversified marine life. With deep tides running out

on many beaches, which teem with life, in isolated bays in south-

east Alaska, the Kodiak Islands and Prince William Sound, I

believe the richest place of all probably would be around Orca

on Hinchinbrook Island in Prince William Sound, although I

never have collected there. All my dredging was done from small

rowboats, usually after long days of hard work, and results were

often poor and discouraging, when one considers the great

amount of muscle work it required.

With even the simplest modern gear for dredging with slow

power boat, excellent results should be obtained. Nearly all my

hand dredging in Izhut Bay in 1922 was done alongside of our old

schooner, the Henry Wilson, when she lay at anchor for four

months. The same method was employed at Red Fox Bay, on

Shuyak Strait, while aboard the giant, five masted (180 feet high;

2200 tons) by the wind schooner Bianca, which was wrecked on

the Clallam Rocks in Strait of Fuca during a great snowstorm on

the homeward voyage. I seldom dredged in over 10 fathoms, but

often in bad weather.

Some of the best habitats for collecting minute shells in Alaska

are among a profusion of nullipores, or calcareous algae. In Drier

Bay, Prince William Sound, the best habitat was usually on the

leaves or at the roots of Zostera marina, or eel-grass, which must

be uprooted, washed and sieved in a tub. Since the great epi-

demic, which destroyed such a large percentage of the eel-grass

beds in the northern hemisphere, much of the area has failed as

yet to make a good comeback, so probably many small species of

shells and other organisms have become either extremely rare or

extinct. Nobody seems to know what caused the disease.

In order to avoid repetition of locality names for each species

of mollusk on the list, the following four localities are designated

by numbers (in parentheses) :

1: Izhut Bay, Afognak Island; May to November, 1922.

2: Red Fox Bay, Shuyak Strait, Afognak Island; July to October,

1924.

October, 1960 nautilus 43

3: Port Hobron, Sitkalidak Island, at whaling station; July 6 to

September, 1931.

4: Raspberry Strait, Afognak Island; 1939, 1945 and 1946.

Extensions of range of shells in this list are extensions beyond

those in Ball's Bull. 112 of the U. S. National Museum. Most of

these same range extensions also may be located under my name

in the "Author index," Index to the Nautilus, vols. 35-60, or in

John Q. Burch's (1959) index. See especially:

Extended ranges of seventy five species of north Pacific shells

collected by Walter J. Eyerdam and Ingvard Norberg. Naut.

57:100-104, & 122-126, 1938.

Extended ranges of four Alaskan marine shells. Naut. 57:142,

1944.

Pelecypoda

Nucula tenuis Montagu, 10 fms., mud, not uncommon (1, 3, 4).

N. tenuis expansa Reeve, 10-15 fms., mud, not common (1) .

N. (Acila) castrensis Hinds, mud, not common (1).

Leda minuta (Fabricius) , mud, fairly common (1, 2, 3) .

Yoldia scissurata (Dall) , 20 fms,, fine mud (1) .

Y. ensifera (Dall) , 20 fms., fine mud, a few (1) .

Y. limatula (Say), mud, 10 fms., several (4).

Pecten alaskensis Dall, sandy bottom, rare, 10 fms., mud (1, 2) .

P. islandicus beringianus Middendorff, 2 examples (4) .

P. (Chlamys) hindsii navarchus Dall, 10 fms., scarce (1) .

P. caurinus Gould, 10 fms. (4) . Range extension north of

Wrangell.

Limatula subauriculata (Montagu), 15 fms., sand (1).

Pododesmus (Monia) macrochisma (Deshayes) , 1, 2, 3, 4) .

Mytilus calif ornianus Conrad, on surf-beaten rocks (1) .

M. edulis Linne, common on all beaches.

Modiolus modiolus (Linne) , (1,2, 3, 4) .

Modiolaria nigra (Gray), not common (1).

Modiolaria substriata (Gray), amongst nullipores (1) .

Modiolaria laevigata (Gray) , in byssal nests, not common (1) .

Modiolaria vernicosa Midd., on Zoster a (1) .

Pandora (Kennerlia) filosa Carpenter, dredged (1) .

P. (K.) bilirata Conrad, (4) . Range extended north of Forrester

Island.

Entodesma saxicola (Baird) , not common (1, 2, 3).

Lyonsia striata (Montagu), 15 fms., mud (1, 4) .

L. pugetensis Dall, 15 fms., mud (1) .

Cuspidaria beringensis Leche, one example, 25 fms., shell bottom.

Astarte esquimalti Baird, 18 fms., mud, several (1) .

A. arctica (Gray), 18 fms., sand (1).

A. alaskensis Dall, 2,0 fms,, sand (1) .

A. rollandi Bernardi, dredged (4).

44 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Venericardia ventricosa (Gould) , 20 fms., mud (1, 4).

V. alaskana Dall, dredged (4) .

Kellia laperousei (Deshayes) , in dead clam shells (2, 4) .

K. sub orbicularis (Montagu) , (2, 4) .

Rochejortia planata Dall, 10 fms. (3).

R. tumida (Carpenter), 10 fms. (3).

R. aleutica Dall, 10 fms., mud (4) .

Thyasira flexuosa (Montagu) , dredged (2) .

Clinocardium nuttalUi (Conrad) , common on sandy beaches.

C. ciliatum (Fabricius) , 10 fms., mud, not common (1, 2, 3, 4).

C. californiense (Deshayes) , not common (1, 2, 3).

C. fucanum (Dall) , 10 fms., rare (4) .

Serripes groenlandicum (Gmelin) , 20 fms., mud (1, 3) .

S. laperousii (Deshayes), dredged, mud, (3, 4) .

Protocardia centifilosa (Carpenter), dredged, sand (3) .

Saxidomus gigantea (Deshayes) , common on sand &: mud beaches.

Campsomyax kennerlyi (Carpenter) , 15 fms., sand (1) .

Protothaca staminea (Conrad) , common on stony beaches.

P. staminea orbella (Carpenter), in hard grounds (1, 3).

Lyocyma viridis Dall, rare, on muddy bottom (1) .

Macoma middendorffii Dall, rare, muddy bottom (3).

M. incongrua Martens, sandy mud, not uncommon (1, 2) .

M. brota Dall, sandy mud, rare (4) .

M. brota lipara Dall, sandy mud, dredged, rare (4) .

M. inquinata Deshayes, sandy mud, not common (1, 2, 3, 4) .

M. balthica (Linne) , in mud, not common (1, 2, 3) .

M. alaskana Dall, dredged, rare (1, 3, 4) .

M. sitkana Dall, dredged, rare (1, 2, 3).

M. nasuta (Conrad) , sandy mud beach, not common.

M. inflatula Dall, 10 fms., mud (4) .

M. yoldiformis Cpr., dredged (4) . Range extend north from Fuca

Strait.

Tellina lutea (Gray) , not common (2) .

T. lutea venulosa Schrenck, (3) .

T. salmonea Carpenter, in fine sand (2, 3).

Siliqua patula (Dixon) , common on outer sandy beach of Sit-

kalidak Island.

S. patula alta (Broderip & Sowerby), rare (2) .

Saxicava arctica (Linne) , common under rocks.

S .pholadis (Linne) , under boat rafts and anchored logs.

Bankia setacea (Tryon) , at all stations, on sunken pilings and

wood.

Phacoides tenuisculpta (Carpenter) , dredged (1).

P. annulata (Reeve) , dredged (1) .

Spisula alaskana (Dall), in sand at low tide (1, 2, 3, 4) .

Schizothaerus capax (Gould), Swan, 1953, rare (4).

My a truncata Linne, scarce at low tide in gravel (1, 3, 4).

October, 1960 nautilus 45

M. truncata var. uddevallensis Forbes, (4). One example, similar

to type lot.

M. intermedia Dall, similar to Kamchatka specimens collected by

W. J. Eyerdam.

M. japonica Jay, (4) . Easily distinguishable from matura M.

intermedia.

SCAPHOPODA

Dentalium dalli Pilsbry ^ Sharp, 15 fms., sandy mud (4) .

Opisthobranchia

Cylichnella alba (Brown) , dredged (1, 4) .

C. occulta (Mighels), dredged (4) .

C. nucleola (Reeve) , on eel-grass (4) .

C. attonsa (Carpenter), dredged (4) .

Acteocina eximia (Baird) , 10 fms., sand (1, 3, 4) .

Haminoea vesicula (Gould) , on eel-grass (5, 6) . Range extended

north from Vancouver Island.

H. olgae Dall, below tide mark at roots of eel-grasses. (3, 4) .

Range extended west from Prince William Sound.

NUDIBRANCHIA

Melibe leonina (Gould) , common amongst eel-grass.

Anisodoris nobilis (MacFarland) , on stones, not common (4).

Pteropoda

Spiratella pacifica Dall, on kelp holdfast (4) .

PULMONATA

Arctonchis borealis (Dall) , on Fucus and smooth stones in littoral

zone.

Siphonaria (Liriola) thersites Carpenter, on stones and Fucus,

near shoreline, all stations.

Prosobranchia

Spiroglyphis lituellus Morch, on stones (1, 4) . Range extended

north from southeast Alaska.

Aforia circinata (Dall) , below tide mark (1).

Bela inequita (Dall) , 10-20 fms. (4) . (Beta — Lora.)

Bela rosea (M. Sars), 10-20 fms. (1, 4) .

Bela fidicula (Gould) , 10-20 fms. (1).

Belasolida (Dall), 10-20 fms. (1,4).

Bela turricula (Montagu), 10-20 fms. (1).

Bela scalaris (Moller) , 10 fms. (1).

Bela pleurotomaria (Couthouy) , 10 fms. (1).

Bela alaskensis (Dall) , 10 fms. (1).

Bela sculpturata (Dall) , 10-15 fms. (4).

Bela excurvata Carpenter, 10 fms. (4) .

Bela nobilis (Moller) , 10 fms. (4) .

Bela chiachiana (Dall) , 10 fms. (2).

Admete couthouyi (Jay), dredged (3, 4).

A. couthouyi gracilior (Carpenter) , dredged (1) .

Olivella boetica Carpenter, dredged (1, 3, 4) .

46 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Chrysodomus lirata (Martyn) , 20 fms. (1, 3, 4) .

C. pribiloffensis Dall, 10-20 fms. (1, 3, 4).

C. pribiloffensis var. humboldtiana AUyn Smith, 10-20 fms., sandy

bottom (1, 3, 4) .

C. satura (Martyn) , 10 fms. (1).

Beringius crebricostatus (Dall) , 10-20 fms. (1, 3, 4) .

B. eyerdami Allyn Smith, 15 fms. (4) . Paratype.

B. kennicotti (Dall) , 10 fms., sand (1, 3, 4) .

Coins (Latisipho) jordani Dall, 10 fms. (1).

Searlesia dira (Reeve) , common under rocks at all localities.

(To be continued)

HETEROPODS AND PTEROPODS AS FOOD

OF THE FISH GENERA, THUNNUS AND ALEPISAURUS

By henry D. RUSSELL

During the past several years the possibility of a tuna fishery

off the western Atlantic coast of North America has become of

interest both to sport and commercial fishermen. The presence

or absence of these fish is directly related to their food supply

and so it becomes of interest to determine its composition. The

following discussion is a list of localities with dates and the iden-

tification of pteropod and heteropod mollusks taken from the

stomach contents of Thunnus albecares (Bonnaterre) , Alepi-

saurus ferox Lowe and Alepisaurus brevirostris Gibbs.

The collections were made during investigative cruises of the

motor vessel Delaware. These were carried on under the auspices

of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service during April, July, Sep-

tember and October of 1957 and March, April, May and July of

1958 in the north and mid-western Atlantic.

For the collection and opportunity to examine the material, I

am indebted to Dr. Robert Gibbs of Boston University. For work-

ing space and helpful suggestions I wish to acknowledge with

thanks the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, Dr. W.

J. Clench, Curator of Mollusks, and Mr. R. W. Foster of that

institution.

The accompanying map shows the numbered localities (also

see table 1) at which fish were taken while the lists and tables

indicate which species of heteropod and/or pteropod mollusk

composed part of the stomach contents of either T. albecares

(Bon.) (list 1) or A. ferox Lowe (list 2) or ^4. brevirostris Gibbs

(list 3) . The species of these mollusks found at each numbered

October, 1960 nautilus 47

locality, latitudes and longitudes (see map) are shown in table 1.

The species' ranges are shown in table 2. Table 3 shows the

months, and which of these species was found in the stomach

content of one, two, or all three species of fish.

The heteropod species, Cardiapoda richardi Vayssiere was

found in the stomach contents of one fish, but the fish was not

identified though its stomach content was kept. This species of

mollusk is therefore regarded here only as being present on the

date it was taken, 7/25/58. Finally, a key to the north and mid-

Atlantic heteropods modified from Tesch, 1945, is included to aid

in the identification of the several species found in this region.

The key contains more species than were found in the fish

stomach contents. By this enlargement, it will be a more useful

key to those interested in these organisms.

Table 3 indicates that Cavolina tridentata Forsk. was eaten by

all three species of fish during July to October and Carinaria

lamarcki Per. and Les. by all three from May to October. Ptero-

trachea hippocampus (Phil.) , P. scutata Gegen. and P. coronata

Forsk., on the other hand, were eaten only by Alepisaurus ferox

Lowe, during July to October. The fishing period extended from

Maich to November. No heteropods were recorded from fish

(Earlier than May. Without a complete monthly seasonal record

:he explanation of this is difficult. More seasonal record data are

] leeded.

N<> collections were made later in the year than October so

that more seasonal data are needed here also to explain whether

the heteropods and pteropods and fish are present or not and

whether or not they are forming part of the fish diet during this

latter part of the year.

There is little life cycle information recorded in the literature

relative to fonns found in the western Atlantic. As a result, no

one can state whether these heteropods and pteropods grow

quickly to full size and maturity or not and what may be their

life span. More data in these areas might yield valuable informa-

tion bearing upon fish food migrations and this in turn upon

future fisheries.

The several species and their authors are listed below for

reference and make possible the elimination of authors' names

from the lists and tables.

48

NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 (2)

Atlanta peroni Lesueur

Oxygyrus keraudreni (Lesueur)

Cavolina tridentata (Forskal)

C. uncinata (Rang)

C. gibbosa (Rang)

C. trispinosa (Lesueur)

Pneumoderma atlanticum

Gegenbaur

C armaria lamarcki Peron

and Lesueur

Pterotrachea hippocampus

(Philippi)

P. scutata Gegenbaur

P. coronata Forskal

Cardiapoda placenta (Lesson)

C. richardi Vayssiere

swnoffl nan which srecinaB were recorbhi (see uso iabis i)

Key to the North and Mid-Atlantic Heteropods

(Modified from Tesch, J.J. 1949)

A. Flat coiled and keeled

shell into which the ani-

mal can completely with-

draw.

Atlantidae (H)

B. Body too large to be with-

drawn into shell which

covers the visceral nucleus

only; shell triangular.

Carinariidae (L)

October, 1960

NAUTILUS

49

C. Shell disappeared; vis-

ceral nucleus is very near

or at the posterior end of

the body.

Pterotracheidae (O)

D. Shell 10 mm or less in di-

ameter, flattened, large

outer whorl encircled by a

keel; animal can wholly

withdraw into shell; tenta-

cles anterior to the eyes.

(F)

E. Shell coiled at tip and

consisting chiefly either of

a conical more or less

straight and keeled last

whorl, vestigal, or entirely

lacking; animal cannot

withdraw into shell, body

cylindrical, with large pro-

boscis and swimming fin.

(J)

F. Shell planorboid, cartil-

aginous, transparent with

broad cartilaginous keel.

Oxygyrus Benson O.

keraudreni (Lesueur)

G. Shell dextral, not plan-

orboid, spire projecting

and visible on right side

only.

(H)

H. Keel chalky sloping

down toward shell mouth.

Atlanta Lesueur (Q)

I. Keel cartilaginous, trans-

parent continued up to

shell mouth.

Protatlanta Tesch P.

s o u I ey e t i (E d g. A.

Smith)

J. Shell present. Visceral nu-

cleus stalked, above swim-

ming fin.

(N)

K. No shell present, visceral

nucleus at or near poster-

ior of body and swimming

fin midway between eyes

and visceral nucleus.

(P)

L. Shell comparatively large,

covering the visceral nu-

cleus and the gills in the

mantle cavity, body much

inflated.

(N)

M. Shell very small, cover-

ing only the nether pole of

the visceral nucleus and

produced into winglets at

the aperture.

Cardiapoda Orbigny

(DD)

N. Body cylindrical.

Carinaria Lamarck

(CC)

O. A distinct tail behind vis-

ceral nucleus. No tentacles

anterior to eyes.

Pterotrachea Forskal

(GG)

P. Only a small lobe exists

behind the visceral nu-

cleus and tentacles are

found only in the males.

Firoloida Lesueur (FF)

Q. Shell colorless, flattened,

transparent, without spiral

sculpture; spire in profile

generally not projecting

beyond the plane of the

last whorl.

(S)

R. Shell usually horny

colored, inflated, suture

deeper toned; spire rising

obliquely from plane of

last whorl and bearing a

few spiral lines.

(X)

S. Spire deflected with rela-

tion to last whorl.

Atlanta inclinata

50

NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 (2)

Souleyet

T. Spire within plane of last

whorl

(U)

U. 5 whorls

Atlanta peroni Lesueur

V. 4 whorls

Atlanta gaudichaudi

Souleyet

W. 3 whorls

Atlanta lesuere Souleyet

X. Spire conical, penulti-

mate whorl spirally sculp-

tured.

(Y)

Y. Shell nearly colorless, 6-8

spiral lines on penulti-

mate whorl.

(AA)

Z. Shell buff-colored, a few

wavy spiral lines near shell

mouth tip, also on under-

side of shell.

Atlanta fusca Souleyet

AA. Suture distinct, not col-

ored.

Atlanta helicinoides

Souleyet

BB. Suture distinct, purple

colored.

Atlanta inflata Souleyet

CC. Shell depressed, basal

length about 65% of great-

est height.

Carinaria lamarcki

Peron and Lesueur

DD. Gills more than 20, ar-

ranged in a row around

the outer margin of the

visceral nucleus, swim fin

homogenous except at free

edge where muscle bands

appear distinct; tail end-

ing in a star-shaped expan-

sion.

Cardiapoda placenta

(Lesson)

EE. Gills few 8-10, on dorsal

side of visceral nucleus;

swim fin with distinct

crisscrossed muscle fibers,

tail long, filamentous.

Cardiapoda richardi

Vayssiere

FF. Gills absent; tentacles

only in males, without ap-

preciable tail behind the

visceral nucleus.

Firoloida dismaresti

Lesueur

GG. Eyes cylindrical, longi-

tudinal axis including lens

distinctly longer than ret-

inal base.

(II)

HH. Eyes triangular, length

as broad as retinal base.

(KK)

IL Visceral nucleus long,

slender (4-5 times as long

as broad) , sharply pointed

at tip.

Pterotrachea coronata

Forskal

JJ. Visceral nucleus propor-

tionately thicker, anterior

part of body much en-

larged.

Pterotrachea scutata

Gegenaur

KK. Visceral nucleus 1/2 as

broad as long.

Pterotrachea hippo-

campus (Phillippi)

LL. Visceral nucleus about

3 times as long as broad.

Pterotrachea minuta

Bonnevie

October, 1960

NAUTILUS

51

List 1

Heteropod or Pteropod Mollusks Found in the

Stomach Contents of Thunnus albecares (Bonnaterre)

List 2

Heteropod and Pteropod Mollusks Found in the

Stomach contents of Alepisaurus ferox Lowe

52

NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 (2)

Carinaria lamarcki

36°15'N;71°49'W

October, 1960

NAUTILUS

5S

Sta.

No.

7

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Locality

36°42'N:70°00'W

36°57'N;68°05'W

37°44'N;65°42'W

37°45'N;71°49'W

38°07'N;66°42'W

38°07'N;68°15'W

38°12'N;70°00^W

38°16'N;70°00'W

38°28'N;68°05'W

38°49'N;64°02'W

39°00'N;65°20'W

39°20'N;53°00'W

39°36'N;51°00'W

39°44'N;70°00'W

Species

Pterotrachea coronata

Carinaria lamarcki

Pterotrachea scutata

Pterotrachea hippocampus

Pneumoderma atlanticum

Cavolina tridentata

Cardiapoda placenta

Carinaria lamarcki

Pterotrachea hippocampus

Pterotrachea coronata

Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina uncinata

Cavolina tridentata

Carinaria lamarcki

Pneumoderma atlanticum

Cavolina tridentata

Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina uncinata

Cavolina gibbosa

Cavolina trispinosa

Cavolina tridentata

Oxygyrus keraudeni

Atlanta peroni

Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina tridentata

Oxygyrus keraudreni

Cavolina tridentata

Oxygyrus keraudreni

Atlanta peroni

Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina gibbosa

Atlanta peroni

Cavolina tridentata

Pterotrachea coronata

Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina gibbosa

Cavolina tridentata

Oxygyrus keraudreni

Carinaria lamarcki

Pterotrachea coronata

Carinaria lamarcki

Cardiapoda placenta

Pterotrachea scutata

Cavolina uncinata

54 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Cavolina gibbosa

Cavolina trispinosa

Cavolina tridentata

Oxygyrus keraudreni

Atlanta peroni

21 40°00'N;68°05'W Pterotrachea coronata

Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina uncinata

Cavolina gibbosa

Cavolina trispinosa

Cavolina tridentata

Oxygyrus keraudreni

22 40°27'N;66°15'W Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina uncinata

Cavolina gibbosa

Cavolina tridentata

Oxygyrus keraudreni

23 40°34'N;64°02'W Pterotrachea hippocampus

Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina tridentata

Pterotrachea scutata

24 41°00'N;61°45'W Pterotrachea scutata

Pterotrachea hippocampus

Pterotrachea coronata

Carinaria lamarcki

25 42°18'N;64°02'W Carinaria lamarcki

Cavolina gibbosa

Cavolina tridentata

Table 2

Specific Ranges for the Species of Heteropods and Pteropods

Species Latitude Longitude

Atlanta peroni S7°08'N-40°00'N — 66°42'W-70°00'W

Oxygyrus keraudreni 37°08'N-40°27'N — 64°02'W-70°00'W

Cavolina tridentata 34°45'N-42°18'N — 64°02'W-71°49'W

Cavolina gibbosa 37°08'N-42°18'N — 64°02'W-70°00'W

Cavolina trispinosa 37°08'N-40°00'N — 66°42W'-70°00'W

Cavolina uncinata 37°08'N-40°27'N — 65°42'W-70°00'W

Pneumoderma atlanticum 36°42'N-37°45'N — 70°00W-71°49'W

Carinaria lamarcki 32°06'N-42°18'N — 51°00'W-73°4rW

Pterotrachea coronata 36°42'N-57°36'N — 51°00'W-70°00'W

Pterotrachea hippocampus 32°06'N-57°36'N — 59°40'W-72°35'W

Pterotrachea scutata 36°42'N-40°34^N — 61°45'W-70°00'W

Cardiapoda richardi 33°06'N-72°10'W

Cardiapoda placenta 36°44'N-39°44'N — 68°05'W-70°00'W

October, 1960 nautilus 55

-§

O

O 3 ^' ^' *J . w* *^

■s r. .§ S o o S" (So o

s^

K,J!

« 1, < t/2 t/5 •— , ^n;« <-> (J CO

-So ^

.go c« a. u

-S fc ^ Oh c^ tj ^CU

go left

^™ ^ §-1

6 rt.ii

I

Lr

g^ bJDCC'^;^oo03ooo

56 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Bibliography

Bronn, H. G., Klassen und Ordnungen des Tier-Reichs, Band III,

Mollusca (opisthobranchia) . pp. 281-294, 304, 306, 307,

321-351, 407-412, 437-441, 567, 622, 1044. pis. 9, 10, 1896-1907.

Johnson, C. W., List of the marine mol. of the Atlantic coast from

Labrador to Texas. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 40. No. 1. p.

92-93, 151, 1934.

Tesch, J. J. Dana report No. 34, Heteropoda. pp. 5-54, pis. 1-5.

Oxford Univ. Press. London, 1949.

Tesch, J. J. Dana Report No. 28, The thecosomatous pteropods

(the Atlantic) . p, 3-81, pis. 1-8, 1946.

Eydoux et Souleyet. La Bonite, Voyage autour du monde. Ptera-

podes, pp. 37-288, Heteropodes, pp. 289-392, 1852.

Rang, P.C.A.L. and Souleyet. Hist. nat. des moL pteropodes. pp.

1-86, pis. 1-15, 1852.

Smith, E. A. Report on the heteropods collected by HMS. Chal-

lenger during the years 1873-76.

Vayssiere, A. Mol. heteropodes. Yachts Herondelle et Princess

Alice, pp. 3-65, pis. 1-6, 1904.

GALACERA, NEW GENUS OF

POLYCERID NUDIBRANCHS

By CARLOS J. RISSO-DOMINGUEZ

When searching for nudibranchs in the port of Mar del Plata

in January, 1957, opportunity arose to collect two specimens of

a polycerid, immediately recognized in the field as a new genus

closely allied to Thecacera and Polycera. The name Galacera

was selected at that time. Surprisingly, I further realized that

this curious polycerid is the same nudibranch described by Fran-

ceschi (1928) as a variety of Polycera quadrilineata and reported

by Odhner (1941) as a distinct species. This was evident after a

careful consideration of the causes for the incomplete description

by Franceschi and an examination of the type material in the

Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales.

The imaginary animal described by Odhner and Franceschi

belongs to Polycera, but the real nudibranch found by the latter

(no. 17206, Invert. Div. MACN) and observed alive by the

writer in the type locality, markedly differs from the diagnosis

elaborated by Odhner (1941:16) and some original figures.

The paper by Franceschi only meant to claim the presence of

the well known European polycerid sea-slug on the Atlantic coast

of South America, with the pretense that it was the first record of

October, 1960 nautilus 57

the genus for this coast,^ To force this assumption, the animal

was described as a variety because the author was unable to avoid

or neglect the conspicuous differences. This author apparently did

not consult detailed color plates, illustrating the most common

European polycerid, and the supposed resemblance with P.

quadrilineata, chiefly was a matter of conjecture. Only the com-

parison with pi. 22 (Fam. 1) of Alder and Hancock (1851) or

pi. "P. quadrilineata" by Meyer and Mobius (1865) , might have

supplied the certainty of the distinctness of the specimens as be-

longing to a new species.

The work by Franceschi is rather contradictory. He early states

that the specimens do not show appreciable differences from those

of European coasts (p. 580) . Nevertheless he is further perplexed

because he was unable to find any trace of tubercles or similar

structures in living specimens (p. 584) . The inconsistency of im-

portant details between some figures and the text is obvious;

e.g., 8-10 digitations are indicated for adult specimens, but the

animal depicted in the plate has only 6 veil digitations and prob-

ably an author, who had an ample supply of adult specimens,

would not select a young one for the illustrations. No word about

the pallial margin is given, but a very exaggerated one is de-

picted in the figures, and no description is provided for the

rhinophores, quite overlooking the retractility into sheaths, a

rather important diagnostic character in nudibranchs. Even if

Franceschi had a good number of living specimens before him,

he evidently overlooked this feature, of high taxonomic value,

in his attempt to identify them with Polycera quadrilineata.

Even more difficult to justify (and really mystifying) is the

diagnosis by Odhner (1941) 2. Since Odhner did not have any

living or preserved material and his only source of knowledge

was the paper by Franceschi, such an imaginary diagnosis might

1 This error recently was repeated by Marcus (1955) . As early as in 1854,

Alder and Hancock (1854) mentioned a Polycera from Brazil (". . . Of

extra European species, one occurs in the Canary Islands, another on the

coast of North America, and a third in Rio de Janeiro . . .") that might

be described in some account of earlier travels. Either Polycera odhneri

Marcus, 1955, or Polycera hummi Abbott, 1952 {=P- aurisula Marcus, 1957)

might be a synonym of that species.

2 ". . , Back margin very distinct, smooth. Frontal processes at least 6. Back

surface with indistinct tubercles. Colour whitish, with series of yellow spots

on back, sides and tail {each a minute tubercle) frontal digitations yellow,

red in the middle, . . ."

58 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

have been the direct result of a misinterpretation of the Spanish

text. The "very distinct" pallial ridge came from the wrong

figures, but Franceschi did not mention the presence of

tubercles, indistinct or minute. The veil digitations are yellow

from the base to the tip, and no "red in the middle" is present.

The lines of spots in the body are scarlet red, not yellow. Ob-

viously, this is very clear in the original paper and corresponds

in all details with the specimens studied by me in 1957. Conse-

quently, I cannot accept Odhner's diagnosis or take into account

the relationship or taxonomic position given by him for this

nudibranch.

Galacera, genus novum.

Type species: Polycera marplatensis (Franceschi) . Belonging to

the group Thecacera-Polycera-Ohola in the sense of Odhner (1941,

p. 11) 3. Body limaciform, smooth, resembling Polycera at certain

extent, but rather high, without tubercles or tuberculate pallial

margin. Rhinophores very small, without the conspicuous dif-

ferences between clavus and stalk shown in Polycera, fully re-

tractile into narrow sheaths with indistinct borders; disappearing

below the skin level when retracted, the sheaths being closed by a

sphincter-like action of the borders. Indistinct pallial margin,

almost reduced to the dorsal sloping borders, and not continued

behind the branchiae. Foot prehensile, which makes difficult

crawling on a flat surface, such as glass."*

Galacera mainly differs from Polycera by the retractile rhino-

phores within sheaths and the lack of a tuberculate pallial mar-

gin. From Thecacera, it differs by the absence of the typical large

sheaths of this genus. Like Trevelyana, Crimora and Ohola, Gala-

cera has small rhinophores, retractile into narrow or indistinct

sheaths. Galacera marplatensis has some external resemblance in

morphology and colouring with Polycera quadrilineata^ and

Odhner (1941) places it in the group quadrilineata-capensis-atra

but, in addition to the generic differences, this species does not

show the black pigmentation that is a noteworthy peculiarity in

the group formed by these 3 species.

The coloration resembles more that found in the species of

Trevelyana with opaque white background and scarlet red spots.

3 United by the similarity of radula and jaws.

4 The taxonomic value of this peculiarity is not yet fully known in the

Polyceridae, because no data are available for most species.

5 Chiefly by the yellow frontal digitations and yellow tipped extra-branchial

appendages.

October, 1960 nautilus 59

A species with retractile rhinophores and without tuberculate

pallial margin cannot possibly be included in Polycera.

Since the very clear diagnosis for Polycera by Alder and Han-

cock (1854, 1855) , the non-retractile rhinophores and the absence

of sheaths has been recognized by authors as a sharp and distin-

guishing diagnostic character for the genus, and Odhner also

mentioned it (1941, p. 11). The term "retractile" used by

Vayssiere (1901, p. 61 and 1913, p. 339) for Palio and Risbec

(1928, p. 201) for Polycera picta, must be taken as "contractile."

Evidently, there is an obvious difference between a rhinophore or

a tentacle that contracts as a very sensitive organ, and a rhino-

phore which completely enters into a sheath (= invaginable) .

Moreover, there are no species of Polycera without tubercles

or a tuberculate pallial margin. The diagnosis by Alder and

Hancock (1855, p. xviii) proved to be right after one century of

research on polycerids. All the species in this genus divide nat-

urally into three groups: (1) One includes all those species with

a brownish pigmentation, from a reddish hue (P. japonica, P.

cooki) to an olivaceous, greenish one, or even yellowish-green

(P. lessonii, P. ocellata, P. picta, P. risbeci), with numerous

tubercles in the pallial margin and mostly with a very tuberculate

skin. This group comprises: P. lessonii D'Orb., 1837; P. ocellata

A. & H., 1842; P. cooki Angas, 1864; P. zosterae O'Donoghue,

1924; P. picta Risbec, 1928; P. faroensis Lemche, 1929; P. fujitai

Baba, 1937; P. risbeci Odhner, 1941; P. japonica Baba, 1949; P.

maculata Pruvot-Fol, 1951; P. hummi Abbott, 1952; P. odhneri

Marcus, 1955; and P. priva Marcus, 1959^. The whole group (by

far the most numerous in species) can be included in Palio if an

amended diagnosis is provided for this subgenus.

(2) The second includes the blue-yellow pigmented polyceras

or in other words, the subgenus Greilada. P. (G) elegans (Bergh) ,

1894; P. (G.) messinensis Odhner, 1941 and P. (G.) atlantica

Pruvot-Fol, 1955, have been described, being all doubtful, rare

or with very unsatisfactory descriptions. See Pruvot-Fol (1955) .

(3) To the third group belong the white-yellow-black forms,

that are P. quadrilineata O. Miiller, 1776; P. capensis Quoy and

6 Only with hesitation, I include P. priva in this list, because the species is

based upon examination of only one very contracted, preserved specimen,

with all the inconveniences of such material. It is rather unfortunate that

"Bergh 's style" in creating species could still be used.

60 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Gaimard, 1824 and P. atra MacFarland, 1905^ or the subgenus

Polycera sensu stricto. This relationship is recognized by Pruvot-

Fol (1954) in her description of P. quadrilineata^. They have

large and conspicuous yellow frontal digitations, a character in

common with Galacera marplatensis. They could be interpreted

as the connecting linkages, from this restricted standpoint, with

Thecacera, Galacera and Trevelyana, genera which include sj>e-

cies with white backgrounds and orange-yellow or red spots. Note-

worthily, the shape of the animal is also intermediate. P. atra and

P. capensis, with their tendency towards disappearance of the

pallial margin and tubercles, do resemble, more than other poly-

ceras, Thecacera pennigera, Galacera marplatensis and Trev-

elyana alba, if the sharply distinguishing, generic peculiarities be

overlooked.

Moreover, there are true tubercles in the pallial margin of P.

capensis, even if not recognized by Odhner (1941) and Barnard

(1927) . To apply an unequivocal terminology to identify each

of these different structures is of paramout importance in the

taxonomy of this family. The terms used by some authors, such

as "papillae" and "processes," must be abandoned and only

"tubercles," "veil digitations" and "extrabranchial appendages"

be used. The "flanking processes" (= extrabranchial append-

ages) of Barnard (1927, p. 191-192) for P. capensis (= P.

nigrocrocea) are real tubercles, obviously equal in structure as

those of P. atra, very clearly described in the correct sense by

MacFarland (1906, p. 142) . In Polycera the tubercles of the

pallial margin (or even the appendage-like tubercles) , are pig-

mented with the same colour as the veil digitations, a fact that

may indicate identical histological structure, whereas the true

appendages in Ancula, Trapania, Polycera, Galacera, Thecacera,

etc. are of the same color as the background of the body, and addi-

tional, superficial pigmentation is also similar in the branchiae

and the body. I must conclude, consequently, that no species of

Polycera has tubercles in the pallial margin^, whereas Galacera

has appendages but no tubercles of any kind. Those reported by

7 p. pallida Bergh, 1880 is not included here since it is a very doubtful

species, founded upon insufficient evidence.

8 ". . . et des especes vicariantes au Cap et en Califomie . . ."

9 In Greilada, one must take into account living specimens only, which

as described by Pruvot-Fol (1951, 1955) have conspicuous tubercles in the

pallial margin, and not the preserved specimens of Bergh and Odhner.

October, 1960 nautilus 61

Odhner for G. marplatensis are imaginary. Franceschi has very

clearly stated the lack of any trace of tubercles in living specimens

(p. 584) ,^^ an observation corroborated by my research in 1957.

This nudibranch, the only known polycerid in the puelchean

malacological zone of the Argentine coasts, lives on Bugula and

little differences could be found with the habitat mentioned for

Thecacera pennigera in Brazil by Marcus (1957) , except that I

have found it only on those arborescent bryozoan colonies on

which it feeds. This explains the prehensile nature of the foot.

Strangely enough, the spawning season comes during the coldest

weeks of winter, rather than in summer months as do those of

most opisthobranchs and all other nudibranchs observed at that

locality.

References

Alder, J. and Hancock, A. 1851. Part V, Monograph British

Nudibr. Moll.

1854. Part VI, Monograph British Nudibr. Moll.

1855. Part VII, Monograph British Nudibr. Moll.

Angas, G. F. 1864. Journ. de Conchyl. ^;43-70.

Baba, K. 1937. Jour. Dept. Agric. Kyushu Imp. Univ., 5:289-344.

1949. Opisthobranchia of Sagami Bay, (Iwanami Shoten) ,

Tokyo.

Barnard, K. H. 1927. Ann. South-African Mus., 25:171-215.

Bergh, R. 1880. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 52:40-127.

Eliot, C. 1910. Part VIII (Supplement.) Monograph British

Nudibr. Moll.

Franceschi, G. J. 1928. Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires,

5^:577-586.

MacFarland, F. M. 1906. Bull. Bureau Fisheries, Washington,

25:109-151.

Marcus, E. 1955. Bol. Fac. Fil. Univ. Sao Paulo, Zool. no. 20:89-

200.

1957. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, ^5:390-486.

1959. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. N.F., Avd. 2, 55(9): 1-1 34.

Meyer, H. A. and Mobius, K. 1865. Fauna der Kieler Bucht, I,

(W. Engelmann) Leipzig.

Odhner, N. H. 1941. Goteb. K. Vet. Vitterh. Samh. Handl. F. 6,

(B) i(ll):l-20.

Pruvot-Fol, A. 1951. Arch. Zool. exper. et gen. 88{l):l-79.

1954. Faune de France, 58: Moll. Opisthobranchs, 448 pp.

1955. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, (9^:350-359.

Quoy, J. R. C. and Gaimard, P. 1824. Voyage Uranie et Physi-

cienne, Zoologie.

10 ", . . no hay tuberculos apredables sino manchas coloreadas . . ."

62 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Risbec, J. 1928. Faune Colon. Franc. 2(1): 1-238.

Vayssi^re, A. 1901. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Marseille, ^(1):1-130.

1913. Mollusques de la France (1) (Encyclop. Scient. O.

Doin) Paris.

LAND SNAILS FROM THE DOE RUN CREEK AREA,

MEADE COUNTY, KENTUCKY

By MICHAEL F. KAPLAN and W. L. MINCKLEY l

The terrestrial molluscan fauna of Kentucky is known largely

from early descriptions of species and from collections that have

been recorded in publications dealing with other areas of the

United States. This paper lists the species of land snails, exclusive

of the slugs, that we have identified from collections made at five

sites along Doe Run Creek, Meade County, Kentucky, in the

months of March, April, and December, 1959.

Methods and description of the area: Most of the specimens

recorded here were picked by hand from stream-drifted debris

along Doe Run Creek. However, many specimens were obtained

from logs, beneath rocks, and beneath leaf litter and humus in

wooded areas. Identifications were made by use of keys published

by F. C. Baker (1939) and Pilsbry (1939-1948), with only shell

characters being used.

The Doe Run Creek area is located in the Pennyrile region of

Kentucky, and is underlain almost entirely by limestones of Mis-

sisippian age. Doe Run begins as a spring located at 37° 56' N

and 86° 07' W, and enters the Ohio River near 38° 00' N and 86°

06'W, about 3.5 miles east of Brandenburg, Kentucky. The latter

two localities were our stations I and V, respectively. Other sta-

tions were as follows: Station 11—37° 57'N and 86° 07' W. Station

III (approximately same coordinates as Station II, but about one

mile north) . Station IV— 37° 58' N and 86° 06' W (determined

from U. S, Geological Survey. Topographic Maps: Rock Haven

quadrangle — Stations I, III, IV; Guston quadrangle — Station II;

and Laconia quadrangle — Station IV) .

Much of the valley floor in the Doe Run Area, and also the

karsted uplands, is cultivated, with a fringe of trees persisting as

a riparian forest. Wooded areas also occur on the precipitous

hillsides along the creek, in areas of limestone outcroppings, and

1 Contribution No. 32 (New Series) from the Department of Biology,

University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.

October, 1960 nautilus 63

in sections where the valley is too narrow for cultivation. The

area has been heavily logged, with most of the timber being

second-growth oak, hickory, and maple. Red cedar occurs in

scattered stands, and is most abundant on the bluffs and in areas

of more recent logging. Some sycamore, oak, and American beech

appear as mature stands adjacent to the creek.

Annotated list of species: The notes in this list consist of a term

indicating the general abundance of the species in our collections

(Rare — fewer than 10 specimens collected. Common — 10 to 50

specimens collected. Abundant — more than 50) , and the numbers

of the stations at which the species was obtained. In some cases,

annotations dealing with ecology and morphology are included.

Nomenclature, and the arrangement of the list, follow that of

Pilsbry (loc. cit.) insofar as possible. Representative specimens of

each species are deposited with the University of Louisville, De-

partment of Biology,

Polygyra plicata Say. Abundant; stations I, III, IV, and V.

Stenotrema stenotrema (Pfeiffer) . Rare; station V. The Doe

Run Area apparently lies on the western periphery of the range

of this species in Kentucky: Pilsbry (1940) recorded the range as

"eastern two-thirds (of Kentucky) , west to Jefferson, Hart, and

Barren counties."

S. angellum Hubricht. Common; stations III and V. Two of the

localities given by Hubricht (1958) are in Meade County, with

one being near the Doe Run area ("Ohio River bluff, 5 miles

east of Brandenburg") .

S. hirsutum (Say) . Rare; station III.

S. fraternum (Say) . Rare; station V.

Mesodon thyroidus (Say) . Common; stations I, III, IV, and

V. All but 2 of the 37 specimens of M. thyroidus that we obtained

were not dentate.

M. clausus (Say) . Rare; station V.

M. zaletus (Binney) . Common; stations I, II, III, and V.

M. elevatus (Say) . Rare; station I.

M. inflectus (Say) . Abundant; stations III, IV, and V. Three

shells of our series of M. inflectus have the gap between the lip-

teeth narrower than deep; however, the other specimens have a

gap that is consistently wider than deep. That two "populations,"

exhibiting the differences noted above, exist together was noted

by Pilsbry (1940) .

64 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Triodopsis fraudulenta (Pilsbry) . Rare; station I.

T. denotata (Ferussac) . Rare; stations I and V. One specimen

in our series has the umbilicus open by a narrow cleft under the

reflected lip. Pilsbry (1940) noted the occurrence of this anomaly

in certain populations of this species.

T. alholahris (Say) . Common; stations I, II, III, and IV.

Haplotrema concavum (Say) . Common; stations I and V.

Eiiconulus fulvus (Miiller) . Common; stations I, II, and IV.

This small species was the most abundant form at station IV in

the stream-drifted debris. We also obtained the species beneath

leaf litter and humus in the wooded areas.

E. chersinus (Say) . Rare; stations I and II.

Retinella electrina (Gould) . Rare; all stations.

R. wheatleyi (Bland) . Rare; stations I and II.

R. indentata (Say) . Abundant; stations I and V.

Mesomphix inornatus (Say) . Rare; stations I and II. This

species was taken only in areas of deep humus deposition near

decomposing logs.

M. vulgatus H. B. Baker. Rare; station I.

M. friabilis (W. G. Binney) . Rare; stations I and V.

M. ruidus Hubricht. We failed to obtain M. ruidus from our

localities. Hubricht (1958) described this species from material

collected on the "Ohio River flood-plain, just east of Branden-

burg (holotype and paratypes) ."

Paravitrea multidentata (Binney) . Rare; station II.

Hawaiia minuscula (Binney) . Common; stations II, IV, and V.

V entridens demissus (Binney) . Rare; stations I and V.

V. ligera (Say) . Rare; stations I and V.

Anguispira alternata (Say) . Rare; station V.

A. kochi (Pfeiffer) . Abundant; all stations. Although this large

species occurred at all localities, it was most abundant on the

wooded slopes in the upper reaches of the Doe Run Creek water-

shed.

Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) . Rare; station I.

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) . Rare; stations I and V.

H. singleyanus (Pilsbry) . Common; stations III and V.

Oxyloma retusa (Lea) . Rare; station I.

Strobilops lahyrinthica (Say) . Common; stations I, III, IV, and

V.

Gastrocopta armifera (Say) . Abundant; stations I, III, IV,

and V.

October, 1960 nautilus 65

G. contracta (Say) . Rare; station III.

G. pentodon (Say) . Rare; station III.

G. tappaniana (C. B. Adams) , Rare; station III.

G. procera (Gould) . Rare; station III.

Pupoides albilahris (C. B. Adams) . Common; stations I, III,

and IV.

Vertigo tridentata Wolf. Rare; stations I and V.

Cionella lubrica (Miiller) . Abundant; all stations.

Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) . Abundant; all stations. We col-

lected living specimens of this species from the bottom of the

creek in March and December. The latter occurrence was in a

bottom sample obtained from 5 feet of water. The species was

also found living along the stream banks, sometimes as far as 40

yards from the creek.

Carychium exiguum (Say) . Rare; station V.

Summary

Terrestrial mollusks, exclusive of slugs, were collected from 5

localities in the Doe Run Creek area, Meade County, Kentucky.

The area is located east and southeast of Brandenburg. Collec-

tions were made in March, April, and December, 1959.

Forty-four species of snails were obtained from the area. The

species are referable to 22 genera and 10 families. Annotations

include the stations at which each species was collected and no-

tations as to the relative abundance.

Literature cited

Baker, Frank C. 1939. Fieldbook of Illinois Land Snails. 111. Nat.

Hist. Surv., Manual 2, Urbana. 166 pp.

Hubricht, Leslie. 1958. New species of land snails from the east-

ern United States. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci., vol. 7P(3-4),

pp. 70-76.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1939, 1940, 1946, 1948. Land Mollusca of North

America (north of Mexico) , vols. 1 Sc 2, parts 1 & 2. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monographs, no. 3.

VOYAGE OF THE VENUS

By J. LOCK WOOD CHAM BERLIN

U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D. C.

In 1836 the French Government sent the frigate Venus on an

extensive voyage in the Pacific ocean. After 30 months, the ship,

having sailed around the world, returned to France. Although the

principal objectives of the venture were not disclosed, notable

66 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

scientific accomplishments were reported (1) . These included

charts of bays and islands, geophysical and astronomical studies,

and natural history collections.

The mollusks fiom the voyage, collected by Du-Petit-Thouars

and his first officer, Chiron, included almost 400 species (over

1500 specimens) and had been catalogued in the Museum d'his-

toire naturelle, Paris, by 1840 (1). Several years later, Achille

Valenciennes published figures of about 86 of the species, accom-

panied by binomial Latin names in the captions (at least 62 new

names) on 27 immense plates in an atlas of the zoological collec-

tions (2) , Written descriptions of the vertebrate species in the

atlas were later published, but none ever appeared for the inverte-

brates (mollusks, coelenterates, and echinoderms) . The new

species of mollusks are thus based solely on the figures and are

essentially without locality data. Fortunately the figures are ex-

cellent. They represent, at least for the most part, shallow water

species of the Indo-Pacific and the west coasts of the Americas.

Type specimens of several of the species have been identified in

the collections of the Paris museum (3, 4) . The locality data with

the specimens are often broad (e. g., "Asie," "Kamtschatska,"

"Nouvelle-Zelande") . Data are missing with some.

I am presenting an itinerary of the Venus, based on an early

report of the voyage (1) . Others may find this list useful when

designating type localities for Valenciennes' species. The place

names are translated into modern English usage, with the French

equivalent given in parentheses when notably different. Arrival

and departure dates are given when known. An asterisk (*) marks

those localities of uncertain chronology. I am especially doubtful

of when the Venus could have visited Easter Island in the Pacific,

if indeed "He de Paques" refers to that place. The ship probably

did not stop actually at some of those localities listed below with-

out dates.

Localities: Arrival and

Departure Dates

Departed from Brest, France Dec. 29,1836

Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Canary Is. Jan. 9-10, 1837

Rio de Janeiro, Brasil Feb. 4-16

Sailed around Cape Horn March 21

Valparaiso, Chile April 26-May 13

Callao, Chile May 25-June 2

October, 1960

NAUTILUS

67

Honolulu, Hawaii

*?Krusenstern Rock, Hawaii

Avacha Bay, Kamchatka

Monterey and San Francisco, Calif.

Guadalupe Island, Mexico

Magdalena Bay, Lower Calif.

Mazatlan, Mexico

San Bias, Mexico

Acapulco, Mexico

*?Easter Is. ("ile de Paques")

*Juan Fernandez Is. (off Chile)

*San Felix ^ San Ambrosio Is.

Valparaiso, Chile

Callao, Peru

Paita, Peru

Galapagos Is.

Marquesas Is.

Papeete, Tahiti Is. & Tubuai-Manu Is.,

Society Is.

*Maria Island ("Hul") , Tubuai Is.

*Mangaia and Rarotonga Is., Cook Is.

Bay of Islands, New Zealand

Port Jackson, New South Wales

Passed south of Tasmania

Reunion Island ("ile de Bourbon") ,

Indian Ocean

False Bay, Union of South Africa

Saint Helena Is.

Ascension Is.

Arrived at Brest, France

July 9-25

2.

References

Beautemps-Beaupre (C.F.) , (H.M.D.) de blainville, and E. de

Beaumont, 1840. Rapport sur les travaux scientifiques exe-

cutes pendant le voyage de la fregate la Venus, commandee

par M. le capitaine de vaisseau Du-Petit-Thouars. Comptes

Rendu Acad. Sci., Paris. 7/(8)298-343.

Valenciennes, (A), 1846^ In M. A. Du-Petit-Thouars. Voyage

Autour du Monde sur la Fregate la Venus Pendant les Annes

1836-1839. Atlas de Zoologie, Mollusques, pi. 1, 1 bis, 2, 2 bis,

3, 3 bis, 4-24.

1 The title page is dated 1846. Sherborn accepted that date for all the new

species, having evidence that publication of the plates was completed that

year (letter to W. H. Dall and pasted in a copy of the atlas in the U. S.

National Museum) . A note in Revue zoologique, Paris, 9, Fev. 1846, p. 82,

states that the plates were issued in fascicles [dated?] of five and that 26 of

the molluscan plates had apr^eared. Very likely some fascicles containing

molluscan plates were issued before 1846.

68 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

3. Lamy, E., 1922. Revision des Carditacea vivants du Museum

national d'Histoire naturelle de Paris. Jour, de Conch.

^^;21 8-368, pi. 7-8.

4. Fisher-Piette, E. and J. Beigbeder, 1943. Catalogue des types

de gasteropodes marins conserves au Laboratoire de Malacol-

ogie. 1 and 3. Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. Paris, (2 ser.) 15(4):203-

209; (6):429-436.

THE GENUS BULIMULUS IN SOUTHERN TEXAS

By LESLIE HUBRIGHT

Because of their habit of estivating on the vegetation, the land

snails of the genus Bulimiilus are the most conspicuous species in

southern Texas. Their white shells stand out against the darker

background of shrubs or fence posts. One has but to drive along

the highway to locate colonies. As a result, material for study is

easily obtained, and the author obtained a large series of collec-

tions of this genus. Study of this material has indicated a need to

revise the status of some of the subspecific names, and to give

additional information on their ranges.

Bulimulus schiedeanus (Pfeiffer) .

This species is known in the United States only from the lower

Big Bend region in the vicinity of Terlingua, Brewster County.

Bulimulus alternatus (Say) .

This species is common in southern Texas, ranging north to

near Woodsboro in Refugio County, thence northwestward to

near Elmendorf in Bexar County and westward to Marfa,

Presidio County.

In the vicinity of Roma and Falcon Dam, the shells are small,

thick, with a well developed columellar tooth, and the interior of

the shell deep brown. Away from this center the shells become

larger, thinner, and the tooth becomes very small or wanting.

Along the northern and western limits of the range the shells are

large, moderately thin, without a columellar tooth, and the in-

terior usually rather pale yellowish-brown. In the vicinity of

Port Isabel, Cameron County, shells are very thin and toothless,

and are not distinguishable from typical B. alternatus. In Brooks

and Kenedy Counties, there is a variety in which the shells are

large with a distinctly shorter spire. In view of this variation, it

does not seem practical to retain the subspecific name mariae.

Shells from the lower Rio Grande Valley are usually more

highly colored than shells from farther west, but this appears to

October, 1960 nautilus 69

be due to the presence of shade. The absence of color appears to

be due to fading. Snails living in full sun are usually white, while

those living in the shade are often strongly colored. The brightest

shells were found under rubbish in dumps and in culverts.

Normally this species climbs onto the shrubs in the summer,

when the ground becomes too hot to stand on barefooted during

the day, and they remain there until frost. But some colonies

remain underground, coming out only at night after rains.

Usually they are found on all the different kinds of plants which

are growing in the area occupied by the colony. But some colonies

are found only on the shrubs and not on the cactus, while other

colonies are found on the cactus but not on the shrubs. One col-

ony was found abundant on the fenceposts but not on the nearby

plants. Colonies usually do not cover an area larger than an av-

erage city block. One will find a colony along a roadside and then

drive for several miles through country where the soil and vegeta-

tion appear the same before finding another colony. Why they are

not found more evenly distributed is one of many puzzling fea-

tures of this species.

Bulimulus mooreanus (Pfeiffer) .

The southern limit of the range of this species corresponds very

closely with the northern limit of B. alternatus. There is very

little overlap of the two ranges. Like B. alternatus, it estivates

upon the bushes, and colonies are quite conspicuous. It differs

from B. dealbatus in being larger and having a white, unvar-

iegated shell.

Bulimulus mooreanus pecosensis Pilsbry Sc Ferriss.

This is a western subspecies of B. mooreanus, differing in hav-

ing more rounded, more loosely coiled whorls. It is known from

Sutton, Val Verde, Crockett, and Pecos Counties, and also was

found in Indian kitchen middens in Coryell County, and in loess

in Bexar County.

Bulimulus dealbatus (Say) .

This species is common over most of southern Texas but is

absent from Kleberg, Kenedy, Willacy, Cameron, and Hidalgo

Counties. Westward it extends to Kinney County. Unlike B.

mooreanus it does not remain above ground during the day,

except during wet weather. As a result, it is not as frequently col-

lected. It is quite common within the range of B. mooreanus in

Bexar, Comal, Hays, and Guadalupe Counties, although reported

70 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

as absent from this area by Pilsbry (Land Mollusca of North

America II, p. 13). Culverts are the best places to find living

specimens during dry weather.

Bulimulus dealhatus ragsdalei Pilsbry.

This subspecies is found along the western edge of the range of

B. dealbatus. In southern Texas, it is found in Val Verde,

Crockett, Terrell, Pecos, and Brewster Counties. There was no

intergradation in the specimens which I have seen and ragsdalei

may prove to be a distinct species.

Hybridization in Bulimulus: Genetic barriers appear weak in

our species of Bulimulus, and probably all will hybridize to some

degree when living together. The principal barrier to hybridiza-

tion appears to be ecological isolation. It is unusual for two

species to live together.

Bulimulus schiedeanus X Bulimulus alternatus.

In a loess deposit near Terlingua, Brewster County, where both

species were found fossil, one hybrid specimen was collected.

Bulimulus alternatus X Bulimulus dealbatus.

Several shells were found in places where the two species oc-

curred together which were intermediate and which may be

hybrids.

Bulimulus mooreanus X Bulimulus dealbatus.

In the upland, there is some subtile difference in habitat which

keeps these two species apart. But in the floodplains of streams

where the snails can be washed about by floods, hybrid colonies

are frequent. They are especially abundant in the floodplain of

the Colorado River. These hybrids are very beautiful shells, being

large as in B. mooreanus but with more rounded whorls, white,

variegated with brownish and translucent streaks. Occasionally a

shell is found which is entirely translucent.

MUSSELS FROM THE ANGEL SITE, INDIANA

By PAUL W. PARMALEE

Illinois State Museum, Springfield

The deposition of fresh-water mussel shells (plus vertebrate

remains) in midden heaps and refuse pits by prehistoric Indians

has provided archaeologists with a knowledge of their food habits.

To the zoologist, a sample of mollusks from a particular archaeo-

logical site may often serve as an index to the early environment

of the local area once occupied. One of the most comprehensive

October, 1960 nautilus 71

studies of this type was presented by Morrison (1942), while

more recent ecological investigations of naiad remains from

Illinois sites have been made by Matteson (1953; 1958) and Par-

malee (1956) . With the gradual acquisition and study of addi-

tional collections of these old shells, a more accurate picture may

be formed of the early appearances of the streams and rivers in

this midwest region and their naiad complex.

Excavation of the Angel Site, the largest Middle Mississippi

site (1,100-1,550 A.D.?) in Indiana, began in 1939, and, with but

few exceptions, summer field work has been continued through

1959. The site (now included in a 450 acre State Memorial) is

located on the north bank of the Ohio River, approximately 2i/^

miles west of Newburgh, Vanderburgh County. Although the

site was situated directly on the Ohio River, it was completely

screened from the main channel by "Three Mile Island" (Black,

1944) . There appears to have been a (spring- fed?) creek that

surrounded the north, east, and west limits of the village; thus,

with the Ohio River as the south border, the village and mounds

were advantageously situated on an island that provided an im-

mediately available source of game as well as natural protection.

Mr. Glenn A. Black, Newburgh, Indiana, has been in charge

of the archaeological investigations at the Angel Site since they

were initiated in 1939, and I would like to thank him, and the

Indiana Historical Society, for permission to study the mollusk

remains. I am also indebted to Dr. Henry van der Schalie, Curator

of Mollusks, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann

Arbor, for identifying certain specimens. A total of 5,549 com-

plete and/or fragmentary valves were identified, and the 31

species represented are listed in Table I.

Table I The species of Fresh-water Mussels Identified from

the Angel Site, Vanderburgh County, Indiana. 1939-1958.

No. of

Species ' Valves

Pleurobema codatum, small niggerhead 2782

Fusconaia ebenus, niggerhead 1466

Elliptio dilatatus, spike 586

Cyclinonaias tuherculata, purple warty-back 424

Elliptio crassidens, elephant's ear 411

Obovaria retusa 160

Quadrula metanevra, monkey-face 113

Plethobasus cictricosus, sheep's-nose 105

Ligumia recta, black sand shell 82

72 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Dysnomia perplexa 60

Amblema peruviana, blue-point 55

Lampsilis ovata, pocketbook 51

Obovaria subrotunda 40

Plagiola lineolata, butterfly 38

Plethobdsus cyphyus, sheep's-nose 38

Cyprogenea irrorata 29

Obovaria olivaria, hickory-nut 16

Lampsilis orbiculata 14

Quadrula qiiadrula, maple-leaf 13

Dysnomia sampsoni 13

Megalonaias gigantea, washboard 12

Dysnomia flexuosa 12

Proptera alata, pink heel-splitter 6

Qiiadrula cylindrica, rabbit's-foot 5

Tritogonia verrucosa, buckhorn 4

Quadrula pustulosa, pimple-back 3

Dysnomia sulcata 3

Dysnomia triquetra 2

Obliquaria reflexa, three-horned warty-back 2

Lasmigona costata, fluted shell 2

Actinonaias carinata, mucket 2

In addition to the large quantity of mussels recovered at this

site, a limited number (330) of gastropods were represented, pri-

marily those of the genera Mesodon, Triodopsis, Mesomphix,

Pleurocera and Campeloma, with shells of Mesodon elevatus com-

prising 33% of the total. All are local forms, and, since no definite

caches or other evidence of collecting by the Indian were noted,

these snails probably were not eaten. Unlike the quantity and

variety of species found at Cahokia (Parmalee, 1958) , a Middle

Mississippi site in western Illinois that is contemporaneous with

the Angel Site, marine mollusks were rare at this site.

Almost without exception, valves recovered at the Angel Site

were, in proportion to the particular species, thick and heavy.

The naiad complex represented here is one characteristic of a

large-river environment, and the majority of the specimens cer-

tainly must have come from the Ohio River. Valves of Pleuro-

bema cordatum were encountered in the largest numbers, and

they amounted to 50% of the identified shells. Between 70 and

80% of these were referable to the form P. c. pyramidatum, a sub-

species associated with rivers of large size. Numerous large speci-

mens of the true cordatum and of P. c. coccineum, a subspecies

that differs ecologically from the higher forms in that it normally

inhabits smaller streams, were also present. However, these were

October, 1960 nautilus 73

probably collected in the shoals (particularly in the section once

known as "Scuffletown Bar") that formerly existed, before con-

struction of navigation locks and dams, immediately above and

below the site.

The second most numerous shell was the common niggerhead

which is typically found in deep water; the abundance of this

mussel, like other deep-water species such as Elliptio crassidens,

Obovaria retusa, Quadrula metanevra, Plethobasus spp. and

Megalonaias gigantea, may be interpreted as reflecting periods of

unusually low water in the river. Elliptio dilatatus (10% of the

total) occurs in shallows as well as at considerable depths, but

judging from the size and thickness of the shells from this site,

most specimens had inhabited moderately deep water. It is of

interest to note that shells of Obovaria retusa, ". . . . the rarest of

the three species of Obovaria in Indiana" (Goodrich and van der

Schalie, 1944) , were 10 times more numerous than the presently

common O. olivaria.

Shells of 4 of the 5 species of Quadrula found in Indiana were

recovered, but only those of Q_. metanevra can be considered even

moderately common. Remains of Quadrula were not uncommon

in archaeological sites in southern Illinois (Parmalee, 1956) and,

except for Q. cylindrica, the species are presently well represented

in the lower Wabash and Ohio rivers. A similar status may be

applied to Amblema peruviana. Considering the other species

found by the Indian, the river environment should have been fa-

vorable for large beds of these forms as well. Probably mussels

were collected in proportion to their abundance and availability,

and, although certain species such as A. peruviana were locally

abundant in the river, they were not common in those sections

searched by the Indian. This may also explain the absence of

Fusconaia undata from the Angel Site; the "pigtoe" is common

in the lower Wabash and Ohio rivers today.

Several species considered rare in the rivers of southern Indiana

today were apparently uncommon to rare in prehistoric times

also, judging by the paucity of remains from archaeological sites.

Fourteen valves of Lampsilis orbiculata were identified from the

Angel Site material; although a widely distributed species in the

larger rivers, it is seldom collected. Dysnomia perplexa was the

most abundant representative of the genus found at Angel Site,

although D. triquetra is presently the most common form oc-

74 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

curring in Indiana, but is least numerous at the site. The other

3 species (sampsoni, sulcata, fiexuosa) totaled less than one % (28

valves) , and today are considered as rare shells in the state (Good-

rich and van der Schalie, 1944) .

One of the most noteworthy finds in the mollusk sample from

the Angel Site was the 105 valves of Plethobasus cictricosus.

Goodrich and van der Schalie (op. cit.) state "This is a relatively

rare species in Indiana. It has thus far been found only in the

Wabash River." The quantity of valves recovered at this site

indicates an established population of P. cicatricosus in this sec-

tion of the Ohio River in prehistoric times, and suggests a more

extensive range than is now known.

Only one head-water form, Lasmigona costata, was recovered,

although it also occasionally is found in the larger portions of a

river. The almost total predominance of deepwater species at

the Angel Site is somewhat unusual, considering the difficulty that

normally would be thought of in collecting them. Possibly the

water level of the river normally became low enough in late sum-

mer and early fall to facilitate the gathering of such forms as P.

cordatum, F. ehenus and E. crassidens, species usually found at

considerable depths.

The physical nature of that section of Ohio River in which the

Indians obtained mussels is reflected, to some degree, by the

species represented. Although somewhat variable as to the kind

of habitat required by each species, those found in the greatest

number indicate a former gravel coarse-sand bottom with con-

siderable river current. With the advent of pollution, silting, and

the construction of navigation dams and locks, these formerly

extensive mussel beds have been destroyed. The large numbers

of fresh-water mussels, which inhabited that section of Ohio River

adjacent to the Angel Site, provided the Indian with an abundant

and easily obtainable source of food.

Literature cited

Black, Glenn A. 1944. Angel Site, Vanderburgh County, Indiana.

Indiana Hist. Soc, Indianapolis, 521 pp.

Goodrich, Calvin, and Henry van der Schalie. 1944. A Revision

of the Mollusca of Indiana. Amer. Mid. Nat., i2(2):257-326.

Matteson, Max R. 1953. Fresh-water mussels Used by Illinoian

Indians of the Hopewell Culture. Naut. ^^(4): 130-1 38, and

67(l):25-26.

1958. Analysis of an environment as suggested by shells of

October, 1960 nautilus 75

fresh-water mussels discarded by Indians of Illinois. Trans. 111.

Acad. Sci., 5i(3 & 4):8-13.

Morrison, J. P. E. 1942. Preliminary report on mollusks Found in

the shell mounds of the Pickwick Landing basin in the Ten-

nessee River valley. Smiths. Instit., Bur. Amer. Ethn., Bull. 129,

pp. 341-392.

Parmalee, Paul W. 1956. A comparison of past and present popu-

lations of fresh-water mussels in southern Illinois. Trans. 111.

Acad. Sci., ^P;184-192.

1958. Marine shells of Illinois Indian sites. Naut. 7i(4):132-

139.

NEW PALLIFERA (PANCALYPTUS) FROM ARIZONA

By CHARLES D. MILES and ALBERT R. MEAD

During the summer of 1910, Henry A. Pilsbry, James H. Fer-

riss, and L. E. Daniels collected land snails in the Santa Rita

Mountains, located 40 miles south of Tucson, in southern Ari-

zona. An account of this trip appeared in 1915 (Pilsbry and

Ferriss) , in which their route was traced starting at the western

base of the range in Agua Caliente Canyon, then up and over

the summit north of Mt. Wrightson (Old Baldy) and down the

eastern slope. A list of species of snails collected, with their

localities, appeared in this paper. Although slugs were not men-

tioned in the 1915 report, Pilsbry (1917) later stated that several

slugs had been found during their 1910 trip into the Santa Ritas

and three of the slugs were assigned to the genus Philomycus.

He noted that this was a new record for Arizona and that this

locality was more than 1,000 miles southwest of any record for

the genus in the United States. Pilsbry named the slug Philo-

mycus (Pallifera) arizonensis.

In 1948, Pilsbry stated that the slugs collected in 1910 had been

subsequently lost or misplaced and that "in the absence of a

sufficient description, it can hardly claim a place among known

species" (Pilsbry, 1948:770). The only description of P. arizon-

ensis is as follows: "Color, above bister, below snuff brown (in

alcohol) . Jaw with few ribs. It is 20 mm. long, the sole 1.8 mm.

wide. Ribs of the jaw extremely weak" (loc. cit.). The type local-

ity is Camperel Canyon, on the eastern slope of the Santa Rita

Mountains, at an elevation of 6800 feet.

In August, 1957, Miles found several slugs belonging to the

genus Pallifera in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, at

an elevation of 6400 feet. This site is near the type locality for

76 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Philomycus arizonensis Pilsbry, although situated on the west

side of Mt. Wrightson, rather than on the east. Probably these

slugs represent Pilsbry's lost species. Additional specimens have

been collected since then. An anatomical examination revealed

the fact that this species of Pallifera must be assigned to the

subgenus Pancalyptus, which Pilsbry (1948) established to em-

brace Pallifera costaricensis alticola H. B. Baker and probably

"all Philomycidae in tropical America, from Mexico to Co-

lumbia" (op. cit., p. 750) . This subgenus differs from the typical

eastern North American Pallifera in that the duct of the sperma-

theca is not enlarged and the free oviduct is very short.

During the several years extending from 1951 until the date

of the Madera Canyon discovery (1957) , Mead had collected a

total of 10 slugs belonging to Pallifera from two localities in the

Santa Catalina Mountains, 50 miles north of the Santa Ritas.

Additional specimens have been collected recently and a com-

parison made with the Santa Rita slugs. Although the internal

anatomy of specimens from the two ranges seem indistinguish-

able, there are consistent external differences that warrant sub-

specific treatment.

The question of whether the slugs inhabiting Madera Canyon

are conspecific with Pilsbry's Philomycus arizonensis may never

be answered, unless the lost type material comes to light. We are

tempted to conclude in the affirmative, but the possibility that

two or more species of Pallifera exist in the Santa Ritas cannot

be discounted. Consequently, in the absence of type material and

because of what Pilsbry himself admitted was an inadequate

description, we consider Philomycus (Pallifera) arizonensis Pils-

bry a nomen dubium, and accordingly, here describe the slug

recently found inhabiting the Santa Catalina and Santa Rita

mountains as a new species.

Pallifera (Pancalyptus) pilsbryi, new species.

PI. 5 (Jan., 1961)

Philomycus (Pallifera) arizonensis Pilsbry, 1917, Nautilus,

50:119; 1948, Mon. Land Moll. North America, 2(2):770. [?]

Type Locality: Bear Wallow, Santa Catalina Mountains, Pima

Co., Arizona. Elevation ca. 7600 feet. Beneath logs and in

decayed logs. This slug has also been collected in Marshall Gulch

at 7800 feet in the same range. Type lot: Holotype (dissected)

and one paratype (undissected) collected 25 July, 1960, depos-

ited in the California Academy of Sciences; one paratype col-

October, 1960 nautilus 77

lected 23 October, 1955, deposited Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadel-

phia; and two paratypes (dissected) have been retained in the

Museum of Invertebrate Zoology at the University of Arizona.

Living Animal: Up to 30 mm. in length, although most speci-

mens have ranged from 15 to 19 mm. when crawling; 2.5 mm.

wide in the largest specimen. Sole considerably narrower, 0.8 mm.

wide in a specimen whose width was 2 mm. when crawling.

Mantle covers the entire body except the posterior tip of foot.

The head is usually not visible when the animal is active, only

the tentacles protrude from beneath the mantle. Color is brown

with a faint grayish cast. A very fine, light gray stippling is

present dorsally and laterally on the anterior (mainly) and

posterior portions of the mantle and may be present in small

clusters or in single dots anywhere along the mantle. This fine

stippling varies with the individual, but is always present. Tenta-

cles dark gray to black, immaculate. Color of the sole is light

gray, possessing rust-colored pigmentation on the surface from

the anterior tip posteriorly to about the level of the pneumo-

stome; this rust-colored pigmentation then extends posteriorly

only along the margins of the sole of the entire length of the

animal, becoming fainter posteriorly. The pneumostome appears

as a whitish groove slanting dorsoposteriad, situated about 2 mm.

from the anterior end of the mantle on the right side.

Genitalia: Vagina and genital atrium are light yellow in color,

the walls of both composed of glandular alveoli which differ

strikingly from other portions of the genitalia. The penis, which

lacks a verge, is narrower than the vagina and is swollen distally;

a muscular sheath encloses the thinner walled, basal third of this

organ, but not the vas deferens. The penis and sheath constrict

somewhat near the genital atrium. Ovotestis dark gray, partly

embedded in the digestive gland on the right side midway the

length of the animal. Hermaphroditic duct cream colored, im-

maculate, sinuous but not convoluted. Spermatheca light gray,

oval, situated between the anterior portions of stomach and di-

gestive gland, attached to the uterus by connective tissue.

Prostate white, relatively large. Duct of the spermatheca of equal

diameter throughout its length; its diameter is about equal to

that of the vas deferens and is considerably smaller in diameter

than either the vagina or free oviduct. The free oviduct is very

short.

Jaw: The color is golden brown (in fresh material) and pos-

sesses the peculiar chitinization of the retractor, (simulating the

condition in the Succineidae) mentioned by Baker (1930) in

connection with Pallifera costaricensis alticola and P. c. crosseana.

The ribs are poorly developed; 4 and 5 have been seen. The jaw

of one specimen lacked ribs. Fine longitudinal striations are

evident on the chitinized portion of the retractor.

That the affinities of this species are with the subgenus

78 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

Pancalyptiis is evident from the very slender spermathecal duct

and the short free oviduct. Its nearest known relative is P.

costaricensis alticola H. B. Baker, from which it differs in its

considerably smaller size, in color and in lack of definite mantle

markings. P. c. alticola possesses a light golden dorsum which

bears jet-black lateral and mid-dorsal stripes.

Pallifera pilsbryi santaritana, new subspecies.

Type locality: Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Santa

Cruz Co., Arizona. Elevation ca. 6400 feet. Beneath rocks and

logs on the west side of the canyon about 1.5 miles up the trail

to Mt. Wrightson. Type lot: Holotype (dissected) collected 2

August, 1960, and one paratype (undissected) collected 13 July,

1960, deposited in the California Academy of Sciences; and one

paratype (dissected) collected 13 July, 1960, has been retained in

the Museum of Invertebrate Zoology at the University of

Arizona.

This slug differs from P. pilsbryi pilsbryi of the Santa Cata-

linas in two consistent characteristics of external morphology. In

life, the color is dark gray, with little or no trace of brown which

characterizes the nominate subspecies. Furthermore, the rust-

colored pigmentation on the margins of the sole extends pos-

teriorly only about one-third the length of the animal in P. p.

santaritana, while in the nominate subspecies this pigmentation

extends the entire length. By using living animals from both

mountain ranges, these two subspecies may be easily distin-

guished. There appears to be no differences in the internal an-

atomy of the two subspecies.

Literature cited

Baker, H. Burrington. 1930. Mexican Mollusks collected for Dr.

Bryant Walker in 1926. Pt. 2. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool., Univ.

Michigan, no. 220, pp. 1-45, 5 pis.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1917. Philomycus in Arizona. Naut. 5^(10): 119.

1948. Land Mollusca of North America. Mon. 3, Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, 2(2), xlvii + 592 pp., 585 figs.

and James H. Ferriss. 1915. Mollusca of the Southwestern

States, VIL The Dragoons, Mule, Santa Rita, Baboqui-

vari, and Tucson Ranges, Arizona. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,

Philadelphia, ^7:363-418. 8 pis., 8 figs.

TWENTY-SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE

AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION

The A.M.U. met at Montreal, Canada, from August 9 to 12,

1960. The principal meetings were held in the auditorium of the

Redpath Museum of McGill University, at the northern base of

October, 1960 nautilus 79

the mount which gives the city its name. In all, 96 signed the

register, in addition to our hosts. Welcome to Montreal was

given by Alice J. Turnham, Director of the McGill University

Museums, and President Katherine Van Winkle Palmer re-

sponded for the A.M.U. This was followed by memorial tributes

to Philip P. Carpenter, from the California Academy of Sciences

(read by Albert R. Mead) , from the British Museum (read by

Ruth D. Turner) and from the Smithsonian Institution and

U. S. National Museum (read by Harald A. Rehder) .

Mrs. Palmer presided charmingly over the following papers

and talks:

"Resume of life of Philip P. Carpenter and brief description of

the Redpath Museum shell collections," Vincent Conde "Small

beginnings," Adlai B. Wheel, Sr. "Natural history museums of

Europe," Ruth D. Turner. "Behaviour studies an aid to tax-

onomy as exemplified by Limax poirieri/' Edward J. Karlin.

"Paper chromatography in systematic research," John B. Burch.

"Problems of monographing a genus," S, C. Hollister. "Some

South African ischnochitons," Virginia Orr. "The bivalve gas-

tropod and the opisthobranchs," William J. Clench. "Notes on

the bivalved univalves," Joseph P. E. Morrison. "Structure, zoo-

geography, and evolution of the abyssal mollusk fauna," Arthur

H. Clarke, Jr. "Shallow-water mollusks of eastern Canada," E.

L. Bousfield. "Shell collecting in the Netherlands Antilles," H. E.

Coomans, "A soil protozoan infecting land snails," John B.

Burch. (By title: "Chemoreception in fresh-water pulmonate

snails," Edward H. Michelson.) "Evolution of non-marine mol-

lusks in the Cretaceous and Tertiary of western Canada," L. S.

Russell. "Changes in the gastropod populations in the Salt Fork

of the Big Vermilion River in Illinois, 1918-1959," Ralph W.

Dexter. "The molluscan fauna of pluvial Lake Bonneville,"

Ernest J. Roscoe. "Rediscovery of Pilsbry's Philomycus (Pallifera)

arizonensis," Charles D. Miles and Albert R. Mead. "Desert,

jungle and laboratory — Activities of a museum malacologist,"

Alan Solem. "Remarks concerning the benefits of systematic and

repetitive collecting from navigation buoys," Arthur S. Merrill.

"How I collect Sphaeriidae," H. B. Herrington. "Heilprin's

Caloosahatchee Horizon shells," Lula B. Siekman. "Collecting in

Cuba," Vincent Conde. "Thailand experiences," Albert R. Mead.

At the Thursday afternoon business meeting, where Dr.

Ruth D. Turner acted as temporary secretary,^ the following

were elected officers for 1960-61:

1 Due to a fatal sickness in her family, Margaret C. Teskey was unable to

come to Montreal and any errors in this account are my mistakes. — H.B.B.

80 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

President, Thomas E. Pulley. Vice-president, William K. Em-

erson. Second Vice-president, Chairman-incumbent, A.M.U. Pa-

cific Division, Howard R. Hill. Secretary-Treasurer, Margaret C.

Teskey. Publications Editor, George M. Moore. Councillors-at-

Large, Dorothea Franzen, Juan Parodiz, Gilbert Voss and An-

thony D'Attilio. Announcement was made that the council had

accepted the invitation of the U. S. National Museum to hold

the 1961 meeting in Washington, D. C., that Dr. Fritz Haas had

been added to the list of Honorary Life Members, and that S.

Stillman Berry had been elevated to Honorary Life President.

Other features of the meeting were: The informal symposium

on Tuesday evening, presided over by Arthur H. Clarke, Jr., and

assisted by Anthony D'Attilio and members of the New York

Shell Club. Movies of Australian reef marine life, given Wednes-

day evening at the University de Montreal, and introduced by

Dr. Edouard Page, Director of its Department of Biology. Movies

on "Between the tides," courtesy of McGill University Museums.

And, an informal visit to the Arctic Institute of North America.

Thursday evening, following a delightful cocktail party, given

at the Royal Victoria Dormitory, by the McGill University Mu-

seums, the annual banquet was held at the Helene de Champlain,

L'ile Ste. Helene. After short talks by Col. P. D. Baird and

other members of the staffs of the McGill University Museums

and Biology Department, and of the Universite de Montreal

Biology Department, the principal speaker, Dr. Loris S. Russell,

National Museum of Canada, gave an interesting address on

"Montreal — Natural and unnatural history."

Friday morning, automobiles and a bus transported those

making the field trip to the McGill University Preserve of Mont

St. Hilaire, in the Monteregian Hills. Col. P. D. Baird was the

host; and box lunches were eaten along Lac Hertel near Gault

Lodge. Land and fresh-water collecting was enjoyed. On the way,

a stop was made at nearby gravel-pits, where fossil bivalves and

barnacles from the Post-Glacial Champlain Sea were numerous.

The late afternoon return to the Royal Victoria Dormitory,

where most visitors had excellent rooms and enjoyed meals at

the fine cafeteria, rang the curtain down on the twenty-sixth

annual meeting. — Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary-Treasurer.

October, 1960 nautilus 81

NOTES AND NEWS

Department of Living Invertebrates re-established at the

American Museum — The American Museum of Natural History

recently announced the re-establishment of the Department of

Living Invertebrates with Dr. William K. Emerson as chairman

and malacologist. The department had been de-activated since

World War II. The new department is responsible for the recent

invertebrates, exclusive of insects, and includes 7 permanent mem-

bers. Working on mollusks, in addition to Dr. Emerson, are Dr.

H. E. Coomans, Research Fellow and William E. Old, Jr., tech-

nical assistant. Dr. William J. Clench (Harvard University) is a

Research Associate in Malacology.

Dr. Coomans, with the able assistance of Mr. Old, is rearrang-

ing the molluscan collection of more than 80,000 catalogued lots

according to a modern classification. The work of Dr. Coomans,

who studied under Mrs, W. S. S. van der Feen-van Benthem Jut-

ting at the Amsterdam Museum and formerly was associated with

the Caribbean Marine Biological Institute at Curacao, is being

supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation. Bill

Old, an avid student of conchology, will undertake a newly organ-

ized program of exchanges. — R.T.A.

CoNus Mus Bruguiere, 1792, should be added to the fauna of

the eastern Pacific. Specimens of this well known Caribbean

species have been received on numerous occasions from Panama

Bay mixed with Conus gladiator Broderip, 1833, but I have been

reluctant to confirm the range extension until I had definite and

dependable collecting data. Mr. Harris P. Dawson, Jr., collected

a number of specimens in March, 1960, from "Panama Bay, under

rocks at lowest tide off Veracruz village beach." These shells are

identical with the specimens from the Caribbean. I am indebted

to Mr. Anthony DAttilio for his advice on comparison of the

two species.

The coloring of Conus mus consists of a brown shading over a

blue gray ground color; the spiral whorls have 4 incised striae.

The coloring of Conus gladiator is that of a white shell with

brown shading, and the spiral whorls have but two strong spiral

chords. There is also a somewhat greater convexity of the body

whorl on Conus mus.

82 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

The taxonomy of this species is, as might be expected, a matter

of mild controversy. Dr. William J. Clench in "Johnsonia," no.

6, p. 7, placed Conus mus Bruguiere, 1792 (or Hwass if you pre-

fer) in the synonymy of Conus citrinus Gmelin, 1791. This is no

doubt technically correct, but some of us are reluctant to aban-

don the name Conus mus, a name under which the species has

been known for generations. — John Q. Burch, 4206 Halldale

Ave., Los Angeles 62.

Cepaea nemoralis (Linne) from Newport, Rhode Island. —

A small colony of this species has been found recently (1959) in

an abandoned quarry near the Rogers High School in Newport.

The colony is small but it might well persist in such a locality.

I am indebted to Mr. J. J. Mahoney Jr. for this record, which is

the first from Rhode Island as far as can be determined. —

William J. Clench.

Beach drift land snails from southern Texas (exclusive of

Polygyridae) — The Polygyridae of the Texas beach drift were

treated in a previous paper (Pilsbry, H. A. 8c L., Hubricht, 1956.

Naut. <5P:93-96, PI. 5) . The present paper lists the rest of the land

snails which were collected there. Dr. Joseph C. Bequaert identi-

fied most of the Mexican species.

As in the first paper, the abbreviations BC, Pla, and PIb are

used for the three localities, followed by the number of specimens

collected.

Thysanophora horni (Gabb) , BC-5, Pla-1.

Bulimulus alternatus mariae (Albers) , BC-3, PIa-3, PIb-1.

Holospira roemeri (Pfr.) , BC-8, PIa-1, PIb-1.

Holospira montivaga Pils., PIa-1.

Lamellaxis mexicanus (Pfr.), BC-5, PIa-1, PIb-1.

Synopeas heckianum (Pfr.) , PIa-1 2, PIb-2.

Cecilioides acicula (Miill.) , PIa-1.

Euconulus chersinus trochulus (Reinh.) , BC-5.

Guppya gundlachi (Pfr.) , BC-3.

Retinella indentata paucilirata (Morelet) , PIb-1.

Hawaiia minuscula (Binn.) , BC-10, PIb-3.

Anguispira strongylodes (Pfr.) (= A. crassa Walker), PIb-1.

Helicodiscus parellelus (Say) , PIa-2.

Helicodiscus eigenmanni Pils., BC-2.

Helicodiscus singleyanus (Pils.) , BC-2.

Succinea luteola Gould, PIb-5. This species has a much too open

aperature to drift in the sea. They were probably native to

October, 1960 nautilus

Padre Island, although none was found alive.

Strobilops labyrinthica (Say) , PIa-1, PIb-3.

5. texasiana (Pilsbry & Ferriss) , BC-5, PIa-1, PIb-4.

Gastrocopta contracta (Say) , BC-75, PIa-8, PIb-4.

G. tappaniana (C. B. Adams), BC-17, PIb-1.

G. riograndensis (Pilsbry %z Vanatta) , BC-100.

G. cristata (Pilsbry k Vanatta) , BC-50, PIa-1.

G. pellucida hordeacella (Pilsbry), BC-20, PIb-1.

Pupoides albilabris (C. B. Adams) , BC-25, PIa-1, Pib-1.

Helicina chrysocheila Binney, BC-5, PIa-8, Pib-1 5. The record

for this species from near the mouth of the Rio Grande, Texas

(Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land MoUusca of North America, vol. II,

page 1081) is based on two worn dead shells (William Lloyd,

U.S.N.M. 123167) which have the appearance of beach drift

shells.

H. orbiculata (Say) and H. o. tropica Pfr., BC, Pla, PIb. These

two forms occurred in about equal numbers with numerous

intergrades. Next to Polygyra texasiana (Moricand) they were

the most abundant shells.

H. fragilis elata shuttleworth, BC-6, PIa-32, PIb-52.

Lucidella lirata (Pfr.), BC-1, Pla-11, PIb-1.

Lucidella sp. ?, PIa-1. This shell is a little larger than that of L.

lirata (Diam. 4.5, Ht. 3 mm.) with strong radial ribs rather

than spiral ribs. The aperture is somewhat expanded but is not

thickened. — Leslie Hubricht.

Hendersonia occulta fossil in Mississippi. — Hendersonia oc-

culta (Say) was found fossil in the loess, near the junction of US-

49W and US-49E, 1 mile east of Yazoo City, Yazoo Co., Mis-

sissippi. This is a substantial extension of the range of this species

to the south. It was not previously known, living or fossil, south of

Tennessee. Associated with it in the loess were the following

species: Stenotrema barbatum (Clapp) , Stenotrema stenotrema

(Pfr.) , Stenotrema leai aliceae (Pils.) , Mesodon zaletus (Binn.) ,

Triodopsis vulgata Pils., Triodopsis denotata (Fer.) , Triodopsis

fosteri (F. C. Baker), Allogona profunda (Say), Haplotrema

concavum (Say) , Ventridens ligerus (Say) , Zonitoides arboreus

(Say) , Anguispira alternata (Say) , Discus patulus (Desh.) , Suc-

cinea ovalis Say, Strobilops labyrinthica (Say) , Gastrocopta armi-

fera (Say) , and Pomaitopsis lapidaria (Say) . — Leslie Hubricht.

Bradybaena similaris (Fer.) in Mississippi and Alabama. —

The author recently found this introduced snail abundant under

old ties along the railroad at Laurel, Jones Co., Mississippi, and

84 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2)

in a garden in Livingston, Sumter Co., Alabama. The species was

identified by Dr. Fritz Haas. — Leslie Hubricht.

Some mollusks from Manitoba, Canada. — The 9th Interna-

tional Botanical Congress that was held in Canada during Au-

gust, 1959, offered excursions to many parts of Canada. Shells

were collected from Winnipeg to Churchill along the Canadian

Pacific Railroad tracks from August 7-14.

For a description of the climate and topography of the

Churchill region, reference is made to "Inland Mollusks from

Hudson Bay, Manitoba" by Wm. J. Wayne, Naut. 72:90-95, 1959.

Additions to Mr. Wayne's list of mollusks found about

Churchill are Vertigo modesta, Lymnaea arctica, Gyraulus de-

fiectus, and Aplexa hypnorum.

The only stop of considerable length during the journey was

at Wabowden, Manitoba. This town lies in a well forested area,

abounding in lakes and bogs.

Euconulus fulvus, Retinella electrina, Zonitoides arhoreus, Dis-

cus cronkhitei, and Cionella lubrica were found in a softwood

grove at the edge of Wabowden. On the stems of Typha and in

the Sphagnum moss and mud of a bog, Lymnaea palustris, L.

stagnalis, Gyraulus circumstriatus, G. defiectus, Armiger crista,

Pro?nenetUs umhilicatellus, Aplexa hypnorum, Valvata lewisi

and Pisidium casertanum were collected in considerable numbers.

— Dorothy E. Beetle.

Additional molluscan records for Albany County, Wyoming.

— Mollusks previously unreported for Albany County, Wyoming,

are as follows:

Microphysula ingersolli (55-535) , Pole Mountain, South Fork

Pole Creek, aspen grove.

Punctum minutissimum (53-88) , same locality.

Discus shimeki cocker elli (55-521) , Fence Creek at base of Sheep

Mountain, aspen grove.

Retinella electrina (56-281), Tie Siding, Texas Creek, willow

thicket.

Oxyloma decampi gouldi (56-120) , same locality.

Succinea avara (57-384) , Laramie Mountains, aspen grove below

Elephant Head.

Galba obrussa (56-109), Medicine Bow Mountains, temporary

pond below Lewis Lake.

Gyraulus circumstriatus (55-529) , Pole Mountain, Middle Fork

Pole, Creek, swampy area.

October, 1960 nautilus iii

Gyraulus parvus. Dr. Dwight W. Taylor has indicated the Wyo-

ming material previously recorded as G. vermicularis and G.

similaris should be included in the species, G. parvus.

Physai anatina (55-505) , Fbxpark, Fox Creek at the railroad

tracks.

Physai smithiana (55-501), Medicine Bow Mountains, Lake

Creek at Lake Creek Resort, muddy pond.

Physa Integra (50-229) , Dale Creek at road from Hermosa to

Sherman.

Valvata lewisi, substitute for V. lewisi helicoidea.

Sphaerium lacustre ryckholti (56-132) , Medicine Bow Mountains,

Gramm, beaver pond. — Dorothy E. Beetle.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1959

Pages in italics include new taxons

Carriker, Melbourne Romaine. Comparative functional mor-

phology of the drilling mechanism in Urosalpinx and Eu-

pleura. 25th Internat. Cong. Zool., Sect. 4, paper 27, 3 pp. The

role of physical and biological factors in the culture of Crasso-

strea and Mercenaria in a salt-water pond. Ecolog. Monogr.

25:219-266, 41 figs.

Cintra, Horacio & H. de Souza Lopes. Sur la forme et quelques

caracteristiques mathematiques des coquilles des gasteropodes.

Rev. Brasil. Biol. i2.-l 85-200, 20 figs. 1952.

Clarke, Arthur H., Jr. & Clifford O. Berg. The freshwater mussels

of central New York, etc. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta., Mem.

367:19 pp., 7 pis. &: map.

Dodge, Henry. A historical review of the mollusks of Linnaeus.

Part 7, Certain species of the genus Turbo, etc. Bull. Amer.

Mus. Nat. Hist. 1 18:201 -2b%. |1.00.

Drake, Robert J. Nonmarine molluscan remains from recent sedi-

ments in Matty Canyon, Pima County, Arizona. Bull. S. Calif.

Acad. Sci. 55:146-154, 2 figs.

Forcart, Lothar. Die systematische Stellung von Clausilia strobeli.

Die palaearktischen Arten des Genus Columella. Verb. Naturf.

Ges. Basel 69:161-\6S. 70:7-18, 3 figs.

Grau, Gilbert. Pectinidae of the eastern Pacific. Allan Hancock

Pac. Exped. 23:308 pp., 57 pis. $4.50. Univ. South. Calif. Press,

Los Angeles.

Haas, Fritz. Inland mollusks from Venezuela, southern Brazil,

and Peru. Fieldiana, Zool. 39:363-371, figs. 60-64.

Leonard, A. Byron. Handbook of gastropods in Kansas. Univ.

Kas. Mus. Nat. Hist., Misc. Publ. 20:224 pp., 11 pis. & 87 figs.

Medina, Nieves Pereira de. "Syrnolopsinae." Neotropica 5:51-55,

fig.

Melville, R. V. Proposed further use of the plenary powers in

the case of the generic name Pleurocera Rafinesque, 1818 (Class

Gastropoda) . Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 77:170-174.

INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA

Monographs of the Marine Mollusks of the

Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Oceans

A new series devoted to taxonomic revisions o£ the marine

mollusks found from East Africa to Polynesia and Japan to

Australia. All species are illustrated either in full color, black-

and-white photographs or line drawings. With descriptions,

synonymies, anatomy, recent and Tertiary records, habitats, etc.

Editor: R. Tucker Abbott; co-editors: William J. Clench and

Harold A. Rehder. Vol. 1, no. 1 (Introduction and Vasidae) now

available. VoL 1, no. 2 (Stromhidae, with 6 color plates) in press.

Issued in pamphlet or loose leaf form. State preference. Attrac-

tive, gold-stamped, post binder protects your copies, saves you

cost of binding. $4.25 (foreign: add 50 cents) . Subscription: $5.00

per 100 pages. Not sent as a library exchange.

Department of Mollusks,

Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., Philadelphia 3, Pa., U.S.A.

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New lists now

in preparation; full scientific data. Send name and address

for free copies. Shells also wanted for purchase and exchange.

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York, 32, N. Y.

FOR SALE: MIOCENE FOSSILS.

Over 100 varieties. Retail and wholesale list available on re-

quest. Most marine fossils intact.

Malicks, 5514 Plymouth Rd., Baltimore 14, Maryland.

UNIVERSAL SHELLS Ready early in 1960

Nearly 300 pages, about 2,000 figures, some in color. First

part: Cephalopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura. Net $7.50.

Second part will appear later. Order in advance to avoid disap-

pointment. From the author:

Maxwell Smith, P. O. Box 8295, Asheville, N. C.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 January, 1961 No. 3

REVIEW OF PYRAMIDELLID HOSTS, WITH NOTES

ON AN ODOSTOMIA PARASITIC ON A CHITON

By ROBERT ROBERTSON and VIRGINIA ORR

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

Pyramidellids are now well known as ectoparasites on poly-

chaetes, gastropods and pelecypods. These opisthobranchs also

feed on or occur with several other kinds of invertebrates, most

of which are sessile or sedentary. This paper is a review of

what is known of the associations of pyramidellids with inverte-

brates other than polychaetes, gastropods and pelecypods. In

addition, we include original observations on a South African

pyramidellid which occurs on a chiton, presumably as a parasite.

The degree of host specificity of several pyramidellids is low.

Some species perhaps are not parasites, for they occur alive where

no hosts seem to be available for them. Sanders (1958) considered

an unidentified species of Turbonilla which lives in Buzzards

Bay, Massachusetts, to be a deposit feeder because it is remark-

ably abundant relative to the other invertebrates with which

it occurs. However, no direct observations on feeding were made

and the possibility that this Turbonilla is a non-specific parasite

was not taken into account.

Even the discovery of a pyramidellid "on" or "with" another

invertebrate does not mean necessarily that the invertebrate in

question is host to the pyramidellid. Pyramidellids which are

found on the backs of Haliotis shells probably parasitize the

serpulids and other polychaetes which are present there rather

than the gastropod itself. The only reliable records of parasitic

relationships are those in which a pyramidellid has been seen

to feed. The present review should serve as a guide for future

field and laboratory studies. No doubt other kinds of hosts

remain to be discovered.

The names adopted for the European pyramidellids which

are mentioned in this paper are those used by Winck worth (1932)

in his list of British marine moUusks.

85

86 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

Dr. Gunnar Thorson (Marine Biological Laboratory,

Gronnehave, Helsingor, Denmark) has kindly allowed us to

include in this paper some of the unpublished observations which

he has made on pyramidellids along the southwest coast of

Sweden and in eastern Denmark.

Sponges. According to Fretter & Graham (1949) sponge spi-

cules were found in the gut of Odostomia (Odostomia) plicata

(Montagu) at Plymouth, England. They suggest that this species,

which is found in association with a polychaete, may feed on

a sponge.

CoELENTERATES. Menestho (Liostomia) clavula (Loven) was

discovered off the southwest coast of Sweden with Pennatula, a

sea pen (Loven, 1846). At Plymouth, Turbonilla (Pyrgisculus)

jeffreysii (Forbes Sc Hanley) [possibly a subspecies of T. scalaris

(Philippi) ] apparently feeds on a coelenterate, probably Hale-

cium, a hydroid (Fretter 'k Graham, 1949) .

SiPUNCULiDS. The specimens described and named "Odonto-

tomia" (Auristomia) perezi by Dautzenberg Sc Fischer (1925)

were found in association with the sipunculid Phascolion stromhi

(Montagu) in the empty shells of Turritella and Nassarins on

the coast of Brittany, France. Thorson believes (in litt., February

22, 1960) that O. perezi is a synonym of Menestho (Evalea)

diaphana (Jeffreys) . This species parasitizes Phascolion stromhi

in the Oeresund (between Denmark and Sweden) . Thorson has

also found an egg mass of Eulimella (Ebalina) nitidissima (Mon-

tagu) inside the empty shell of a Turritella inhabited by

Phascolion in the northwest Kattegat, indicating that E. nitidis-

sima may also parasitize P. strombi.

PoLYCHAETES, GASTROPODS AND PELECYPODS. These are the usual

hosts of pyramidellids.

Crustacea. Odostomia plicata was seen by Fretter Sc Graham

(1949) to thrust its proboscis onto the antennae of amphipods

at Plymouth (see above under sponges) . This behavior may well

have been accidental.

EcHiNODERMs. Two families of prosobranch gastropods, the

Eulimidae (or "Melanellidae") and the Stiliferidae occur as

parasites on and in echinoderms. Some eulimids appear to be

free-living. The pyramidellids were grouped near the eulimids

and stiliferids in the "Stirps" Aglossa by Thiele. Thorson and

Fretter & Graham have shown since that pyramidellids are

opisthobranchs and are not closely related to these other two

January, 1961 nautilus 87

families (see, however, Fretter, 1955). Pyramidellids are pre-

dominantly non-echinoderm parasites. However, Macnae reports

(1958) a pyramidellid (probably Pyramidella dolabrata (Lin-

naeus) ; see below under hemichordates) with Echino discus, a

sand dollar, in Mozambique. (The "}Odostomia sp." parasitic on

Holothuria is probably not a pyramidellid.) Furthermore,

Thorson states (in litt.) that a small pyramidellid occurs off the

southwest coast of Sweden around the anus of the heart urchin

Spatangus purpureus Miiller. This species is identified tentatively

by Thorson as Menestho clavula (see above under coelenterates) .

Hemichordates. ''Pyramidella" [Otopleura] mitralis (A.

Adams) and "Obeliscus dolohratus" [Pyramidella dolabrata]

live with Ptychodera, an enteropneust, in Mozambique (Macnae,

1958) . (The name mitralis appears to have been used for dola-

brata and vice versa.)

TuNicATES. "Odostomia" impressa (Say) [not a true Odos-

tomia] has been seen by Allen (1958) to feed on Molgula, a

simple ascidian (sea squirt) in Chesapeake Bay, Maryland.

Chitons

In 1899 E. A. Smith described and named Odostomia chitoni-

cola from South Africa. This species was found by Mr. Henry

Burnup at "Unkomaas" [Umkomaas], Natal, on "Chiton jossus"

[Dinoplax fossus Sykes]. (According to Ashby (1928) this chiton

is a form of Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin) .) No other mention of

a pyramidellid occuring on a chiton has been found by us. In

1932 Turton reported small, worn specimens of Odostomia

chitonicola from Port Alfred, 330 miles southwest of Umkomaas.

Presumably these were in beach drift.

Odostomia chitonicola has been found by us on some speci-

mens of Dinoplax gigas collected by Orr at Port Edward, Natal,

67 miles south of the type locality of O. chitonicols.. Unfor-

tunately, the gastropods were not discovered until after they

and the chitons had been killed in alcohol and dried. Neverthe-

less, numerous specimens remained on one of the chitons.

The Dinoplax were collected from sand-drifted rock crevices

about one foot below low tide mark. Orr's field notes mention

that there were frequently as many as 4 of these large chitons (3

or more inches in length) partially overlapping one another.

The sea was muddy at the time the chitons were collected (ap-

88 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (3)

parently because of the entry of a river in flood into the sea

about two miles to the south) but was not brackish.

The most heavily infested Dinoplax is 83 mm. long (slightly

curled) and is the largest of 6 specimens (A.N.S.P. no. 218330) .

All the odostomias (A.N.S.P. no. 247768) are on the dorsal sur-

face of the girdle, among the spinelets. They resemble the sili-

ceous sand grains which are also present. We estimate that

about 180 specimens of O. chitonicola remained on the girdle

of this one Dinoplax after it was placed in alcohol and subse-

quently dried. They are located all around the girdle, some

near the edge, others near the shell valves. A few are on the

girdle between the lateral areas of the valves. Nearly all are

placed with the apertures of the shells adjacent to the girdle

proper near the bases of the spinelets, with the apices of the

shells projecting upwards. The odostomias tend to occur in

clusters of 3 to 6 individuals and there are more on the anterior

half of the chiton than on the posterior — perhaps because the

girdle is slightly more abraded posteriorly than anteriorly (see

below) . Most of the shells are glossy and transparent; a few

are chalky and opaque. Evidently the latter are the shells oi

individuals which had died before the chiton was collected and

had remained among the spinules with the sand grains.

About 15 juveniles of O. chitonicola were found on the girdle

of another of the chitons (63 mm. long) , at the anterior end,

and 2 more on a third (46 mm. long) , on the left side, near

the junctions of the first and second, and third and fourth

valves. There were no odostomias on the remaining 3 chitons

(66, 57 and 38 mm. long) .

The scarcity or absence of O. chitonicola on all but one of

the chitons is noteworthy in view of the fact that all 6 chitons

were collected within a few feet of each other. Before we were

able to count them, some of the odostomias probably dropped

off the chitons. The spinules on the girdle of large specimens

of Dinoplax gigas are sometimes worn off. There would be little

protection for the Odostomia on such a girdle. However, such

is not the case with any of the specimens from Port Edward

and there is no reason to believe that a disproportionate number

of odostomias was lost from any of the six chitons.

Although the case remains to be proved, we believe that O.

January, 1961 nautilus 89

chitonicola does in fact parasitize Dinoplax gigas, probably

piercing the girdle and sucking fluids from it. The abundance

of the Odostomia and the uniform position in which most of

the specimens were found makes the inference reasonable.

The type specimen of O. chitonicola is 2 mm. long. The

largest specimen found by us (PI. 6, figs. 8, 9) is only 1.4 mm.

long. Nearly all the shells are young and some are extremely

small (fig. 1) . The infested chitons were collected at Port Ed-

ward on March 5, 1955, showing that this Odostomia reproduces

in the (southern) summer.

Exteriorly, the apex of the adult shell (figs. 6, 7) bears no

trace of the heterostrophic protoconch characteristic of many

but not all pyramidellids. Thorson (1946) has shown that all

pyramidellids with heterostrophic protoconchs probably have

larvae with a long pelagic stage, while those lacking such a

protoconch (like O. chitonicola) have non-pelagic larvae or

larvae with a very short pelagic stage. Non-pelagic development

of the larvae of O. chitonicola would account for the occurrence

of most of the specimens from Port Edward on the single

Dinoplax. Non-pelagic development would also account for the

presence of the extremely small larval shells on the chiton.

Furthermore, our observations suggest that these larvae are,

like the adult, fairly sedentary and probably start feeding para-

sitically at an early age.

The growth of the larval shell and its position relative to

the adult shell has not been studied adequately in pyramidellids

with non-pelagic development. Despite many statements in the

literature to the contrary, pyramidellids never have truly sinistral,

larval shells. Heterostrophic protoconchs appear to be sinistral

but in fact are dextral and hyperstrophic (or "ultradextral") .

Coiling is invariably dextral throughout life. We figure larval

shells of O. chitonicola of two ages {PI. 6, figs. 1-5) . They show

a trace of hyperstrophic coiling although regular orthostrophic

coiling starts during growth of the first whorl. The youngest

part of the shell is swollen and sac-like and, in the single whorl

stage, projects towards the umbilical region (fig. 1) .^ We sug-

gest that this structure of the larval shell of O. chitonicola has

1 A larval shell of a pyramidellid figured by Rasmussen (1951) and

thought by him to be sinistral was slightly tilted and upside down.

90 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

resulted from great reduction of a several whorled, hyperstrophic

(i. e. heterostrophic) protoconch in the course of evolution. This

may be true of all pyramidellids which have short or non-pelagic

larval development.

The type species of Odostomia, O. plicata (Montagu) , and

4 other European species grouped by Winckworth in the sub-

genus Odostomia, s.s., have larvae with a long pelagic stage and

heterostrophic protoconchs. The shell of O. chitonicola re-

sembles that of Odostomia, s.s., in shape but lacks the heteros-

trophic protoconch. Possibly this species should be grouped in

another subgenus or even in another genus. However, because

differences in larval development are often misleading as indi-

cations of relationships and because the classification of pyra-

midellids is at present in a state of confusion, we consider an

attempt to refer O. chitonicola to another group inopportune.

Twenty-two additional specimens of Dinoplax gigas, all with

girdles in a fairly good state of preservation, have been examined

by us for specimens of O. chitonicola; none was found. The

chitons came from 8 localities (other than Port Edward) rang-

ing from Gordons Bay (near Cape Town) to Margate, southern

Natal. Port Alfred, where Turton found O. chitonicola, is one

of the localities.

References cited

Alien,]. F. 1958. Naut., 72.- 14.

Ashby, E. 1928. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, IS: 82-84.

Dautzenberg, Ph. & P. H. Fischer. 1925. Trav. Station Biol.

Roscoff, fasc. 5; 81-82, fig. 1.

Fretter, V. 1955. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 31: 143.

Fretter, V. & A. Graham. 1949. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K., n.s.,

28: 522-523.

Loven, S.L. 1846. Ofvers. K. [Svensk] Vet.-Akad. Forhandl., 3:

49, 150.

Macnae, W. 1958. The Mollusca. In A Natural History of

Inhaca Island, Mocambique, ed. W. Macnae Sz M. Kalk.

Witwatersrand Univ. Press, pp. 86, 88. See also pp. 44,

45, 127.

Rasmussen, E. 195L Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren.,

113: 217, fig. 8.

Sanders, H. L. 1958. Limnology and Oceanography, 3: 254-255.

1960. Ibid. 5.-149-150.

Smith, E. A. 1899. J. Conchol., 9: 250, pi. 5, fig. 10.

Thorson, G. 1946. Medd. Komm. Danmarks Fiskeri- og Ha-

NAUTILUS 74 (2)

PLATE 5

Fig. 1, Pallifera pilsbryi santaritana, Miles & Mead, living animal. All white

spots are light reflections. (Photo. B. M. Broder) . Fig. 2, Photomicrogiaph of

jaw of P. p. pilsbryi, M. & M. lOOX. (Photo. W. H. McDonald) . Fig. 3. Geni-

talia of P. p. pilsbryi. (Mead, del.) . See Naut. 7-f (2) : 75-78.]

NAUTILUS 74 (3)

PLATE 6

Odostomia chitonicola E. A. Smith. Port Edward, Natal, South Africa.

Parasitic on girdle of the chiton Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin) . Fig. 1. Larval

shell, apertural view. 2. Diagram of same, the dotted line showing inner edge

of columella (seen through transparent shell) . 3. Older larval shell, aper-

tural view. 4. Same, apical view. 5. Same, basal view. 6. Diagram of same,

showing position of larval shell in apex. 7. Apex of adult shell. 8. Largest

shell. 9. Outline of same, oblique view of aperture showing fold on columella.

Magnifications: 1 to 7, x72; 8 Sc 9. x53.

January, 1961 nautilus 91

vundersogelser, ser. Plankton, 4: 199-212, figs. 115-124.

Turton, W. H. 1932. Marine Shells Port Alfred S. Africa.

Oxford Univ. Press, p. 107.

Winckworth, R. 1932. J. ConchoL, 19: 22b-221 .

MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS FROM AFOGNAK AND

SITKALIDAK ISLANDS, KODIAK GROUP, ALASKA

By WALTER JACOB EYERDAM

(Concluded from October no.) i

Buccinum glaciate Linne, dredged (1, 2) .

B. plectrum Stimpson, dredged (1, 2, 3) .

B. castaneum triplostephanum Dall, cast on beach by storm (2) .

B. baeri Middendorff, rare, under rocks (1-4) .

B. baeri moerchianum Fischer, common under rocks.

B. angulosum Gray, one specimen, rare (1) .

Volutharpa ampiillacea (Middendorff) , all localities.

V. ampullacea var. acuminata Dall, one example (3) .

Alectrion mendica (Gould), under stones (1, 3, 4) .

Columbella (Alia) gausapata Gould, 10 fms., not common (4).

C. (Alia) tuberosa Carpenter, rare (3) .

Nitidella gouldii Carpenter, dredged, not common (4) .

Amphissa coluinbiana Dall, common under rocks at all stations.

A. reticulata Dall, under rocks, not common (2) . Range extended

north from Chichagoff Island.

Tritonalia interfossa (Carpenter) , not common (1, 4) .

Trophon (Neptunea) pacificus (Dall) , dredged, rare (1, 2) .

T. (N.) beringi (Dall), dredged, rare (3).

T. (N.) multicostatus (Esch.) , rare at low tide mark (1) .

T. (N.) tenuisculptus (Cpr.) , under rocks, low tide (1) .

T.(N.)lasia (Dall) , under rocks (1).

Thais (Nucella) lamellosa (Gmelin) , very common (1, 2, 3).

T. (N.) emarginata (Deshayes), common (4) .

T. (N.) canaliculata Duclos, common (1-4) .

T. (N.) lima (Martyn) , common (1-4) .

Balcis randolphii (Vanatta) , on sponges (4) . (Melanella =

Balcis.)

B. micans borealis (Bartsch), 20 fms., mud (4) .

Turbonilla alaskana Dall & Bartsch, dredged (3) .

T. (Mormula) eschscholtzii Dall & Bartsch, 20 fms., mud. Range

extended north from Port Simpson, B. C.

T. (Strioturbonilla) vancouverensis (Baird) , 10 fms. (3) .

T. (Pyrgolampros) alaskana Dall & Bartsch, 15 fms. (4) .

1 On page 41, 2nd line from bottom, insert continental between "largest"

and "island." Hawaii is bigger. — W. J. E.

92 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

T. (P.) stelleri Bartsch, 15 ims. (3) . Type lot.

T. (P.) shuyakensis Bartsch, 15 fms. (3) . Type lot.

T. (P.) middendorffii Bartsch, 15 tms. (3) . Type lot.

T. (P.) eyerdami Bartsch, 20 tms. (3) . Type lot.

Odostomia (Evalea) eyerdami Bartsch, under rocks (3) . Type lot.

O. (E.) infiata Dall k Bartsch, under rocks (4) . Range extended

north from Neah Bay, Washington.

O. (E.) amchitkana Dall 8c Bartsch, dredged (2, 3, 4) .

O. (E.) sitkaensis Clessin, 10 fms. (4). Range extended north

from Sitka, Baranoff Island.

O. (E.) tenuisculpta Carpenter, under stones (4) .

O. (E.) unalashkensis Dall &: Bartsch, 10 fms. (3) .

O. (Amaura) krausei Clessin, 10 fms. (3) .

O. (A.) kennerlyi Dall &: Bartsch, dredged (1, 3, 4). Range ex-

tended north from Nanaimo, B. C.

0.{A.) elsa Dall ^ Bartsch, dredged (1) .

O. (A.) sillana Dall & Bartsch, dredged (4) . Range extended east

from Unalaska, Aleutian Islands.

O. (A.) gouldii Carpenter, dredged (4) . Range extended north

from Neah Bay, Washington.

O. (A) talpa Dall & Bartsch, (4) . Range extended north from

Sitka, Baranof Island.

Argobuccimim (Fusitriton) oregonense (Redfield), dredged (2, 4) .

Cerithiopsis willettii Bartsch, under rocks on sponges (4) .

C. frazeri Bartsch, in bread sponges (1, 4) .

C. charlottensis Bartsch, under rocks (2, 3) . Range extended

north from Queen Charlotte Islands.

C. stejnegeri Dall, under rock (1) . Range extended east from

Shumagin Islands.

Bittium (Semibittium) vancouverense Dall & Bartsch, under rocks

(4) . Range extended north from Barklay Sound, B. C.

Trichotropis costellata Couthouy, dredged (1, 3, 4) .

T. cancellata Hinds, (1-4) . Coprophagous on excreta of the

worm, Serpiilaria columbiana.

T. insignis Middendorff, dredged (1-4) .

Tachyrhynchus lacteolus (Cpr.) , dredged (1, 2).

T. erosus major Dall, dredged (1, 2) .

Littorina sitchana Philippi, on rocks (1-4).

JL. aleutica Dall, (1) . Range extended east from Shumagin Is.

L. rudis Donovan, on stones, common (1-4).

L. (Melaraphe) scutulata Gould, on stones (2, 3, 4) .

Lacuna porrecta Carpenter, common (1-4) .

L. divaricata (Fabricius) , on kelp fronds (1-4) .

L. carinata Gould, on algae fronds (1) .

L. vincta (Montagu) , on algae fronds (4) .

L. solidula Loven, on Fucus. Range extended north from Puget

Sound, Washington.

January, 1961 nautilus 93

Haloconcha minor Dall, (4) . Range extended east from Chirikoff

Island.

Cingula aleutica Dall, on nullipores (4) .

C. eyerdami Willett, on nullipores (3) . Range extended west

from Prince William Sound. (Type locality: Elrington Island.)

C. (Nodulus) cerinella (Dall) , on nullipores (3) . Range extended

east from Kyska Island, Aleutian Is.

C. (N.) kyskensis Bartsch, on nullipores (3) . Range extended east

from Kyska Island.

Alvania compacta Carpenter, on nullipores (2) . Range extended

north from Port Etches.

A. sanjuanensis Bartsch, on sponges (4) .

A. dalli Bartsch, on sponges (2) .

Crepidula (lanicus) nummaria Gould, on stones (1-4).

C. (I.) nivea C. B. Adams, on stones (1) .

C. (Crepipatella) lingulata Gould, on stones (1-3) .

Crepidula grandis (Middendorff) , 15 fms., on stones (1).

Natica (Cryptonatica) clausa Brod. & Sowerby, uncommon (1-3) .

N. (C.) aleutica (Dall) , uncommon (1, 3) .

Polinices (Euspira) pallidus (Brod. & Sow.) , uncommon (1) .

P. (E.) groenlandicus (Moller) , dredged (1) .

Velutina laevigata (Linne) low tide mark, uncommon (1, 2) .

Onchidiopsis hannai Dall, on stones near high water (4) . Range

extended southeast horn Pribilof Islands.

Lepeta (Cryptoctenidia) concentrica Midd., low tide mark (1-4) .

L. (C.) alba (Dall) , low tide mark (1-4) .

L. (C.) caecoides Carpenter, dredged (4) .

Acmaea mitra Esch., on stones, low tide mark, all stations.

A. mitra juniculata (Carpyenter) , rare, 00 fms. (2) .

A. cassis Esch., between tides, at all stations.

A. cassis pelta Esch., between tides, at all stations.

A. cassis olympica Dall, on mussels, at all stations.

A. cassis nacelloides (Dall) , on kelp, at all stations.

A scutum Esch., on rocks, middle tide, at all stations.

A. scutum pintadina (Gould) , at all stations.

A. scutum patina Esch., at all stations.

A. digitalis Esch., highest on shore rocks, all stations.

A. testudinalis (Miiller) , between tide marks, all stations.

A. persona Esch., on stones, at all stations.

A. rosea Dall, rare, dredged, at all stations. Range extended east-

ward from the Shumagin Islands.

A. instabilis (Gould) , on kelp stalks (1, 3, 4) .

A. fenestrata Reeve, on inshore rocks (1,3, 4.)

A. peramabilis Dall, on granite rocks only (3, 4) . Range extended

eastward from the Shumagin Islands.

Moelleria drusiana Dall, on nullifores (3) .

M. quadrae Dall, on nullipores (3, 4) .

94 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

Calliostoma costatum (Martyn) , in tide f>ools (1-4) .

Turcicula bairdi Dall, dredged (3) .

Cidarina cidaris (A. Adams), dredged (1, 4).

Solariella (Machaeroplax) varicosa (Mighels & Adams) , (2) .

Margarites (Pupillaria) pupilla Gould, all stations.

M. (P.) cinerea Couthouy, (2) .

Margarites helicinus (Phipps) , on stones, low tide mark (1-4) .

M. marginatus Dall, under stones, all stations.

M. marginatus laevior Jeffreys, rare, under stones (1) .

Diodora aspera (Eschscholtz) , smaller size than in Puget Sound;

all stations.

Puncturella cucullata (Gould) , 15 fms. (1,2).

P. galeata (Gould), 15 fms., dredged (1, 2, 3).

P. multistriata Dall, rare, 15 fms. (1, 3).

Vitrinella oldroydi Bartsch, under rocks, rare (4) . Range ex-

tended northward from San Pedro, California.

Cephalopoda

Octopus punctata Gabb, under large flat stones (1, 2) .

O. honkongensis Hoyle, under rocks, (1, 2, 4) .

Amphineura

Lepidopleurus cancellatus (Sowerby) , under rocks (1, 2).

Lepidochitona lineata (Wood) , common under rocks (1-4) .

L. (Tonicella) raymondi (Pilsbry) , under stones (4) .

L. (T.) submarmorea (Middendorff) , under rocks at low tide

(1-4).

L. (T.) alba (Linne) , under stones at all stations.

Schizoplax brandtii (Middendorff) , under stones (4) .

Ischnochiton mertensii (Midd.) , under rocks (1, 3) .

/. trifidus (Carpenter) , dredged (3) .

Mopalia ciliata (Sowerby), under stones, not common (1, 3).

Range extended northward from Vancouver Island.

M. ciliata wossnessenskii (Middendorff) , rare (3) .

M. muscosa (Gould) , under stones, not common (3, 4) .

Katherina tunicata (Wood) , at all stations.

Cryptochiton stelleri (Middendorff) , rare (1).

Land shells

Euconulus fulvus alaskensis (Pilsbry) , under wild rhubarb (1,4).

Haplotrema vancouverense (Lea), under logs and bark (1-4).

Vespericola columbiana pilosa (I-fenderson) under logs and bark

.(1,2,4).

Vitrina alaskana Dall, under wild rhubarb (4) .

Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) , under wild rhubarb (4) .

Vertigo columbiana Sterki, under wild rhubarb (3) .

Columella edentula (Draparnaud) , under wild rhubarb (3) .

Fresh water shells

Anodonta beringiana Middendorff, in a small lake (3) .

Pisidium eyerdami — P. abditum Haldeman m P. casertanum

January, 1961 nautilus 95

(Poli) , in a spaghnum bog (3) .

Lymnaea sp., in a small pond (3) .

Planorbidae sp., in a small pond (3) .

Brachiopoda

Hemythyris psittacea (Gmelin) , dredged (1, 2, 3) .

Terebratalia caurina (Gould) , (2, 3) .

T erebratulina unguicula (Carpenter) , (2) .

Laqueus californicus (Koch) , (1,2).

Annelida

Spirorbis occidentalis Stimpson, on Fucus, at all stations.

Recently, with the great activity in international, deep-water

fishing in the north Pacific and Arctic Oceans by the fisheries of

U.S.S.R., Japan and the U.S.A., increased interest is being shown

in the study of bottom life of this far northern area of several,

distinct faunules. A great deal of systematic, modern collecting

still remains to be done in the rich biotic regions of southeast

Alaska, Gulf of Alaska and Prince William Sound. With develop-

ment of controlled, offshore, shellfish dredging, many more rare or

new species of mollusks will come to light.

MOLLUSCA OF THE BIG HORN MOUNTAINS

By DOROTHY E. BEETLE

The Big Horn Mountains, a majestic range that curves through

north central Wyoming, lie in parts of Sheridan, Johnson, Big

Horn and Washakie Counties. The mountains average 40 to 60

miles in width, rising centrally at Cloud's Peak to an elevation

of 13,165 feet. To the north and south, the summits gradually

decrease. Steep flanks, which ascend abruptly more than 1,000

feet, are characteristic for 200 miles along both the east and

west slopes. Above this escarpment gently rolling slopes prevail.

Granites are extensively exposed in the high mountain areas.

The flanks of the mountains are composed principally of

sedimentary rock. Water action, particularly on the western

slopes, has carved a myriad of short, straight canyons through

them.

On the west, the Big Horn Mountains rise from the Big

Horn Basin, an arid lowland approximately 4,000 feet in ele-

vation. To the east they drop away to similar but less arid plains.

Big Horn and Washakie Counties, on the western side, average

6i/2 and 81/3 inches of rain respectively. Sheridan and Johnson

96 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

Counties each receive I414 inches annually. On the mountain

crest, the climate is generally humid. Toward the end of the

brief summer, it may become as dry as the lower plains in years

of poor rainfall. Low temperatures prevail in the mountains,

with frost and snow possible even in July and August.

The western slopes are sparsely covered with juniper (Juniperiis

utahensis), mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus montanus), and

big sagebrush (Artemesia tridentata) communities. Moist pockets

in the canyons, as elsewhere across the range, may have stands

of spruce, fir and aspen. The more moist eastern slopes support

ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa) up to 7,000 feet. Lodgepole

pine (Pinus contorta) forms extensive stands across the top of

the range. A predominant feature of the landscape here is the

abrupt transition between plant associations. Lodgepole pine

gives way to Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis) to leave open

fairways between stands of trees.

Arctic-alpine plants occur at scattered high places from Powder

River Pass to the Montana border. Creeks winding across the

broad top spread out to produce wet meadows thickly carpeted

with marsh plants. Willow thickets border the creeks.

Terrestial Mollusca

Oreohelix pygmaea Succinea grosvenori

O. pygmaea maculata S. stretchiana

O. subrudis S. avara

O. subrudis obscura Pupilla blandi

O. yavapai extremitatis P. muscorum

O. yavapai magnicornu P. hebes

O. carinifera Vertigo gouldi basidens

Euconulus fulvus V. concinnula

Retinella electrina V. modesta

R. binneyana occidentalis V. modesta parietalis

Zonitoides arboreus Columella edentula

Vitrina alaskana C. alticola

Deroceras reticulatum Vallonia pulchella

D. laeve V. excentrica

Discus cronkhitei V. gracilicosta

D. shimeki V. albula

D. shimeki cockerelli V. cyclophorella

Punctum minutissimum Zoogenetes harpa

Oxyloma decampi gouldi

Aquatic Mollusca

Galba doddsi G. parva

G. caperata G. dalli

January, 1961 nautilus 97

G. humilis modicella H. subcrenatum

G. humilis rustica Promenetus umbilicatellus

G. obrussa Physa ampullacea

G. palustris Physa anatina

G. jacksonensis Physa Integra

Gyraulus circumstriatus Physa smithiana

G. parvus Aplexa hypnorum

Helisoma trivolvis Pisidium casertanum

H, trivolvis macrostomum

Localities

Examples of all the species listed are in the Beetle collection.

Sheridan County: Sheep Creek near Freezout Peak: Oreohelix

suhrudis, Euconulus julvus, Vitrina alaskana. Vertigo modesta,

V. modesta parietalis. Fool's Creek near Freezout Peak: Gyraulus

parvus. Tongue River, island in plant relic area near Sibley

Lake, grass: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, Lymnaea caperata.

University Wyoming Experimental Pastures 1 mile west of

Burgess Ranger Station, willow thickets along Tongue River:

Oreohelix pygmaea, O. suhrudis, O. subrudis obscura, Deroceras

laeve, Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki, D. shimeki cockerelli,

Punctum minutissimum, Succinea avara, Pupilla hebes. Vertigo

concinnula, Vallonia cyclophorella, Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina

alaskana. Same locality, wet meadow, dwarf willows, thick mats

of Carex, marsh plants, Sphagnum, snails crawling on plants,

caddis fly cases thickly camoflagued with all the mollusks:

Deroceras laeve, Discus cronkhitei, immature Succinea, Vertigo

gouldi basidens, V. concinnula, V. modesta, V. modesta parietalis,

Columella edentula, Galba caperata, G. parva, G. humilis rustica,

Aplexa hypnorum, Pisidium casertanum.

Five miles west of Bear Lodge, limestone bluff above Tongue

River, aspen grove: Oreohelix pygmaea, Euconulus fulvus, Zoni-

toides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Pupilla hebes. Vertigo concin-

nula. Same locality, lodgepole pine: Euconulus fulvus, Zonitoides

arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras reticulatum, D. laeve, Ver-

tigo modesta.

Little Willow Creek near Burgess Jet., muddy pond, snails

crawling on reeds and rocks along shore: Succinea avara, Galba

caperata, Gyraulus circumstriatus, G. pa7~vus, Physa ampullacea,

Pisidium casertanum. Spruce grove 5 miles east of Burgess Jet.,

limestone: Euconulus fulvus, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla hebes,

Vallonia cyclophorella. Owen River at U.S. 14: Deroceras laeve,

Succinea avara, Galba caperata, Pisidium casertanum. Sibley

Lake, dry west slope, spruce: Oreohelix pygmaea, Euconulus

fulvus, Vitrina alaskana. Discus shimeki cockerelli, Vertigo

modesta parietalis, Physa smithiana.

Tongue River at Ranchester, willows, 3775 feet: Vitrina

98 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

alaskana, Vallonia excentrica, V. graciUcosta, slug, Galba dalli,

Physa anatina.

Sheridan, University Wyoming Experiment Station, in lawn:

Vallonia pulchella, in roots of bent grass, Vallonia excentrica.

Story, mineral spring at Fish Hatchery: Galba humilis modicella,

Pisidium casertanum. Story, mouth of South Fork Canyon, pine,

maple, serviceberry, limestone, 5000 feet: Oreohelix subrudis

obsciira, Euconulus fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis,

Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Discus cronkhitei.

South Fork Canyon 2 miles from mouth, aspen, pine, cotton-

wood, limestone cliffs: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis obscura,

Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina

alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, immature Pupilla, Vallonia albula.

Piney Cruse Creek at Story, bog, willow, alder, aspen: Euconulus

fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus,

Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cockerelli,

Oxyloma decampi gouldi, immature Vertigo, Zoogenetes harpa,

slug. Big Piney Creek at U.S. highway 87, on stones: Gyraulus

parvus, Physa smithiana.

Johnson County: Lake de Smet, sandy, 4600 feet: Gyraulus

parvus, Physa anatina. Clear Creek: Galba palustris, Gyraulus

parvus, Physa anatina. 19 miles west of Buffalo, U.S. highway

16, stock pond, muddy, 7900 feet: Galba palustris, G. jacksonen-

sis. Same locality, willows along creek, granite: Euconulus fulvus,

Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cockerelli, Pu-

pilla blandi. Vertigo concinnula, V. modesta. Columella alticola.

Same locality, spruce on north slope: Zonitoides arboreus. Discus

shimeki, D. shimeki cockerelli. Vertigo modesta parietalis. Same

locality, east slope, aspen, pine, willow on granite: Euconulus

fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus,

Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cockerelli, Pu-

pilla hebes. Vertigo concinnula, V. modesta, V. modesta parie-

talis, Vallonia albula, V. cyclophorella.

Trail to Sherd Lake, muddy pond, 8400 feet: Galba palustris,

G. jacksonensis, Promenetus umbilicatellus, Pisidium casertanum.

Trail to Sherd Lake, mature lodgepole pine on old burn, granite:

Zonitoides arboreus. Discus cronkhitei. Vertigo concinnula. Por-

cupine Creek near Powder River Pass, 9500 feet, dwarf willow,

granite: Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras laeve,

Succinea stretchiana. Vertigo modesta. Powder River Pass, 9666

feet, mountain, meadow with scattered spruce, granite, under

logs along creek: Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras laeve, Vallonia al-

bula, Galba palustris.

Washakie County: Meadowlark Lake, aquatic vegetation along

shore, sandy: Galba caperata, Gyraulus parvus. Swamp near

Buck Creek above Tensleep Canyon: Galba palustris, Helisoma

subcrenatum. Near West Tensleep Lake, swampy area, pine,

January, 1961 nautilus 99

aspen, willow, in leaf debris and moss, 8500 feet: Euconulus

fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus,

Pupilla hebes, Vertigo modesta parietalis, Galba palustris,

Promenetiis umbilicatellus, Pisidium casertanum.

Worland, Big Horn River, muddy backwater, 4061 feet:

Oxyloma decampi gouldi, Galba palustris, Physa smithiana.

Tensleep, slough off Tensleep River, 4206 feet: Galba caperata,

G. obrussa, Helisoma trivolvis, H. subcrenatum, Physa integra.

Tensleep Canyon near the mouth, south slope, 5300 feet, in

rock crevices and at base of plants, sandy, scattered pine, moun-

tain mahogany: Oreohelix yavapai extremitatis, Succinea avara,

Pupilla hebes, Vallonia cyclophorella.

Tensleep Canyon, 14 mile below Fish Hatchery, north slope,

5400 feet, sedimentary rock, open groves of juniper, pine, maple,

douglas fir, currant: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, O. yavapai

extremitatis, Eucoyiulus fulvus, Pupilla hebes, Vallania albula,

V. cyclophorella. Same locality, south slope, dry, mountain maho-

gany: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, O. carinifera, Zonitoides

arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Pupilla hebes, Vallonia gracilicosta,

V. cyclophorella. Near head of Tensleep Canyon, 6800 feet,

limestone, aspen grove, north slope: Oreohelix pygmaea, O.

subrudis, Euconulus fulvlus, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alas-

kana. Discus cronkhitei, Pupilla muscorum, Vallonia gracilicosta.

Same locality, limber pine, douglas fir: Oreohelix pygmaea, O.

subrudis, Euconulus fulvus, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla hebes,

Vallonia albula.

Leigh Canyon, creek at Fish Hatchery: Lymnaea doddsi,

Physa integra, Pisidium casertanum. Leigh Canyon behind the

Fish Hatchery, thick growth of conifers and hardwoods along

creek: Oreohelix subrudis, O. subrudis obscura, Zonitoides

arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras reticulatum, Discus cronk-

hitei, Succinea avara, Vallonia pulchella, slug. Leigh Canyon,

I mile above hatchery, 6000 feet, slough: Retinella binneyana oc-

cidentalis, Vallonia cyclophorella, Lymnaea doddsi. Leigh

Canyon, southwest slope, di^y, sandy, mountain mahogany, cedar:

Oreohelix subrudis, O. subrudis obscura, O. yavapai extremitatis,

O. yavapai magnicornu, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana,

Pupilla hebes, Vallonia albula, V. cyclophorella.

BigJiorn County: Medicine Wheel Ranger Station, pond:

Pisidium casertanum. Bluff above Porcupine Creek, north slope:

Succinea grosvenori. Cliffs below Medicine Wheel, 8950 feet,

limestone, pine, aspen, sagebrush: Oreohelix subrudis, Vallonia

cyclophorella. Canyon below Medicine Wheel, douglas fir,

spruce, limber pine: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, Vallonia

albula. Five Springs Camp, Rt. 14, under mossy logs in seepage:

Oreohelix pygmaea, Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana. Vertigo

modesta, slug. Five Springs Creek at Rt. 14, granite, spruce:

100 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

Oreohelix pygmaea, O. suhrudis, Zonitoides arborens, Discus

shimeki.

Mouth of Dayton Kane Canyon, juniper, under sedimentary

rocks along creek: Vallonia gracilicosta. Spring Creek at Shell,

willows, slough, 4210 feet: Retinella electrina, Zonitoides

arboreus, Deroceras laeve, Oxyloma decampi gouldi, Siiccinea

avara, Galba parva, G. palustris, Physa integra. Base of Shell

Canyon, Kerchner Ranch, pond, shallow, heavily vegetated:

Galba obrussa 355, Physa smithiana.

Dry Fork Canyon 4 miles northeast of Shell, sedimentary rock,

maple, willow, silver sage, poison ivy: Oreohelix yavapai ex-

tremitatis, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla muscoriim, P. hebes,

Vallonia albula, V. cyclophorella. Same locality, moss lined cave

in talus that creek tumbled through: Galba doddsi. White Creek

Canyon, dry streambed, cottonwood, juniper, sage, poison ivy:

Oreohelix pygmaea maculata, O. subrudis, O. subrudis obscura,

O. carinifera, Vitrina alaskana, Vallonia cyclophorella.

Shell Canyon, Shell Creek at the bridge, limestone, pine, cot-

tonwood, maple, in leaf debris: Oreohelix pymgaea, O. pygmaea

maculata, O. subrudis, O. carinifera, Discus shimeki cockerelli,

Vallonia gracilicosta. Shell Canyon, 14 mile above largest switch-

back on old road, juniper, under rocks: Oreohelix pygmaea, O.

pygmaea maculata, O. yavapai extremitatis, Zonitoides arboreus,

Pupilla hebes, Vallonia albula, V. gracilicosta. Shell Canyon,

Granite Creek Camp, 7700, feet, aspen: Oreohelix pygmaea, O.

pygmaea maculata, O. subrudis, Euconulus fulvus, Retinella

electrina, Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cocker-

elli, Pupilla muscorum. Vertigo concinnula, Vallonia albula in

creek, Pisidium casertanum. 2 miles west of Granite Pass, Rt. 14,

mature lodgepole pine: Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana.

The abundance of Oreohelix was a characteristic feature of

the Big Horn Mountains. Oreohelix subrudis, O. subrudis ob-

scura, O. pygmaea, and O. pygmaea maculata were widely

spread above 4500 feet. In addition, Oreohelix carinifera, O.

yavapai extremitatis, and O. yavapai magnicornu appeared in

canyons along the western rim. Colonies were located under

talus, in crevices in the cliffs, at the base of plants on dry

hillsides, and in all the major plant associations. Variations in

diameter, height of spire, width of umbilicus, carination, and

color pattern pointed to this area as one of active speciation

in the genus.

Three species of Vallonia, V. albula, V. gracilicosta, and V.

cyclophorella were usually associated with Oreohelix, and were

January, 1961 nautilus 101

much more abundant on the east and west slopes o£ the range

than on the summit. The separation of the three became difficult

because almost all mature individuals developed expanded and

thickened lips. Three groups of shells with slight variation in

size of lip were measured and the number of ribs counted.

Only individuals with a diameter of 2.5 mm. or more were

used. The 90 shells with the greatest lip expansion had a rib

count of 41-60 ribs. An intermediate group of 118 shells had

42-55 ribs; 54 shells with the smallest lip had 45-68 ribs. Locali-

ties often had specimens that ranged through all of the groups.

Pupilla hebes was often associated with species of Oreohelix

and Vallonia. It occurred in great numbers on sedimentary out-

crops. Aspen groves on limestone ridges above the Tongue River

were populated by the largest colonies of Pupilla hebes seen

anywhere in Wyoming.

Succinea avara, a fairly common snail in Wyoming, occurred

in Tensleep Canyon in conjunction with Oreohelix yavapai

extremitatis and Vallonia cyclophorella at an elevation of 5300

feet. The three species were living under rocks on the sunbaked,

sandy south slopes. A particular search for Succinea avara turned

up a single shell behind the fish hatchery.

Canyons similar to Tensleep Canyon along the west escarp-

ment were found to contain populations of Oreohelix, Vallonia^

and Pupilla, but no Succinea. However, farthur south, Succinea

avara was discovered along the cliffs of the Wind River Canyon

in Hot Springs County in just such a setting as that of Tensleep

Canyon.

A comparison of the number of species collected in a given

habitat in the Teton or the Medicine Bow Mountains with

the number collected in the Big Horn Mountains showed fewer

species but more individuals were present in the latter. This

situation may result from the greater exposures of sedimentary

rock in the Big Horn range. In both the Teton and Medicine Bow

Mountains, a diversity of soils and plant associations together

with more favorable moisture conditions may be reflected in

the larger species lists for all habitats.

An effect of the weather on the snail population was noticed

on the northern summits of the Big Horns. In 1956, collections

in July revealed an abundance of animals at most sites. For

102 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

6 weeks during May and the beginning of June, 1957, heavy

rains fell almost daily. In mid-July the same sites were revisited.

Spring flowers were at the height of their display, but the ground

was still wet. Even under logs and stones the soil was washed

quite bare of debris. Only a few, mainly immature, snails were

active. Eggs were exposed in tangles of debris where their

survival was doubtful. A check in 1958 showed a population

smaller than that of 1956.

Field work in the Big Horn Mountains was conducted in

July of 1956, 57, and 58. Grateful acknowledgement is made to

the Wyoming Chapter of Sigma Xi for two grants-in-aid which

partially assisted the author to carry on these studies.

References

Baker, F. C. 1911. The Lymnaeidae of North and Middle

America. Chicago Acad. Sci. Spec. Publ. 3.

1945. The Molluscan Family Planorbidae. Univ. 111. Press,

Urbana.

Beetle, A. A. 1956. Range survey in Wyoming's Big Horn Moun-

tains. Wyo. Agr. Ex. Sta. Bull. 341.

DunneAvald, T. J. 1930. Grass and timber soils distribution in

the Big Horn Mountains. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 22:

577-586.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America.

North of Mexico. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mono-

graphs 3.

PALLIFERA FOSTERI, WITH P. MEGAPHALLICA, NEW

By F. WAYNE GRIMM

Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich.

Pallifera (Pancalyptus) FOSTERI F. C. Baker. Text-fig. A

This species has been reported from several midwestern

localities (Baker, 1939; Pilsbry, 1948; Webb, 1952), from the

southern Atlantic coastal plain (Hubricht, 1953; Grimm, 1960) ;

and specimens resembling it have been reported from Michigan

and Ontario (Pilsbry, 1948) . In 1952, Webb published a brief

description of the genitalia of immature specimens from 30

miles west of the type locality. Included w^ith this description

was a more complete description of the mature anatomy of a

color form, P. fosteri oughtoni Webb. Essentially, the genitalia

of specimens from the Sanford Woodlot of Michigan State

University, East Lansing, Ingham Co., Michigan, agree with

January, 1961

NAUTILUS

103

Anterior genitalia of Pallifera. A, P. fosteri, Ingham Co., Michigan.

B, P. megaphallica, from type lot (ANSP. 251839) . Scales^approximately

1 mm.

the description and figures published for P. fosteri and P. /.

oughtoni from Illinois. For comparative purposes, however, the

following information concerning Michigan examples is

presented.

Animal: Mantle very light tan, spotted and reticulate with

dark brownish gray. The reticulations are heaviest in the middle

of the back, but no dorsal line is formed. At the sides, the

reticulations form two broken lateral lines. The tentacles are

slate gray, and the anterior margin of the foot is brownish red.

Length (preserved) 10 to 17 mm.

Genitalia: Atrium short and glandular near the vagina, which

is largely enveloped in glandular tissue. Spermatheca small,

globular, and placed at the end of a thin, non-expanded stalk

which is somewhat longer than the penis. The thick and tubular

penis is about 2 mm. long and bears a basal sheath of slightly

less than 1 mm. in length. The apical region of the penis is

thin, subtranslucent and slightly expanded, and the penial re-

tractor is short. The genitalia differ from P. f. oughtoni only

in having a slightly more extensive vaginal gland and a some-

what larger penial retractor.

The mantle pattern of this lot differs from that of oughtoni

in being marked with brownish gray, not black, and in having

less prominent lateral lines.

104 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

Pallifera (Pancalyptus) megaphallica, new species.

Text-fig. B

Animal: Markings similar to those of P. fosteri from Michigan

except that the mantle reticulations are darker gray, a distinct

dorsal line is present, and the lateral lines are blackish. In the

type lot, the brownish red sides of the foot are less prominent or

are absent altogether. Length (preserved) 13 to 19 mm. (holo-

type largest; not dissected) .

Genitalia: Atrium short, slightly glandular near the vagina.

Vagina short and free of glandular tissue. Spermatheca larger

than that of P. fosteri; placed upon a thin non-expanded stalk

which is equal to or slightly less than the penis in length. The

thick and tubular penis is about 6 mm. long, is twisted a full turn,

and bears a basal sheath approximately 2 mm. in length. Apex

of penis as in fosteri. Internally, the tip of the penis is circularly

striate and the penis bears an elongate, variously wrinkled pilas-

ter which hangs loosely from a sub-apical origin and extends

nearly to the region of the sheath. Penial retractor short, only

slightly longer than that of fosteri. The albumen gland is much

reduced, and the hermaphrodite duct is greatly swollen.

Jaw arched and centrally plicate, as in P. fosteri.

Distribution. Maryland: Worcester Co.: among wet leaves and

cypress needles near small creek, dump along Pocomoke River,

west-southwest edge of Snow Hill, type (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-

delphia no. 251838) and paratypes ANSP. 251839-40; other

paratypes in the author's collection; Porter's Crossing, Poco-

moke Cypress Swamp north of Snow Hill; logs beside U.S. 113

near Mattaponi Creek; 0.5 mile south of Girdletree. Wicomico

Co.: Royal Oak; roadside near Quantico forest fire tower on

Md. 349; near bridge at Mill Branch, 1 mile south of Mardela

Springs; under logs along Md. 354, 2.1 miles south of Willards;

under logs, 1 mile south of Bivalve. Caroline Co.: near bridge

at Hunting Creek. Queen Annes Co.: roadside near Normans,

3 miles south of Stevensville, Kent Island; woods immediately

north of Stevensville, Kent Island. St. Mary's Co.: Oaks, at

railroad crossing. Charles Co.: 2 miles southeast of La Plata on

Md. 6; valley of Hell's Bottom Run between Dentsville and

01iver*s Shop; woods .8 mile east-southeast of Bryan's Road; val-

ley of Old Woman's Run, 1 mile south of Bennesville. Anne

January, 1961 nautilus 105

Arundel Co.: Bodkin Plains, near Pasadena; Leon, on the Pa-

tuxent River. Prince Georges Co.: valley of Walker Branch,

west end of Laurel, Baltimore Co.: Relay; northwest corner of

cemetery, Woodlawn; dump in upland oak woods near Patapsco

State Park off Hilton Ave., Catonsville.

Pallifera megaphallica is very closely related to P. fosteri, and

differs from the latter primarily in the enormous size of the

penis, which is visible through the body wall. The degree of

twisting of the penis, the sizes of the albumen gland and herma-

phrodite duct, as well as the amount of glandular tissue on the

vagina and atrium vary among the several lots seen. Perhaps

this variation may be correlated with the sexual cycle. Juveniles

of megaphallica have a longer and more slender penis than adult

fosteri. Intensity of color is also extremely variable; specimens

from dry localities are quite well marked, whereas those of

wetter regions are generally of less heavy pigmentation. Occa-

sionally a specimen will lose nearly all its markings and retain

only a trace of the lateral lines.

In Maryland, P. megaphallica is the common coastal-plain

species. It extends into the piedmont near the fall-line. Adults

appear by December 19 and persist at least until May 10. They

have a seasonal life cycle, as does P. fosteri in Michigan.

Hubricht's (1953) record for P. fosteri in Somerset Co., Md.,

undoubtedly pertains to this species. Probably his additional

coastal localities, from Virginia to Georgia, are also based on

megaphallica.

References

Baker, F. C. 1939. Fieldbook of Illinois Land Snails. 111. Nat.

Hist. Survey Manual No. 2 (Urbana, 111.) 1-166, figs, (see

p. 133).

Grimm, F. Wayne, 1960. Two new succineids from Maryland,

with notes on Catinella vermeta. Naut. 74: 8-16. (P. fosteri

in Md.).

Hubricht, Leslie, 1953. Land snails of the southern Atlantic

Coastal Plain. Naut. 66: 114-125.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (north

of Mexico) . Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Monogr. 3, vol. 2: (2)

521-1113 (see p. 768).

Webb, G. R. 1952. Pulmonata, Philomycidae: anatomical data

on the slugs Pallifera dorsalis, P. fosteri and a new sub-

species. Gastropodia 7:6-7.

106 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

LAND SNAILS FROM THE UPPER PATUXENT

ESTUARY MARGIN (MARYLAND)

By F. WAYNE GRIMM

Michigan State University, East Lansing

Originating in the high hills of the outer Piedmont south of

Ridgeville, Maryland, the Patuxent River flows south-southeast-

ward in a curve through the coastal plain and into Chesapeake

Bay. Its course roughly parallels that of the lower Potomac

River, and it forms the largest estuary of the west shore of the

Chesapeake north of the Potomac. Salt marshes and sandy

beaches form the margin of the lower 25 miles of the estuary.

As one progresses upstream from the mouth, the salinity of the

water gradually decreases and the estuarine marshes become more

extensive. Tidal influence is prominent well into the region of

the fresh-water marshes.

During a soaking rain on July 12, 1959, the author visited the

eastern margin of the upper Patuxent estuary at Leon, Anne

Arundel Co., Maryland (Pig Point) . At this locality the tidal

marshes bordering the river are entirely fresh water. Tobacco

fields lie upon the gentle slopes above the marshes, and occa-

sional patches of mixed pine-hardwood forest occupy the fallow

land. Land snails were taken from several environments at this

station: (1) on mud and debris at the bases of reeds; (2) above

the waterline on standing vegetation in the river; (3) on and

at the roots of marginal vegetation (nettles) .

On April 3, 1960 (also during a rainstorm) , this station was

revisited, and specimens were collected under fallen marginal

vegetation. At this date no attempt was made to collect in the

river, which was entering the flood stage. Dump debris in a

small, leafy gulch near the roadside immediately above the river

yielded additional specimens. Directly across the river at Mount

Calvert, Prince Georges Co., only 3 specimens of 2 species were

found under a log. A yacht dock is located at this place; both

it and the marshes were flooded. Below are listed the species

found at each station. Numbers which follow the names indicate

either the environment to which a particular species appeared

to be limited or the environment in which it was most abundant.

Leon, Anne Arundel Co., near the river margin, July 12, 1959:

Mesodon thyroidus (Say) (3) ; Triodopsis hopetonensis ohsoleta

January, 1961 nautilus 107

(Pils.) (3) ; Retinella indentata (Say) (1,3) ; Ventridens ligera

(Say) (3) ; Zonitoides arboreus (Say) , dead, (3) ; Deroceras

laeve (Miill.) (1,2,3) ; Catinella hubrichti Grimm (1) ; Catinella

sp.?, dead, (3) ; Succinea ovalis Say, primarily on nettles, (3) ;

Oxyloma effusa (Pfr.) (2) ; Gastrocopta contracta (Say) (1,3) ;

Vertigo ovata Say (1,3) ; Carychium exiguum (Say) (3) ; Poma-

tiopsis lapidaria (Say) (1,3) .

Leon, Anne Arundel Co., under fallen marginal vegetation,

April 3, 1960: Triodopsis hopetonensis obsoleta (Pils.) ; Ventri-

dens ligera (Say) ; Catinella hubrichti Grimm, dead; Catinella

sp.?, dead; Succinea ovalis Say; Oxyloma effusa (Pfr.) , dead

adults, living juveniles; Deroceras laeve (Miill.) ; Pallifera fosteri

F. C. Baker; Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) .

Leon, Anne Arundel Co., dump debris in small gulch near

roadside above river, April 3, 1960: Stenotrema barbatum

(Clapp) ; Retinella indentata (Say) ; Ventridens ligera (Say) ;

Zonitoides arboreus (Say) ; Succinea ovalis Say; Philomycus

carolinianus (Bosc) .

Mount Calvert, Prince Georges Co., under log: Triodopsis

juxtidens (Pils.) ; Ventridens ligera (Say) .

The occurrence of Triodopsis hopetonensis obsoleta in this

region deserves further comment, for the nearest known localities

for T. hopetonensis (Shutt.) are approximately 70 miles south-

east of the above, on the lower Delmarva Peninsula. Although

most of the adjacent coastal plain of Maryland west of the

Chesapeake has been searched, no T. hopetonensis have been

found. The nearest locality west of the Chesapeake is in the

region of Norfolk, Va., about 120 miles directly south. Thus,

the population of T. h. obsoleta at Leon appears to be isolated

from any known population of a related form.

In all specimens seen (96 collected April 3, 1960; 5 on July

12, 1959), a striking degeneration of apertural teeth is evident.

Only 1 1 retain a trace of the upper lip tooth as a minute vestigial

thickening of the peristome; in all others this tooth is absent.

However, all mature examples possess both a parietal tooth (a

tiny nodule) and a lower lip tooth of variable size. The um-

bilicus is wider than that of most Delmarva specimens. Occa-

sionally, examples resembling the above in degeneration of the

teeth will appear in large lots of T. hopetonensis from the

Delmarva.

Accidental introduction may account for the presence of this

snail at a locality so far removed from its known range. Tobacco

108 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

farms near the area collected cannot be ignored as possible

sources of introduction. Conceivably, both the reduction of teeth

and uniformity of appearance could be due to genetic drift

within a small, isolated, inbred population. As a rule, large

lots of hopetonensis from within the known range of the species

show considerable over-all variation individually, although some

uniformity of size exists.

On the basis of field observation, Hubricht (1953: 118-121)

considers obsoleta to be a distinct species closely allied to and

hybridizing with T. messana Hubricht. Although T. hopetonen-

sis appears to be intermediate between the two, Hubricht states

that it, too, is a distinct species which resembles hybrids between

T. fallax (Say) and T. obsoleta. In the same article, obsoleta

is reported from several localities on the Delmarva Pensinsula,

both in Maryland and in Virginia, and T. messana is reported

from Maryland. Unfortunately, all the present author's observa-

tions are limitel to Maryland and Virginia. No "pure" colonies

of obsoleta have yet been observed on the Delmarva Peninsula;

but many variable lots which appear to be largely hopetonensis

have been examine^ and tentatively referred to that species. Oc-

casional specimens approach either obsoleta or messana, and

specimens from one locality appear to be all messana. Only

further collecting, supplemented by dissection and breeding ex-

periments, can resolve the taxonomic problem presented by the

heterogeneous assemblage of coastal plain Triodopsis. Specula-

tion leads to the tentative supposition that the group which

includes T. fallax, messana, obsoleta, hopetonensis, and van-

nostrandi constitutes a superspecies of typically distinct forms

which have not yet evolved to the point of reproductive isolation.

The name Oxyloma effusa (Pfr.) is assigned arbitrarily to a

large lot collected at the Leon locality. The shells range from

the form of O. effusa through that of O. e. sub effusa Pils. to

that of O. salleana (Pfr.) . Some specimens are up to 20 mm. in

length. Variation in the appearance of the sheathed male organ

is fully as great as variation in shell shape. The penes and

epiphalli of specimens examined exhibit considerable differences

in the degree of twist, in the position of the appendix, and in

the size of the appendix. No correlation between the shape of

the shell and the form of the male organ has been observed.

January, 1961 nautilus 109

Other, smaller lots of coastal plain oxylomas show less over-all

variation than this one. Unfortunately, insufficient numbers of

specimens are available for a thorough study of these phenomena

of variation.

Incidentally, a single lot of Catinella huhrichti Grimm

(1960) from Caroline Co., Md., shows as much variation in

shell form as the above discussed Oxyloma; the shells ranging

in form from that of Oxyloma decampi gouldi through that of

O. effusa.

The following are additional Maryland localities for Catinella;

see Grimm (1960) :

Catijiella huhrichti. Mud flats near bridge at Hunting Creek,

Caroline Co., near Dorchester Co. line (April 13, 1957) . Margin

of Big Mill Pond, Swanscut Creek at Welbourne, Worcester Co.

(March 27, 1960).

Catinella pinicola. Bald Friar, on the Susquehanna R., Cecil

Co. (Nov. 1, 1958) . River Road along Susquehanna north of

Glen Cove, Harford Co. (Nov. 22, 1958). Near bridge at Mill

Branch, 1 mile south of Mardela Springs, Wicomico Co. (March

26, 1960) . Dump near valley of Wagram Swamp Branch, 3 miles

south-southeast of Pocomoke City, Worcester Co. (March 27,

1960) . Approx. 1 mile west of George Isl. Landing and 2 miles

east of Stockton, Worcester Co. (March 27, 1960) . Boxiron

Creek at bridge, Boxiron, Worcester Co. (March 27, 1960) .

Catinella vermeta. Baltimore, Harford, and Caroline Counties.

References

Grimm, F. Wayne. 1960. Two new succineids from Maryland,

with notes on Catinella vermeta. Naut. 74:%-\b, fig. 1, pi. 1.

Hubricht, Leslie. 1953. Land snails of the southern Atlantic

coastal plain. Naut. 66: 114-125.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1940-1948. Land Mollusca of North America

(north of Mexico) . Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Monogr.

3, v.l part 2, and v.2.

THE UNIONIDAE OF OTTAWA COUNTY, MICHIGAN

By WILLIAM H. HEARD

Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan

Ottawa County, Michigan, is located along the shore of Lake

Michigan on the western edge of the lower peninsula. It con-

tains the lower reaches and mouth of the present Grand River

which formerly played a major role in the drainage of glacial

waters. Several studies of Michigan unionids have dealt with

those species of this stream and its tributaries. Coker, et.al.

110 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

(1921), listed 22 naiades between Grand Rapids, just east of

the Ottawa-Kent County boundary, and Grand Haven at the

mouth of the Grand River. Van der Schalie (1941) reported

16 unionids in the Grand River and its tributaries in Ottawa

County, while recording 29 species for the entire drainage. In

a later study (1948) , designed to determine the degree of deple-

tion in the Grand River, he again discussed the naiades of the

stream, reporting 17 species.

All specimens on which this report is based are in the collec-

tions of the Mollusk Division of the University of Michigan

Museum of Zoology. This study was undertaken (1) to compile

a list of the highly varied mussel fauna of Ottawa County, and

(2) to investigate the present mussel resources of the area in

the light of factors which tend to deplete or destroy them, such

as clamming for button factories, dredging of the stream channel,

and pollution. The assistance of Dr. Henry van der Schalie in

making taxonomic determinations and in reviewing the manu-

script is gratefully acknowledged.

A list of the extensive naiad fauna of Ottawa County follows.

Subspecific designations were used sparingly because most of

them represent ecological forms rather than true varieties. For

example, Anodonta grandis footiana and A. g. gigantea were

lumped with A. grandis. In the following list, it is interesting

to note that the fauna is well represented in all three subfamilies

of the Unionidae.

Unioninae Lasmigona compressa

Amblema costata Lasmigona costata

Amblema peruviana Strophitus rugosus

Cyclonaias tuberculata Lampsilinae

Elliptio dilatatus Actinonaias carinata

Fusconaia flava Actinonaias ellipsiformis

Fusconaia undata Carunculina parva

Pleurobema cordatum Lampsilis siliquoidea

coccineum Lampsilis ventricosa

Quadrula pustulosa Leptodea fragilis

Quadrula quadrula Leptodea laevissima

Anodontinae Ligumia recta latissima

Alasmidonta calceolus Micromya iris

Alasmidonta marginata Obliquaria reflexa

Anodonta grandis Obovaria olivaria

Anodonta marginata Proptera alata

Anodontoides ferussacianus Truncilla donaciformis

Lasmigona complanata Truncilla truncata

January, 1961

NAUTILUS

111

Several reports have stressed that there is an increasing number

of mollusk species as one proceeds from the headwaters of a

stream toward its mouth. The collections considered here are

in accordance with this view. Consequently, the streams are ar-

ranged according to their size, and the species of mussels are

given according to their ecological distribution.

Crockery Creek, Rush Creek, and Sand Creek are tributaries

of the Grand River and may be considered to be small streams.

Since they are tributary to the Grand River in its lower reaches

rather than in the headwaters, a few species such as Quadrula

pustulosa and Actinonaias carinata enter these small streams.

Ordinarily these species are associated with larger rivers. These

tributaries were found to harbor the following species:

Amblema costata

Elliptio dilatatus

Fusconaia flava

Quadrula pustulosa

Alasmidonta calceolus

Anodonta grandis

Anodontoides ferussacianus

Lasmigona complanata

Lasmigona compressa

In the Black River, a

Amblema costata

Elliptio dilatatus

Fusconaia flava

Quadrula quadrula

Anodonta grandis

Anodontoides ferussacianus

Strophitus rugosus

Present in the Grand River

the county, are 24 species:

Amblema costata

Amblema peruviana

Strophitus rugosus

Actinonaias carinata

Cyclonaias tuberculata

Elliptio dilatatus

Fusconaia undata

Pleurobema cordatum

coccineum

Quadrula pustulosa

Quadrula quadrula*

Strophitus rugosus

Actinonaias carinata

Actinonaias ellipsiformis

Lampsilis siliquoidea

Lampsilis ventricosa

Leptodea fragilis

Micromya iris

Proptera alata

medium-sized stream, are found:

Carunculina parva

Lampsilis siliquoidea

Lampsilis ventricosa

Leptodea fragilis

Proptera alata

Truncilla truncata

the only large-sized stream in

Alasmidonta marginata

Anodonta grandis

Lasmigona complanata*

Lasmigona costata

Lampsilis siliquoidea

Lampsilis ventricosa

Leptodea fragilis*

Leptodea laevissima

Ligumia recta latissima

Obliquaria reflexa*

Obovaria olivaria*

112 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

Proptera alata* Truncilla truncata*

Truncilla donaciformis*

Lentic, or standing water, habitats in Ottawa County support

10 species:

Amblema costata Lasmigona complanata

Amblema peruviana Lampsilis siliquoidea

Fusconaia undata Lampsilis ventricosa

Anodonta grandis Leptodea fragilis

Anodonta marginata Proptera alata

This Ottawa County faunal list contains 21 genera and 32

species. Specimens of these different species are not all equally

common; and even the more common species must be considered

less abundant than they formerly were. The serious depletion

of the mussel fauna can be traced to three major factors:

clamming for the pearl button industries, dredging, and pol-

lution.

The Grand River was one of the major sites of Michigan

button industries (van der Schalie, 1948) , and a button factory

formerly existed in Ottawa County at the village of Lamont.

Eleven species of naiades have been listed by van der Schalie

(1938, 1948) as commercially valuable in the manufacture of

buttons:

Amblema costata Quadrula quadrula

Elliptio dilatatus (if white) Strophitus rugosus

Fusconaia flava Actinonaias carinata

Pleurobema cordatum Lampsilis siliquoidea

coccineum Lampsilis ventricosa

Quadrula pustulosa Ligumia recta latissima

Two species groups show intergradation between their ecolo-

gically upstream and downstream counterparts within the same

genus. Amblema costata and Fusconaia flava, normally associated

with upstream areas or small tributaries, have counterparts in

larger streams in A. peruviana and F. undata respectively.

Further investigations must be undertaken to define clearly the

taxonomic status of these nominal species. A. peruviana may be

added, for the present, to the preceding list of commercially

valuable naiades, which all occur or have occured in Ottawa

County in the Grand River. The most abundant mussels are

Amblema peruviana, Quadrula pustulosa and Actinonaias

* Gained entry into the lower portions of the Grand River from Lake

Michigan (van der Schalie, 1941) .

January, 1961 nautilus 113

carinata, which all have heavy shells and provide excellent button

material. Published reports of large mounds of discarded valves

made by the button factories act as testimony to the significance

of these clamming operations in the depletion of the mussel re-

sources and the subsequent abandonment of this industry.

The basin of the Grand River in Ottawa County has been

dredged frequently in recent years to facilitate the passage of

gravel ships and pleasure craft. The dredged materials are

deposited on the banks. This operation destroys all the unionids

captured with the substrate, and it severely damages the mussel

beds.

Pollution has increased greatly in recent years. The lower

portions of the Grand River carry much of the industrial waste

of Grand Rapids. More recently, sodium arsenite has been used

commonly to destroy aquatic algae, and this chemical is proving

very harmful to the bottom fauna.

The combined effects of clamming, dredging, and pollution

have greatly depleted the mussel populations of Ottawa County.

If one examines the dredged materials on the banks of the

Grand River, there is found a conspicuous scarcity of juvenile

naiades. Moreover, most of the shells are extensively eroded.

Evidently the mussel populations are not being replaced. Shells

of adults of only the following three species consistently had

an intact periostracum and showed no algal or mineral encrusta-

tions: Anodonta grandis, Lasmigona complanata, and Leptodea

fragilis. The shells in the collections of the three most abundant

species, however, were so badly weathered and eroded as to in-

dicate that they no longer live in this portion of the drainage

system.

In addition to its tributaries, the Grand River in Ottawa

County contains several long, narrow bayous at right angles

to the stream. More intensive collecting may well reveal living

naiades which are essentially limited to these relatively unadul-

terated areas.

This report emphasizes a widespread trend, indicating that the

native American mussel fauna is changing rapidly under the in-

fluence of human activities. With the cessation of the button

industry, there has been little active interest in this mollusk

group, and in the face of the alterations of natural conditions,

114 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

information bearing on the biology of naiades will become in-

creasingly more difficult to obtain.

Literature Cited

1. Coker, R. E., Shira, A.F., Clark, H. W., and Howard, A. D.,

1921. Natural history and propagation of fresh-water mus-

sels, U. S. Bur. Fish. Bull., 57:77-181.

2. Schalie, H., van der, 1938, Hitch-hiking mussels and pearl

buttons, Mich. Conserv., 7(10):4-5, 11.

3. 1941, Zoogeography of naiades in the Grand and Muske-

gon Rivers of Michigan as related to glacial history. Pap.

Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Lett., 25:297-310.

4. 1948, The commercially valuable mussels of the Grand

River in Michigan, Mich. Dept. Conserv., Mich. Publ.,

^:3-42.

A NEW RECORD FOR THE ASIATIC CLAM IN

THE UNITED STATES, THE TENNESSEE RIVER

By RALPH M. SINCLAIR and WILLIAM MARCUS INGRAM*

Examination of Petersen dredge samples, made by Messrs.

Harold N. Mullican, Billy G. Isom, and the senior author on

October 21, 1959, below Pickwick Dam, on a preliminary study

to gather baseline data on Kentucky Lake, revealed large num-

bers of the Asiatic clam, Corbicula fiuminea (Plate 7) . Indenti-

fication was confirmed by comparison with specimens from Bon-

neville Dam, Oregon, which are housed in the United States

National Museum. The Pickwick collections represent a re-

markable extension of the range for this mollusk which was

heretofore known in the United States only from collections

made in western states, i.e., Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada,

Oregon, and Washington, Ingram (1948), (1959), Dundee and

Dundee (1958) . Ingram (1959) discussed this clam as a poten-

tial and actual pest in potable and in irrigation water supplies.

One can only speculate as to the mode of transportation of

this native of Asia; however, a likely theory would first in-

criminate the dumping of aquaria and fish bowls that contained

introduced "aquaria rarities."

Station Locations. Clams were taken at three stations below

Pickwick dam (mile 206.7) on the Tennessee River in Hardin

*Respectively, Principal Biologist, Stream Pollution Control, Department

of Public Health, Nashville, Tennessee; and In Charge, Biological Field In-

vestigations, Technical Services Branch, Division of Water Supply and

Pollution Control, PHS., Cincinnati, Ohio.

January, 1961

NAUTILUS

115

116

NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 (3)

TABLE I

few C - common A - abimdant

Table 1. Benthos from Pickwick Tailwater

County, Tennessee (See map) . The stations were at miles 206.3,

205.3 and 203.3; the numbers of clams taken at these respective

stations were 10, 12, and 84 (Table 1) . The tail water in which

the three stations lie is actually the upper limit of Kentucky

Lake, one of the main stream reservoirs on the Tennessee River

(Plate 8) .

Station 1 at mile 206.3 (See map) was bedded over large

gravel and polished stone on the right bank and large limestone

January, 1961 nautilus 117

boulders on the left bank, placed there to prevent erosion; flat

rock was the typical substrate in the cross-section. Aquatic vege-

tation consisted of Cladophora and diatom slimes. At the time

of sampling, the water was clear with a temperature of 21° C,

a D.O. of 7.4 ppm, and a pH of 7.5.

Station 2 at mile 205.3 was bedded over materials similar to

Station 1; here the dominant aquatic plants were mats of

Lyngbya aestuarii and sparse clumps of Cladophora, with diatom

slimes. The temperature was 21 °C, the D.O. 7.4 ppm and the

pH 7.5.

Station 3 at mile 203.3 was bedded over flat rock, with shale

having been turned up in large, thin, flat pieces in mid-stream

by dredging operations. The major alga was Cladophora. Surface

water temperature was 21 °C. Dissolved oxygen and pH were

not taken.

Velocities at the three stations were above scouring, with

small and loose materials being washed out and carried down-

stream. Petersen dredge hauls were made at the stream margins

and at mid-channel at the three stations, a total of 9 points being

dredged in all.

General Faunal Associates of Corbicula. The principal inver-

tebrates were forms that were attached firmly to the substrate

by holdfasts, such as bryozoans, sponges, and hydroids. These

animals, which could not be enumerated reasonably because

of their colonial nature, formed extensive mats which covered

practically every rock that was picked up in Petersen dredge

hauls. They were missing only from flat shale dredged up in

mid-channel at Station 3. This fauna provided shelter for many

of the other faunal elements.

The invertebrates taken with Corbicula fluminea are enumer-

ated in Table I. Fish that are known to occur in the tail-water

reach of the three stations are, particularly, sauger, yellow and

channel catfish, striped bass, and gizzard shad.

Mollusk associates of Corbicula. Four species of mollusks

were collected in association with Corbicula, two gastropods and

two pelecypods. The pulmonate gastropod Ferrissia shimekii

was taken at Stations 2 and 3. Only one specimen of the gilled

snail Lithasia verrucosa was taken at Station 3. The two unionid

clams that were collected were species of Quadrula, one an un-

118 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

identified species and the other Quadrula tuherculata.

Previously reported collections of Corbicula fluminea have

been from substrates of sand, or mud, or a combination of the

two. Those reported were found on a bottom composed of

patches of stone and gravel on bedrock. With this ability to

adapt to an apparent great variety of bottom types, further

extension into streams of the East is likely. Of the 106 specimens

taken at the three stations on the Tennessee River the largest

measured 12.5 mm. and the smallest 0.9 along an anterior-

posterior axis. On the average, these clams (PI. 7, upper 2 figs.)

appear to be considerably smaller in over-all length than those

of this species encountered in the West (lower 2 figs.) .

Acknowledgments. Grateful appreciation is expressed to

Harold N. Mullican, Chief Biologist and Billy G. Isom, Senior

Biologist, of Stream Pollution Control, Department of Public

Health, Nashville, Tennessee, who assisted in making possible

this paper through their field efforts. Appreciation is given to

Drs. Harald Rehder, J. P. E. Morrison and A. C. Smith of the

United States National Museum for the lending of specimens

for comparative use in specimen identification. Dr. Morrison

confirmed the writer's identification based upon specimens sent

to him from the Tennessee River. The aerial photograph (plate

8) of Pickwick Reservoir and its tail water reach of the Tennes-

see River was supplied by Mr. Gene Ruhr of the Tennessee

Game and Fish Commission.

References

Dundee, D. S., and Dundee, H. A. 1958. Extensions of known

ranges of four mollusks, Naut. 72: 51-54.

Ingram, W. M. 1948. The larger fresh-water clams of Califor-

nia, Oregon, and Washington. Jour, of Entomology and

Zoology, 40 (4) : 72-92.

1959. Asiatic clams as potential pests in California water

supplies. Jour. American Water Works Association, 51 (3) :

363-370.

NOTES AND NEWS

Hubert G. Schenck (1897-1960) .—Professor Schenck, of Stan-

ford University, died on June 19. His scientific interests were

paleontology and stratigraphy. Schenck's research on mollusks

chiefly concerns taxodont bivalves. He set very high standards

NAUTILUS 74 (3)

PLATE 7

.r

^^

31 mm ^

,|,iW.

J/

/77/77

Corbicula fluminea (Mueller) . Upper 2 figs, from Tennessee River, Ten-

nessee. Lower 2 from Tracy Pumping Station. California.

NAUTILUS 74 (3)

PLATE 8

January, 1961 nautilus 119

both for himself and his students, and as a teacher he was

outstanding. During his years in the Pacific, Schenck sent back

to Stanford fine collections of shells from New Guinea, Truk,

the Philippines and Japan. He was a life member of the Amer-

ican Malacological Union and of the Malacological Society

of London. — R. Robertson.

Peter Olaus Okkelberg died Sept. 13, 1960, at Ann Arbor,

Michigan, He will be remembered by members of the A.M.U.

who attended the meeting 2 years before, when his wife and he

were guests at the banquet. An obituary will appear later.

— Henry van der Schalie

Foreign subscriptions. — Because so many foreign subscribers

request receipts, postage outside the United States (except

Canada) will be increased 10 cents. Thus, beginning with

volume 75, foreign subscriptions will become $3.75. — Mgr.

Additional notes on discarded shells of mollusks. — Some

years ago I published a brief discussion on discarded shells of

food mollusks found on the intertidal zone of Cape Ann, Mass.

(Naut. 57:67-68. 1943.). Since then the same problem has come

to my attention while collecting in fresh-water habitats. For

example, while collecting specimens with my class in field zoology

in the Cuyahoga River of northeastern Ohio, June 2, 1957, we

found a valve of the marine quahog Mercenaria mercenaria and

two shells of the land snail Otala lactea. These were found in

debris along the banks of the river and obviously were dis-

carded shells of food mollusks. (M. mercenaria is shipped inland

from the Atlantic Coast and O. lactea is an importation from

Spain and North Africa. The latter is often found in Italian

markets. Shells of food mollusks become widely scattered.) A

specimen of M. mercenaria was also collected from Tinker's

Creek near Valley View, Ohio, in the spring of 1958, and

another one was found on the banks of the Salt Fork River

near Homer, Illinois, on March 19, 1957. From this same stream

near Urbana, there was also collected on September 9, 1958, a

shell of Trigoniocardia media, a marine bivalve from south-

eastern U.S. Shells of the oyster Crassostrea virginica are fre-

120 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

quently encountered in our inland areas as discarded shells. Two

unusual marine bivalves were collected in Plum Creek in Portage

County, Ohio, on September 28, 1959. These were identified as

Meretrix meretrix (L.) lusoria (Roding) by Dr. W. J. Clench.

Dr. Clench has pointed out that these shells are from Japan,

being sold by the Japanese as novelties. These give rise to paper

flowers which float out from between the valves when immersed

in water.

Such advectitous shells seem to find their way into natural

habitats. Ordinarily they can be recognized at once, although

they often take one by surprise. Fortunately most of them

offer no problem, but if they should become fossilized, they

could at some future date be misinterpreted. Perhaps another

serious situation would arise if shell collectors discard dupli-

cates or imperfect specimens in such a way that they would be

found at some future time in a natural habitat out of their

normal range and lead to a misunderstanding on the part of

the collector. — Ralph W. Dexter, Kent State Univ., Kent, Ohio.

Early records of Littorina littorea from the coast of

Massachusetts. — The introduction and spread of the English

periwinkle, Littorina littorea, on the Atlantic coast of North

America has been the subject of much interest in past years.

Gray (Science News, April 15, 1879) made the statement that,

"it did not occur in the waters of Southern New England in

1871 or 1872." Morse, (Bull. Essex Inst. 72:173-176, 1880) gives

1872 as the earliest date for records at Salem and Provincetown,

and 1875 for the first record at Woods Hole. An anonymous note

in the American Naturalist (^;250, 1870) stated that a specimen

collected at Kennebunkport, Maine, was the farthest south up

to that time. Ganong (Amer. Nat. 26>;931-940, 1886), reviewed

the problem and compiled the earliest date of records from

Halifax, in 1857, to New Haven in 1879. Subsequently, the

claim was made that the first known record went back to 1840,

when the species reputedly was collected at Pictou, Nova Scotia.

In the files of the Peabody Museum of Salem, there is a

letter written by J. Henry Blake on July 16, 1920, to Prof. E. S.

Morse, which reads as follows:^

1 Thanks are due Ernest S. Dodge, Director of the Peabody Museum for

permission to study the Morse Correspondence and to quote the letter in-

cluded in this note.

January, 1961 nautilus 121

"Regarding Littorina littorea, as mentioned in your paper, I

have this in my notes of the Mollusca of Provincetown written

in 1877: — 'Littorina littorea — found now (1877) very abundant

at Provincetown, and can be gathered by the thousands. I had

never noticed a specimen either alive or dead on the shore pre-

vious to the year 1870, when I found two live specimens at a

particular place where there was the ruins of an old wharf. This

was in the center of the town and where cargoes of wood and

lumber were unloaded from a vessel which plyed between Bangor

and Provincetown for many years. On visiting this same locality

the following summer I found a handful or more and a few scat-

tering ones at other places along the shore, and so they have

continued to increase in numbers until this (77) year when I

can collect a bushel of them at most any place along the shore.' —

I also found the first specimen at Wood's Hole in 1875, although

credit is given Prof. Verrill and, I think, justifiably so as he was

in charge. — I feel almost certain this Provincetown specimen

was brought to Provincetown attached to the bottom of this

brig commanded by Capt. Benj. Ryder, who sailed back and

forth between Bangor, Me., and Provincetown for many vears."

According to this account by Blake, the species actually was

introduced into Provincetown two years before the published

records list it, and established an outpost there before the species

was introduced at intervening points along the coast. Blake's

explanation that this snail was introduced on the lumber brig

from Bangor, seems very reasonable.

— Ralph W. Dexter, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio

Northwest Shell Club. — A meeting for organization was

held Sept. 18, 1960, in Seattle at the home of Mr. W. Jackson

Sallee. Those present elected the following officers: President,

Tom Rice of Poulsbo. Vice-president, Phil Spicer of Centralia.

Secretary-treasurer, Miss Joan Shields of Seattle. Another meet-

ing was scheduled for Tacoma on November 13. Interested col-

lectors in British Columbia, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington

are invited to attend. For further information write: Tom Rice,

Route 2, Box 483, Poulsbo, Washington.

Sphaerium transversum (Say) was collected from the Neosho

River, 214 miles south of lola, Allen County, Kansas, in an

unusual habitat. In the Neosho River, S. transversum almost

always occurs in the soft mud banks and in small, quiet pools.

122 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3)

On August 21, 1957, 40 live adult and immature S. transversum

were removed from between the valves of a dead Crenodonta

peruviana (Lamarck) ; in addition there were approximately

30 dead 5. transversum present. Little silt occurred in the

unionid shell, and the shell was partially buried in a riffle having

swift current. S. transversum was identified by Rev. H. B. Her-

rington. — Harold D. Murray, Department of Zoology, Univer-

sity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.

Helix pomatia Linne, colonized at Plymouth, Mass. — Mr.

Emmett Baker of Kingston, Mass., has brought to my attention

the existence of a well established colony of this European snail

in Plymouth. This colony is located in and around a garden

at 27 Nelson St., an area of an acre or two. Mr. Donald Peter-

son, the present owner of the property, stated that a Mr. Joseph

Vacchino introduced the original snails from Italy in 1928. Mr.

Peterson received this information from Mr. Vacchino's son.

So far as known, this colony of H. pomatia is confined to this

small area. The only other recorded colony of this species in

North America is at Jackson, Michigan, which has been reported

upon by A. F. Archer (1937, Naut. 57; 61-63) .

I visited this colony on July 11, 1960, accompanied by Mr.

and Mrs. Baker and Dr. Clench. Some 20 specimens were found

within an hour's search. Mr. Peterson stated that specimens were

far more abundant the previous year, and also stated that they

had done but little damage to his garden. As Archer has stated,

they feed mainly on dead vegetation. — R. D. Turner.

A record size for Mya arenaria. — Through the kindness

of Mr. Win Brooks we have received one of the largest speci-

mens of Mya arenaria Linne so far recorded. The specimen was

collected by Mr. Brooks on the eastern end of Phillis Island,

Barnstable Harbor, Massachusetts, at extreme low water. It

was dead when collected. It measures 166 mm. (about 614 inches)

in length. The next largest in length is 153 mm. (about 6 inches)

from Essex, Mass. Both of these specimens exceed the largest

specimen available to Richard Foster of 140 mm. from Chelsea

Beach, Mass. (Johnsonia, 1946, 2:33. — William J. Clench.

Orthalicus in the Cayman Islands. — Through the co-opera-

January, 1961 nautilus 123

tion of Mr. Robert Sevier Fuller, owner of Fuller's "Shell Shack"

Museum on Grand Cayman, and known to all on the island as

"Bob Fuller," I have received two specimens of a species of

Orthalicus from Grand Cayman, According to his notes, 5 speci-

mens were found on an orange tree in the backyard of a home

1/2 mile from the airport. Another juvenile specimen was col-

lected on a pepper plant.

The presence in the Cayman Islands of these shells, which

exactly match specimens of Orthalicus undatus jamaicensis

(Pilsbry) in our collection is certainly due to an introduction

by man. Mr. Fuller also seems sure of this, for he says: "Most

of the fruit trees [in this garden] were brought over from

Hope Gardens in Jamaica, because many of the Caymanians

have done that and these trees were all grafted trees."

This interesting addition to the malacological fauna of the

Cayman Islands was not mentioned by Pilsbry in his papers on

the land mollusks of Grand Cayman and Cayman Brae. Although

its discovery on the island is of such recent date (we knew

nothing of its presence there when we visited Grand Cayman

in May of 1960) quite possibly further specimens will turn up

in other gardens in and around Georgetown as well as in other

parts of the island. — H. A. Rehder.

PismiUM HENSLOWANUM (Sheppard) in Lake Michigan. — On

July 1, 1960, a single living animal of this species was dredged

from Lake Michigan (5 fathoms) , 3 miles south of Grand

Haven, Michigan, by Dr. Alfred M. Beeton of the U.S. Fish

and Wildlife Service. This is a unique discovery, because the

previous westernmost record in North America was Niagara

Falls, Lincoln County, Ontario (UMMZ. 198572) .—William

H. Heard, Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

SucciNEA CAMPESTRis VAGANs Pilsbry, 1901, Naut. 14:1 A —

Since a museum number (ANSP. 78882) is not a valid selec-

tion of a type, and Pilsbry, 1948, Land Moll. N. A. 2:844, did

not distinguish it either in his dimensions or in his shell figs,

(p. 819, fig. 443d) , I now select the animal represented in his

fig. 456-A as the type of Quickella vagans (Pilsbry) , 1948, which

is the originally designated type species of Mediappendix Pilsbry,

1948, op. cit.:843. — H. Burrington Baker.

124 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (8)

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1959

Pages in italics include new taxons

Menzies, Robert J., Maurice Ewing, J. Lamar Worzel & Arthur H.

Clarke, Jr. Ecology of the recent Monoplacophora. Oikos

7^:168-182, 10 figs.

Nicol, David, George A. Desborough Sc James R. SoUiday. Paleon-

tologic record of the primary differentiation in some major

invertebrate groups. J. Washington Acad. Sci. ^P.-35 1-366, 16

figs.

Paraense, W. Lobato & Newton Deslandes. The Brazilian species

of "Drepanotrema." VII, "D. petricola" (Odhner, 1937) . Rev.

Brasil. Biol. /5^.-319-329, figs. 1-13. The renal ridge as a reliable

character for separating Taphius glahratus from Taphius

tenagophilus. Amer. J. Tropic. Medic, and Hyg. 8: 456-472,

figs. 1-26.

Riedel, Adolf. Additions to knowledge of Zonitidae (Gastro-

poda) of Soviet Armenia and adjacent lands. (Russian.) Ak.

Nauk Armjanskoj SSR. Zool. sbornik ii;191-206, 12 figs.

Rosewater, Joseph. Calvin Goodrich, a bibliography and cata-

logue of his species. Occ. Papers Moll., Mus. Comp. Zool. Har-

vard 2:189-208, 4 figs.

Smith, Allyn G. Shells from the bird guano of southeast Farallon

Island, California, with description of a new species of Liotia.

(and G. D. Hanna.) A rare species of Chiton from Pioneer Sea-

mount off central California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 27:383-387,

389-392, pi. 20, figs. 2-4, 6, 10 & 11 8c text figs. 1-3. 1952.

Turner, Ruth D. The status of systematic work in the Teredin-

idae. In "Marine boring and fouling organisms," Dixy Lee Ray,

ed., pp. 124-136.

Valentine, James W. Pleistocene molluscan notes. 1, The Bay

Point formation at its type locality. Turritella granti, a new

Pleistocene gastropod from Palos Verdes Hills, California. J.

Paleontology 55:685-688, 1 fig.; 688-691, 3 figs.

Venmans, L.A.W.C. Land and freshwater molluscs from the

Dolomites. (Supplement) ,

Notes on molluscs from the Belgian Congo: 1, Genus Strep-

tostele H. Dohrn, 1866. Att. 1st. Veneto Sci., Let. & Arti

777:357-371, 3 figs. Rev. ZooL Bot. Afr. 60:31-48, 6 figs.

Zilch, Adolf. Handb. d. Palaeozool. 6 (Gastropoda von William

Wenz, Teil 2, Euthyneura, Lief. 2): 201-400, figs. 702-1434.

Gebriider Borntraeger, Berlin-Nikolassee.

Adam, William. Les cephalopodes de la mer Rouge. Miss. Robt.

Ph. Dollfus en Egypte, part 28:125-192, 25 figs., 9 pis.

Benthem Jutting, W. S. S. van. Rumphius and malacology.

Rumphius Memorial Vol.: 181-207, photos. 17-22. — Non-marine

Mollusca of the north Moluccan Islands Halmahera, Ternate,

Batjan and Obi. Treubia 25:25-87, figs. 1-3.

January, 1961 nautilus iii

Habe, Tadashige. Five new minute bivalves from Japan

(Erycinacea) . Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 7:291-294, 15 figs.

Mead, Albert R. Increasing complexity in the problem of the

giant African snail. J. Colo.-Wyo. Acad. Sci. 4(11), 1 p.

Yamamoto, Gotaro & Tadashige Habe. Fauna of shell-bearing

mollusks in Mutsu Bay, Lamellibranchia (2) . Bull. Mar. Biol.

Stat. Asamushi 9:85-122, pis. 6-14.

1960

Adam, William. Cephalopoda from the Gulf of Aqaba. Israel

Sea Fish, Res. Sta. Bull. 26:26 pp., 10 figs., 1 pi. — Notes sur le

cephalopodes, 24: Contribution a la connaissance de I'hec-

tocotyle chez les Ommastrephidae. — A propos de Chlamys (F.

Ace. Hinnites) ahscondita (P. Fischer, 1898) de la cote occi-

dental de I'Afrique. — Les mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles

de la Belgique, quelques additions et rectifications. Bull. Inst.

Roy. Sci. nat. Belgique 5^(19) :10 pp.; (20):10 pp., 2 pis.;

(22): 10 pp., 7 figs. — Les cephalopodes de I'lnstitut Francais

d'Afrique Noire, 11. Bull. I'lnst. I'Afr. Noire 22:465-511, figs.

1-4.

Blake, John W. Oxygen consumption of bilvalve prey and their

attractiveness to the gastropod, Urosalpinx cinerea. Limnology

& Oceanography 5:273-280.

Burch, John B. Chromosomes of Gyraulus circiimstriatus, a

freshwater snail. Nature 7<?(5:497-498, 1 fig.

Habe, Tadashige. Pelecypod shell remains in Tanabe Bay,

Wakayama Prefecture. Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan, Special

No. 4: 39-51, 1 fig.

Clarke, Arthur H., Jr. Mollusks collected at the surface of the

Ice Island. Geophysical Research Papers, no. 63, Appendix

4. — Catalogue and illustrations of mollusks described by

Wesley Newcomb, with a biographical resume. Bull. Amer.

Paleont. '^7:135-160, pi. 17 & portrait. — A giant ultra-abyssal

Cocculina from the Argentine Basin. Nat. Hist. Papers, Natl.

Mus. Canada no. 7, 4 pp., 1 fig. — Arctic archibenthal and

abyssal mollusks from drifting station Alpha. Breviora, no. 119,

17 pp. & pi.

UNIVERSAL SHELLS Ready early in 1960

Nearly 300 pages, about 2,000 figures, some in color. First

part: Cephalopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura. Net $7.50.

Second part will appear later. Order in advance to avoid disap-

pointment. From the author:

Maxwell Smith, P. O. Box 8295. Asheville. N. C.

^ INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA

Monographs of the Marine Mollusks of the

Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Oceans

A new series devoted to taxonomic revisions of the marine

mollusks found from East Africa to Polynesia and Japan to

Australia. All species are illustrated either in full color, black-

and-white photographs or line drawings. With descriptions,

synonymies, anatomy, recent and Tertiary records, habitats, etc.

Editor: R. Tucker Abbott; co-editors: William J. Clench and

Harold A. Rehder. Vol. 1, no. 1 (Introduction and Vasidae) now

available. Vol, 1, no. 2 (Stromhidae, with 6 color plates) in press.

Issued in pamphlet or loose leaf form. State preference. Attrac-

tive, gold-stamped, post binder protects your copies, saves you

cost of binding. $4.25 (foreign: add 50 cents) . Subscription: $5.00

per 100 pages. Not sent as a library exchange.

Department of Mollusks,

Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., Philadelphia 3, Pa., U.S.A.

FOR SALE: MIOCENE, EOCENE, PLIOCENE FOSSILS

Over 250 varieties, including 50,000 shark teeth in all sizes,

Dentalium, Scaphella, Turritella, Ecphora, Pecten, Conus, Siir-

cula, Bulliopsis, Panope, Terebra, Crucibulum, Urosalpinx,

Fulgur, whale vertebrae and disks, petrified crabs (entire) ,

oysters weighing several pounds, and many others. Retail and

wholesale list, with full identifications and sources, available on

request.

Malicks, 5514 Plymouth Road, Baltimore 14, Maryland,

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Price lists of

this famous collection containing full scientific data are issued

from time to time. Copies are available without obligation.

Send name and address for future issues. Many new and rare

shells are included also.

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 April, 1961 No. 4

TEMPERATURE AND LIGHT AS FACTORS AFFECTING

THE LOCOMOTOR ACTIVITY OF SLUGS

By EDWARD J. KARLIN

Bowling Green State University

Slugs, as are most snails, are primarily nocturnal animals. The

exact mechanisms which initiate and terminate their nocturnal

activities have been studied only superficially. Dainton (1954)

published two classic papers on the subject. Although her work

dealt with a series of laboratory experiments on a single species

of slug, she drew apparently valid conclusions concerning the

probable causes of slug activity in the field as well as in the

laboratory. This paper presents observations on the activity of 3

species of slugs. Philomycus carolinianus (Bosc.) , Limax poirieri

Mab. (= L. marginatus of Pilsbry, 1948), and Deroceras reticu-

latum (Miiller) . These slugs were studied under a combination

of laboratory conditions approximating those found in the fields,

i.e., with several variables in the environment. The inclusion of

D. reticulatum as a test animal allows for comparisons to be

drawn between these data and those of Dainton. Deroceras

reticulatum was used by both researchers although the actual

specimens were from the United States and Great Britain

respectively.

Methods. All slugs were kept in a large glass terrarium, the

bottom of which was covered with a layer of peat moss and a

few rocks under which the slugs might hide. The moss was

moistened regularly and kept near saturation. In addition, the

tank was covered so that high humidity conditions generally

prevailed and air movements were minimized. Dainton had

already indicated that slugs respond to direct air currents and

that asmospheric moisture presumably has no direct effect

upon slug activity. However, most land mollusks of high water

content respond more readily to other environmental influences^

The slug-filled terrarium was kept in a western exposure so

that changes in the evening light would be readily communi-

125

126 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

cated to the slugs. The tank was shielded, however, so that direct

sunlight never fell upon it.

Two thermometers were placed upon the surface of the peat

moss to record the temperature at the point where slug activity

would first be noticeable as the slugs emerged from beneath the

rocks or from crevices in the peat. A slight temperature gradient

probably existed in the tank but all the data which follow are

based upon observations of first activity which invariably oc-

curred at the soil surface. Thus, the temperature readings may

be assumed to be reasonably accurate for the micro-climate in

which the slugs were observed.

Slugs were considered to be "active" if actually moving or if

both tentacles were extended, a condition which normally pre-

ceded spatial movement by a short time. This investigation was

concerned with the amount of such movement and not its speed,

the latter being a factor directly related to temperature.

Observations were made at approximately 20 minute intervals

starting in the early evening and continuing until movement was

observed in a majority of individuals of all 3 species. Incident

light reaching the tank, was read in foot candles by a photometer

placed on the top of the terrarium. The readings may have

differed slightly from the amount of light actually reaching the

surface of the peat moss but such differences were considered

negligible and did not affect the relative values of the readings

at all. Observations, when the available light dropped below

one-half foot candle, were made with the use of a flashlight which

was darkened between observations.

The Effects of Light. Dainton concluded that light played no

part in controlling the daily activity of slugs. However, she

observed that temporary activity was initiated by a change from

darkness to light but that, after a period of light adjustment,

such effects disappeared and were not related to the long-lived

nightly activity of the slugs. Nevertheless, this short-lived activity,

possibly initiated by even a short exposure to light, introduced a

potential source of error in those data of this experiment which

were obtained after dark by the use of intermittent artificial light.

Therefore, only those observations which were made by natural

light and at the first use of artificial light are considered here.

Table I records the amount of light present when activity was

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 127

initiate'! by all 3 species of slugs. It is immediately apparent that

the commencement of activity by P. carolinianus was not related

to the amount of light which was present. Particularly when food

was available, P. carolinianus became active under a great variety

of light conditions. Observations in the field confirm the fact

that even bright daylight conditions seem to have little effect

upon this species. Specimens of P. carolinianus which were at-

tracted to sugar baits set for insects at night, were noted to

remain at the baits most of the following mornings under cool,

apparently desirable, temperature conditions.

Table I. Relationship between light and slug activity

Foot candles Number of times that first activity occurred

of light P. carolinianus L. poirieri D. reticulatum

15 or more 4 0 0

12-14 3 0 0

9-11 1 0 0

6-8 2 0 0

3-5 2 0 0

1-2 3 3 0

less than 1 4 16 14

The effects of light upon the activity of L. poirieri and D.

reticulatum are more difficult to interpret. There appears to be

some relationship between low light intensity and first move-

ment. In part, this is probably an accidental correlation related

to the air temperature during the period of diminishing light

in the evening. However, this author is of the opinion that light

cannot be completely negated as an environmental factor con-

trolling the activity of slugs. As Dainton indicated, inactive slugs

are usually concealed in such a manner that they frequently are

not able to discern changes in the light intensity surrounding

their darkened places of concealment. However, once activity has

been initiated in response to some other factor, slugs which are

emerging from concealment, may become inactive upon exposure

to daylight of a particularly strong range of intensity. Dainton

opposed this hypothesis and argued that the occasional observa-

tions of active slugs after daytime rains and on very cloudy days

indicated that light is not a deterrent to activity. Nevertheless,

personal field experiences of this writer suggest that a combin-

ation of environmental factors, including light, may be involved

128 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

in controlling activity. Large numbers of D. reticulatum were

observed in a cornfield in central New York State where they

were producing serious economic losses. No vegetation was pres-

ent between the young corn plants and the slugs were concealed

beneath clods of earth exposed directly to the sun's heat and

light. According to Dainton, these slugs should have become

active on cloudy or rain days when the air temperature was

falling beneath 21 °C., a figure arrived at during her laboratory

experiments. In actuality, although the prescribed temperature

conditions were met on several occasions, activity was not initi-

ated except in those slugs which had been driven out of their

places of concealment by flooding and even this activity soon

ceased. The lack of vegetation between the rows of corn greatly

diminished any effects of temperature gradients in the slugs'

microhabitat, thus lending weight to the hypothesis that daylight

might have had a limiting effect upon activity since inactivity as

a result of temperature variation was eliminated.

When slugs are active after a rain, the attraction of food,

reinforced by the odors of wet vegetation, may counteract any

negative reactions to light so that activity might still result. The

importance of food as an attractant has already been suggested

in the discussion of P. carolinianus observed at insect baits.

The Effects of Temperature. Table II indicates the tempera-

tures at which slug activity was first noticed. Where activity was

noted at the time of the first observation of the evening, the data

have not been included since activity may have been initiated at a

still higher temperature than that recorded.

Table II. Relationship between temperature and slug activity

temperature in Number of times that first activity occurred

L. poirieri D. reticulatum

0 0

1 0

3 1

4 4

4 2

3 2

2 2

3 3

0 0

1 1

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 129

A possible inaccuracy in the data of Table II may have resulted

from the uncontrolled rate at which the temperature fell. Most

of the observations, made at approximate 20 minute intervals,

indicated a drop of less than 1°C. since the previous reading.

Occasionally, no temperature change occurred between observa-

tions and, infrequently, a drop of slightly more than 1°C. was

noted. Particularly in the latter case, movement may have been

initiated at any time within the interval and the exact tempera-

ture at which activity commenced is unknown. At first exami-

nation, one may see that movement was initiated over a range

of temperatures but within limits which differed by only 5°C.

Averaging the data in Table II, one finds that movement of

P. carolinianus was initiated at 23°C., that of L. poirieri at

22.5 °C. and that of D. reticulatum at 22°C. This last figure agrees

closely with that obtained by Dainton in her laboratory experi-

ments on D. reticulatum under carefully controlled constant

temperatures, the single degree of variation being attributable

to the use of average figures in this experiment. Thus, it may

be concluded that the movements of those species of slugs investi-

gated are initiated by temperature changes above or below the

specific temperatures just presented. Falling temperatures pro-

mote slug activities away from their hiding places while rising

temperatures promote movements into less exposed situations

where temperatures would be lower. This line of reasoning satis-

factorily explains most observations of slug activity in the field.

However, the writer has noted unusual situations, such as in

greenhouses, where the artificially-produced environmental con-

ditions differed from those normally expected and where slug

behavior may be, to a great extent, unpredictable. Inherent

individual variation and other environmental influences such as

food, light and the activity of neighboring slugs, apparently all

combine, in nature, to modify the exact temperature within a

small range of temperatures at which initial slug activity occurs.

Note that all the observations made here pertain to large,

presumably adult slugs. Karlin (1957) indicated that newly

hatched slugs were active and fed during daylight hours. Small

slugs frequently were observed on the glass walls of the terrarium

used in this experiment. They often were surrounded by con-

spicuous drops of condensed moisture and were undoubtedly

130 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

living in a different microenvironment than the adult slugs which

rested on or beneath the peat moss surface. It is likely that these

immature slugs were also responding to temperature but that the

cooling effects of direct evaporation and the need for a relatively

continuous intake of food were influencing their activity as well.

It may be concluded that fluctuating temperature is the major

factor controlling slug activity. However, the age and size of the

slugs as well as the additional environmental factors of food

supply, air movements, humidity, free moisture and incident

light are all involved. The interplay of all these factors deter-

mines the activity of slugs in nature, under conditions which

cannot be completely duplicated in any laboratory experiment.

Summary

Fluctuating temperature was shown to be the major factor

promoting the locomotor activity of three species of slugs. Move-

ment of Philomycus carolinianus was initiated at an average

temperature of 23 °C. while movements of Limax poirieri and

Deroceras reticulatum were noted at 22.5° and 22°C. respectively.

The latter figure differs by 1° from that obtained by Dainton in

her studies of British slugs.

Young slugs did not respond in the same manner as did adult

individuals.

Diminishing light apparently did not have any initiating effect

upon the activity of the slugs. Light may restrict slug movements

which are stimulated by temperature fluctuations.

Casual observations indicate that the presence of food in the

environment also may influence the exact moment at which noc-

turnal activity commences.

References

Dainton, Barbara. 1954. The activity of slugs. I The induction

of activity by changing temperatures. J. Exp. Biol. 31: 165-

187. II The effects of light and air currents. J. Exp. Biol.

31: 188-197.

Karlin, E. J. 1957. A survey of the Mollusca of greenhouses in

New York State with emphasis on ecology, biology and con-

trol. Unpublished thesis, Cornell University.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America. Monogr.

Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. Vol. 2, pt. 2: 521-1113.

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 131

A SECOND WESTERN ATLANTIC RISSOELLA

AND A LIST OF THE SPECIES IN THE RISSOELLIDAE

By ROBERT ROBERTSON

Assistant Curator of Mollusks,

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

The taxonomy of West Indian marine mollusks has been

studied for many years and much has been published on this

subject. Nevertheless, the minute species in the shallow water

West Indian fauna are far less known than the larger species,

and unnamed minute species are still encountered not infre-

quently. One of the purposes of this paper is to draw attention

to this fact in the hope that those who collect mollusks in the

tropical Western Atlantic will henceforth devote special atten-

tion to minute species. A method of collecting minute mollusks

alive is described elsewhere (Robertson, in press) . Minute species

collected alive are much more useful for study than those ob-

tained from sand or beach drift, the shells of which generally

are worn or broken.

The first western Atlantic species in the family Rissoellidae

was described by Rehder in 1943. Rissoella caribaea was collected

by Dr. Blenn R. Bales in the Florida Keys. Records published

in the present paper extend the known range of this species to

Puerto Rico. The shell is refigured and illustrations are presented

for the first time of its operculum and radula. In addition, the

variation and habitats of R. caribaea are discussed. I have col-

lected a tiny, second species of Rissoella in the Bahama Islands;

this species is described and named R. galba in this paper.

All the species in the genus Rissoella are minute. The shell of

jR. caribaea attains 1.7 (.07 in.) in length; that of R. galba

(the smallest known species in the genus) is only 0.7 mm. in

length. The shell of Rissoella is glass-like: fragile and partially

or almost wholly transparent. Probably because of their fragility,

Rissoella shells are rare in beach drift and no fossil species in

the Rissoellidae have been reported. Old, empty Rissoella shells

are opaque, white, and readily crumble to pieces. Most species

of Rissoella live among algae.

A live Rissoella is distinctive because there is a pair of tentacle-

like processes anterior and median to the true tentacles. The

animal thus appears to have four tentacles and is unique among

132 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

prosobranchs in this respect. (The anterior processes are either

the lobes of a bifid snout — 'labial palps' — or the anterior lobes

of bifid tentacles.) The body is clearly visible through the shell

and in some species there are characteristic spots or patterns on

the mantle.

The anatomy and life history of two British species of Rissoella

have been studied by Fretter (1948) . They both are annual, and

few adults survive the winter. Both species are simultaneous

hermaphrodites and neither has a pelagic larval stage (see also

Lebour, 1936) . Neither species has a functional gill (ctenidium) .

One of the species feeds on diatoms, small algal filaments and

detritus but both species lack a crystalline style.

The biological peculiarities of the two British species of Ris-

soella were originally attributed by Fretter to their small size.

Later, however, Fretter & Graham (1954) have considered Ris-

soella to be an opisthobranch rather than a prosobranch. Later

still (1956) , Fretter appears to have had doubts and has again

referred to Rissoella as a prosobranch. Rissoella has invariably

been placed among the prosobranchs by all other malacologists

(but see Clark, 1855, and Lebour, 1936). Thiele (1929) tenta-

tively placed the Rissoellidae in the prosobranch "Stirps" (super-

family) Rissoacea between the "Trachysmatidae" (Trachysmidae)

and the Choristidae, two families the relationships of which are

also in doubt.

A Rissoella operculum is corneous and translucent. It conforms

to the shape of the aperture of the shell and has a peg, which,

when the body is withdrawing into the shell, acts as a pivot

against the columella as well as a point of insertion of muscles.

There is a buttress supporting the peg on the inner surface which

in some species supposedly extends as a ridge nearly as far as the

outer edge of the operculum. There is also another ridge on the

inner surface which parallels the columella edge of the oper-

culum. The peg projects from this ridge. (The peg is apparently

absent in Heterorissoa.) The published figures of the operculum

of R. diaphana (Alder) , the type species of Rissoella, are inac-

curate. The operculum of R. caribaea (pi. 9, figs. 3-5) closely

resembles that of R. diaphana.

Thiele studied the radulae of 7 species of Rissoella. He dis-

covered that there are remarkable differences between the radulae

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 133

of several species, despite the close similarity of their shells and

opercula. Accordingly, he divided the genus into 5 genera and

subgenera, primarily on the basis of radula characters. Later

(1929), Thiele ranked these as 4 subgenera.

The radula of R. carihaea (pi. 9, fig. 6) , the type species of

the subgenus Phycodrosus Rehder (1943a), resembles that of R.

zebra Thiele, the type species of the subgenus Jeffreysilla Thiele

(1925) . The radulae of both species have broad central teeth

which are medially indented on the posterior margin. The laterals

of both species are fairly large and the marginals are rod-like.

The radula of R. carihaea apparently differs from that of R.

zebra in having narrow, untoothed cusps on the central teeth.

The differences between the shells of R. zebra (from East Africa)

and R. caribaea are minor. In view of these similarities, Phyco-

drosus is here synonymized with Jeffreysilla.

There are 7 nomenclaturally valid generic and subgeneric

names in the family Rissoellidae. Jeffreysiella and Jeffreysilla

were originally distinguished from Rissoella, s.s. (and Jeffreysi-

opsis), solely on the basis of radula and jaw characters. Jeffrey-

sina was distinguished by radula characters and the outline of

the shell, Phycodrosus by minor shell characters, and Heterorissoa

solely by a supposed difference of the operculum. Heterorissoa is

probably indistinguishable from Jeffreysiella, and Phycodrosus

from Jeffreysilla. I recognize only the genus Rissoella in the

family at this time, believing that the 4 supposedly distinct sub-

genera very well may not be natural groups.

The distribution of the species of Rissoella so far described is

peculiar. Excluding species which may not belong in the genus,

3 species are known from Europe, 1 from St. Helena, 3 (?) from

South Africa, 1 from East Africa, 4 from islands in the S. Indian

Ocean, 1 from Australia, 1 from the Kermadec Islands, 7 (?) from

the Eastern Pacific, and 2 from the Western Atlantic. Undoubt-

edly, species in the genus remain to be discovered in these and

other regions. Nevertheless, the occurrence of 6 of the 23 known

species at isolated islands in the Southern Hemisphere is note-

worthy.

I prefer to use the names Rissoella and Rissoellidae rather than

Jeffreysia and Jeffreysiidae for the reasons given by Iredale (1915)

and Bartsch (1920) .

134 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

Acknowledgments. Most of the Bahamian specimens for this

study were collected during 2 visits to the Lerner Marine Labora-

tory, Bimini. I am indebted to the Laboratory for these oppor-

tunities and to Mrs. Germaine L. Warmke, who obtained all the

Puerto Rican specimens.

Family RissoELumAE Gray (1850)

["Heterophrosynidae" Clark (1855), in part; "Jeffreysiadae"

Carpenter (1856)]

Genus Rissoella Gray (1847)

RissoELLA CARIBAEA Rehder (1943a) . Plate 9, figs. 2-7.

The shells of most Bahamian specimens are slightly wider and

more inflated than those of topotypes which I have examined

(U.S.N.M. 537900; A.N.S.P. 179254, 221931; M.C.Z. 124167, etc.).

There is much variation, however, and a few Bahamian shells

are narrower than the topotypes.

When this species is alive it can be recognized by the four

'tentacles' and the black body which is clearly visible through the

semi-transparent shell. In the Bahama Islands the body is black

with a cream-colored pattern on the mantle inside the abapertural

side of the last whorl (pi. 9, fig. 7) . Curiously, most of the Flor-

idian specimens and all the Puerto Rican specimens lack this

cream-colored pattern; the bodies are uniformly black. At the

type locality in the Florida Keys, R. caribaea has been reported

to have "white tentacles contrasting strongly with the black body

. . ." (Rehder, 1943b) . Bahamian specimens have dark gray

tentacles and anterior processes.

In the Bahama Islands this species lives intertidally among the

red alga Bostrychia ("Amphibia") on mangrove prop roots and

pneumatophores (see Robertson, 1960) . The Puerto Rican speci-

mens were obtained alive by Mrs. Germaine L. Warmke from

green algae (Caulerpa, Bryopsis, Cladophoropsis) , a brown alga

(Dictyota) , and from red algae {Laurencia, Galaxaura, Acantho-

phora) . She also obtained 3 living ones from algae (probably

Bostrychia) on mangrove roots. All but one specimen which I

collected in the Florida Keys were in Bostrychia on mangrove

roots. (The one specimen, from Knight Key, was living in the

green alga Cladophora.) At the type locality in the Florida Keys,

R. caribaea was found in a different habitat: "in sparsely popu-

lated colonies on the clean rocks . . ." in "an artificial fill . . . in

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 135

clean water, free from marl." (Rehder, 1943b) .

I interpret the shell and body color differences as attributes of

a variable species which has developed minor local forms and

which has different habitat tolerances in different areas. The

shape and color differences could be due to the habitat differ-

ences and to the effects of isolation. (The species possibly lacks

a pelagic larval stage.) Body color variation in another species

of Rissoella is discussed by Fretter (1948) .

This species was first reported from the Bahama Islands by

McGinty (1948, mimeogr.) , who collected it at South Cat Cay

(near Bimini) , Pigeon Cays (Andros) , 4-6 fathoms off Nassau

Harbour (alive) and at Clifton Point (both New Providence) .

New locality records: Florida Keys: Cudjoe Bay, Cudjoe Key;

nr. north end Big Pine Key; Fla. Bay side Little Duck Key; Fla.

Bay side Knight Key; Fla. Bay side west end Lower Mate-

cumbe Key (all collected by author, A.N.S.P.) ; Missouri Key

(Bales, M.C.Z.; McGinty) . Florida: Venetian Causeway, on rocks

(McGinty) . Bahama Islands: Bimini (numerous localities,

M.C.Z., A.N.S.P., etc.) ; west end Hog Cay, Exuma Cays (A.N.S.P.

& U.S.N.M.) . Puerto Rico (Western): Pta. Arenas, near Mayagiiez,

and Bahia Fosforescente and Cayo Enrique, both near La Par-

guera (all Warmke, A.N.S.P.) .

Rissoella galea, new species. Plate 9, fig. 1,

Description. Shell minute, ovate, umbilicate, thin, semi-trans-

parent; whorls 3i/2, evenly rounded, inflated; fine axial growth

lines on the otherwise smooth and shiny surface; an opaque white

spiral band extending (in adults) around the umbilical region

on the apertural side of the shell; sutures slightly impressed;

aperture pyriform-ovate; outer lip thin; callus on columella in

adults; umbilicus fairly narrow but adjacent shelf wide; colum-

ellar callus raised to form a ridge next to the umbilical shelf.

Operculum apparently similar to that of R. caribaea. Whole body

of animal pale yellow (changing to pale yellowish green in alco-

hol) except for black eyes and pale brown digestive gland and

gonad. Anterior margin of foot slightly bilobed; pair of processes

anterior and median to tentacles.

Specimens examined. Holotype (M.C.Z. 221105) and 2 para-

types (M.C.Z. 221106) from turf of filamentous green algae

(Cladophora?) on rocks at low tide mark, northwest end of South

Bimini, Bahama Islands. Other paratypes from the red alga

136 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

Bosti-ychia on mangrove roots, Tokas Cay (A.M.N.H. 84892) and

Cavelle Pond, South Bimini (A.N.S.P. 252671 & U.S.N.M. 613497)

[0.6 and 1.1 miles from type locality, respectively]. Additional

specimens from algae on mangrove roots at west end Hog Cay,

Exuma Cays, and sand from Green Turtle Cay, Great Abaco,

both Bahama Islands (both A.N.S.P.) . All specimens collected

by the author. Pigeon Cays, Andros, Bahama Islands, with R.

caribaea in algae (McGinty).

Remarks. This species differs from R. caribaea in having a

smaller shell (less than half the length of R. caribaea when full-

grown) with a slightly different outline. There is a white band

on the shell which is not present in R. caribaea and the umbilical

shelf is wider and shorter. The predominant color of the body of

the two species also differs consistently; that of R. caribaea is

black, while that of R. galba is pale yellow. Juveniles of R. cari-

baea much smaller than any of the specimens of R. galba were

seen to have black bodies.

R. galba does not closely resemble any of the Eastern Pacific

species so far described (Bartsch, 1920, 1927; Baker, Hanna &:

Strong, 1930; Strong, 1938; Smith & Gordon, 1948). Its small

size and white band on the shell distinguish it from all other

described species of Rissoella. The four 'tentacles' were seen, so

R. galba is definitely a Rissoella. It is not juvenile because there

are 3i/2 whorls; most species of Rissoella have 3-4 whorls.

As stated above, R. galba was found in the same habitat as that

in which R. caribaea apparently invariably lives in the Bahama

Islands, namely in Bostrychia on mangrove roots. Three speci-

mens of R. galba were also found in filamentous green algae.

R. caribaea is much more abundant at Bimini and Exuma (Ba-

hamas ) than R. galba: only 12 specimens of R. galba were col-

lected while hundreds of R. caribaea were obtained.

Derivation of name. Latin, galbus, yellow (referring to the

predominant color of the body) .

(To be continued)

COLUBRARIIDAE (GASTROPODA) OF TROPICAL WEST

AMERICA, WITH A NEW SPECIES

By G. BRUCE CAMPBELL

In August, 1960, the 105-foot shrimp trawler, "Ariel," dredged

6 days off Cabo Haro, Mexico, and southeastern Baja-Lower Calif.

NAUTILUS 74 (4)

PLATE 9

Fig. 1. Rissoella galba Robertson. Holotype. X60. Figs. 2-7. Rissoella caribaea

Rehder, Bimini, Bahama Islands. 2. Shell, X34. 3. Exterior of operculum.

4. Side (columellar) view of same 5. Interior of same. 3-5, all X65. 6. Radula,

X867. 7. Dorsal view of live animal, ca. X30. R.R. del.

NAUTILUS 74 (4)

PLATE 10

L

f

»C.

%^^

Figs. 1 & 2, Coliibraria jordani Strong, holotype. 3, C. aphrogenia Pilsbry

& Lowe, holotype, ANSP. 155341. 4, C. siphouata (Reeve), Perlas Islands,

Panama; Biirch collection. 5, C. lucasensis Strong & Hertlein, holotype, C.A.S.

6995. C. soverbii (Reeve) , 100 fathoms. Cabo Haro, Giiayamas, Mexico;

Donald Shasky coll. 7 & 8. C. xavieri Campbell, holotype.

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 137

She was chartered and specially outfitted by Dr. Donald Shasky

and Captain Xavier Mendoza. Aboard were 21 passengers, includ-

ing John Q. Burch, Dr. Antonio Garcia from the University of

Mexico, and Dr. Myra Keen. Three species of Coluhraria were

obtained on this trip. The purpose of this paper is to suggest the

number of valid species found in tropical west America, deter-

mine the appropriate synonymy, and enumerate the problems

encountered and their most likely solution. No attempt is made

to evaluate other species of Colubrariidae, except where they have

been confused with or reported from the Panamic area.

Appreciation is expressed to The Academy of Natural Science

of Philadelphia through Dr. R. Tucker Abbott for the loan of 6

lots of Colubraria including Pilsbry and Lowe's holotype, and

to the San Diego Museum of Natural History through Mr. E. P.

Chace for the opportunity to study the Lowe collection; to John

O. and Rose Burch for the use of their library and pertinent

material; to Gale Sphon, Jr. and Dr. Donald Shasky for the loan

of specimens; to Dr. Myra Keen for her suggestions and critical

reading of the manuscript, and the Department of Geology of

Stanford University for study material; also to the California

Academy of Sciences, through Drs. G. D. Hanna and L. G. Hert-

lein for advice and types to study, and to Mr. S. P. Dance and

the British Museum.

Colubraria Schumacher, 1817

Colubraria jordani Strong, 1938. PI. 10, fig. 1, 2; text — fig. 1

Epidromus nitidulus (Sowerby) . Strong and Hanna, 1930, Proc.

Cal. Acad. Sci., (4) 19 (2) : 11. list (not Triton nitidulus Sow-

erby) .

"Colubraria jordani Strong (MS) ." Hertlein, 1937, Proc. Amer.

Philos. Soc. 78 (2) : 306. Nomen nudum. C. jordani Strong, 1938,

Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (4) 23: 212, pi. 16, fig. 8.

Description: Most slender of the Panamic Colubraria, this

species is light brown with two spiral rows of darker spots, the

2 1/2 whorls of the protoconch are followed by 11 subsequent

whorls, each with 3 or 4 spiral threads crossed by equally fine

axial riblets and 1 or 2 varices; base short, rounded; canal short,

recurved. Length 35 mm., maximum width, 10 mm.

Type: Holotype no. 7017, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll.

Type locality: Socorro Island, Revillagigedo group, Mexico, G.

D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, collectors, July 1925. Seven addi-

tional specimens were secured at the same locality. This species

was compared with and differs from Colubraria nitidulus (Sow-

138

NAUTILUS

Vol. 74 (4)

erby) , in being decidedly more slender, having more rounded

whorls, and in the more emphatic sculpture.

CoLUBRARiA siPHONATA (Reeve, 1844). PL 10, figs. 3, 4; text — fig. 2

Triton siphonatus Reeve. Conch. Icon. Reeve, June 1844, pi. 18

no. 81.

Protoconchs of Colubraria. 1, C. jordani Strong, holotype. 2, C. aphrogenia

Pilsbry & Lowe, holotype, ANSP. 155341. 3, C. lanceolata (Menke) , Destin,

Floria, ANSP. 194131. 4, C. lucasensis Strong & Hertlein, holotype, Cal. Acad.

Sci. 6995. 5, C. reticulata (Blainville) , Italy, ANSP. 37063.

C. aphrogenia Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 84:

62, pi. 4, fig. 10.

C. perla M. Smith. Naut. 61:55, pi. 2 fig. 2.

C. panamensis M. Smith. Naut. 61:55, pi. 2, fig. 6.

Description: The slender, fusiform shell is dark bluish gray to

light brown spotted with orange brown on whorls and whitish

areas on the varices; the 2 whorls of the protoconch are dark

purple to light gray in the middle and are followed by 6 subse-

quent, convex whorls with 8 to 10 spiral cords intersected by

narrow axial ribs to form a reticulate pattern; varices, small,

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 139

irregularly spaced, about 2 per whorl; the aperture is narrow,

contracted into a canal anteriorly; lip finely denticulate.

Types: Lectotype, British Museum (Natural History) . Type

locality: The type locality should be designated as Panama Bay,

Panama. Locality records: 12 specimens, Carmen Is., Gulf ot

Calif., 25 fathoms; 4 specimens, Cabo Haro, Guaymas, Mexico,

50-100 fathoms, Ariel expedition, August, 1960.

M. Smith describes Colubraria perla as similiar to C. pana-

mensis, but with the inner wall of aperture much more bent than

in C. panamensis. Dr. Myra Keen, 1958, correctly placed C. perla

in synonymy with C. panamensis.

Available for study were the holotype and a paratype of

Colubraria aphrogenia Pilsbry and Lowe, a lot of 16 specimens of

C. panamensis Smith, which Dr. Myra Keen stated was a portion

of the original group of shells collected by Clark in Panama Bay

from which Maxwell Smith undoubtedly selected his shells for

description,^ 2 specimens labeled C. siphonata (Reeve) collected

by Clark from the Perlas Islands, Panama, a single shell in the

Burch collection from the Perlas Islands, Panama with a label

reading "C. siphonatus = perla = panamensis/' and 16 specimens

of this group from several collecting stations in the Gulf of

California.

Close scrutiny of the protoconch and of the other shell char-

acteristics shows that all these shells should be considered one

species. A word should be mentioned about the holotype of

Colubraria aphrogenia Pilsbry and Lowe. It is a dead shell and

less than half the adult size. Several of the smaller shells of a lot

in this group in the writer's collection match perfectly the holo-

type. As with other groups of shells there is some variation in

size, shape, and coloration.

Keen (1958, p. 348) states that the name C. siphonata

(Reeve) will have priority for the Panamic form if it is not

recognized in some other province. After reviewing both current

and past literature, the writer's opinion is that a shell answering

to the picture and description of C. siphonata (Reeve) in Con-

chologia Iconica, Reeve, June 1844, plate 18, number 81, has

been found in no other province except tropical west America.

The shells from tropical west America agree with both the

picture and the description of C. siphonata in the Conchologia

1 Keen, A. Myra. (Personal communication) , Nov. 9, 1960.

140 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

Iconica. Tryon suggested that C. siphonata (Reeve) would prove

to be a young C. lanceolata (Menke) , a shell found in the West

Indies. In the Conchologia Iconica, Reeve pictures both species

and distinguishes between them. Colubraria siphonata (Reeve)

can be differentiated from C. lanceolata (Menke) in that the

protoconch is fiat, bluish-gray in the middle of the whorl, shad-

ing to black at the sutures, whereas C. lanceolata (Menke) has a

brownish-orange slightly rounded protoconch (text — fig. 3) .

Colubraria soverbii (Reeve, 1844). PL 10, figs. 5, 6; text-fig. 4.

Triton reticulatus Sowerby, 1833, Proc. Zool. Soc. London: 72.

(not Tritonium reticulatum Blainville, 1829, now in Coliib-

braria.)

Triton soverbii Reeve. June, 1844, Conch. Icon. Reeve., pi. 16, no.

65, a and b.

Colubraria lucasensis Strong and Hertlein, 1937, Proc. Cal. Acad.

Sci. (4) 22(6): 173, pi. 35, fig. 17.

Description: Shell rather slender, thick, and solid, generally

orange-brown, spotted or streaked with darker and lighter color;

the 3 whorls of the conical protoconch are orange followed by 8

sculptured whorls, each with a strong varix; sculpture of fine

axial riblets crossed by equally fine spiral threads forming small

rows of granules between which are brown excavated lines en-

circling the shell; inside the lip are 12 small denticles; aperture,

oval with a short, reflected canal. Length 43 mm., maximum

width 16 mm.

Type: Location not known. Type locality: The Galapagos

Islands should be designated as the type locality. Locality records:

1 living specimen, Cabo Haro, Guaymas, Mexico, 100 fathoms; 1

specimen, Monserrate Is., Gulf of Calif., 45 fathoms, Ariel expe-

dition, August, 1960.

In Strong and Hertlein's description of Colubraria lucasensis,

they stated that it resembled the figure of Triton soverbii Reeve,

but did not have the brown excavated lines, and that the single

type specimen was not fully mature and might develop similar

characters with 2 or 3 more whorls. The 43 mm. live specimen

taken at Cabo Haro, Guaymas, agrees very well with the picture

of Triton soverbii Reeve and displays the fine brown excavated

lines. In addition to these shells, the writer was able to study 7

lots of Colubraria from the Galapagos Islands. 4 lots were labeled

C. reticulata (Blainville) , one C. lucasensis Hertlein and Strong,

and 2 had not been named. These proved to be almost identical

with the holotype of C. lucasensis Hertlein and Strong, and the

protoconchs were the same. To comply with the rules of nomen-

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 141

clature, the name, Colubraria soverhii (Reeve) , must be adopted.

Reeve gives the type locality for Colubraria soverhii as the

Galapagos Islands, and said that he was renaming the shell that

Sowerby described as Triton lineatus (preoccupied by Broderip) .

Sowerby's description of T. lineatus was one of a group of 7 new

names for shells that had previously been confused with T.

maculosus Lamarck, and he separated out these 7 as new species.

Of these 7 the only one from the Galapagos Islands was T.

reticulatus Sowerby, but he placed it under T. reticulatum

(Blainville) . The description of T. reticulatus Sowerby fits the

picture of T. soverhii Reeve and Reeve's description much better

than does that of T. lineatus Sowerby. Quite probably Reeve had

the type of T. reticulatus Sowerby and not that of T. lineatus

Sowerby before him when he named T. soverhii.

Coluhraria reticulata (Blainville) has been reported on occa-

sion from the Galapagos Islands, probably because the Galapagos

Islands were incorrectly listed by Reeve as one of its habitats.

Several lots of the true C. reticulata (Blainville) , from the Med-

iterranean were available for comparison. The sculpture of C.

reticulata (Blainville) is finely reticulate and the protoconch

begins as a sphere and develops into a "crown," (text — fig. 5),

whereas the sculpture of C. soverhii (Reeve) is beaded and the

protoconch conical.

Colubraria xavieri new species. PI. 10, fig. 7, 8

Description: Shell rather slender, solid, and thick with 6

coarsely sculptured body whorls, the protoconch being absent.

Each whorl has approximately two varices. General color medium

brown with some indistinct lighter and darker areas; varix light

tan with 12 dark brown streaks grouped mainly in pairs that

blend into the solid brown of the body whorl. These brown lines

end as small dots in the aperture and correspond to the twelve

denticles just inside the lip. Inside of the elongate aperture pale

brownish-purple bounded by a 2.5 mm. reflected canal anteriorly

and a small internal notch posteriorly. The narrow aperture

equals 2/3 the length. The outer lip is thickened by a varix and

the body has a 3 mm. thin wash of callus with 2 shallow grooves

2 mm. apart on the columella, each bounded posteriorly by a

small denticle; the sculptured whorls are of 18 to 20 coarse

nodulous axial ribs crossed by fourteen less prominent spiral

ridges, between which are 2 to 4 spiral threads; the upper whorls

are sculptured by 6 to 8 spiral cords with 2 to 3 spiral threads

between and about 14 sharp, straight, axial ribs. The type

142 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

measures: Length 26.5 mm., maximum width 10.2 mm.

Type: Holotype in Stanford University Paleo, Type Coll.

no. 8520. Type locality: Trawled two miles west of Cabo Haro,

Guaymas, Mexico, in 100 fathoms, on the Ariel expedition, Sep-

tember 2, 1960. This shell is named in honor of Captain Xavier

Mendoza whose many hours of labor made the expedition

possible.

Colubraria xavieri has the general shape of C. siphonata

(Reeve) but is a heavier shell and not as elongate. The sculpture

is considerably coarser than all 3 other known Panamic species.

Colubraria soverbii (Reeve) and C. jordani Strong are larger

and more slender with an aperture/length ratio of i^ or less.

Bibliography

Broderip, W. J. 1833. Proc. Zool. Soc. London: 6 (May 17) .

Chemnitz, J. H. 1778. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von

Martini und Chemnitz, Niirnberg, vol. 10, pi. 162, figs. 1552,

1553,

De Blainville, H. D., 1829. Faune Francaise (20) Malac, p. 118,

pi. 4, D.F. 5.

Deshayes, G. P. 1843 (Lamarck) Histoire naturelle des animaux

sans vertebres, Deuxieme edition, Paris, vol. 9, p. 646.

Hertlein, L. G. 1937. Proc. Amer, Phil. Soc. 78. (2) . 303-312, 1 pi.

Hinds, R. B. 1844. The zoology of the voyage of the H.M.S.

Sulphur, London, Mollusca, pt. 1, p. 2, pi. 4, figs. 13, 14.

Keen, A. Myra. 1958. Sea Shells of Tropical West America, Stan-

ford, pp. 348, 349, figs. 331-334.

Menke, C. T. 1828. Syn meth. Moll. p. 87.

Strong, A. M. and L. G. Hertlein, 1937. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci.,

ser. 4, 22(6) : 173, 174, pi. 35, fig. 17.

PUERTO RICAN XANTHONYCHIDAE

By H. BURRINGTON BAKER

During the summer of 1939, a 2 months trip was made to

Puerto Rico, to obtain animals of the native species for dissec-

tion. Because of this purpose, and because records of empty

shells may be almost meaningless in the West Indies, on account

of the land hermit-crabs (seen less on Puerto Rico) , which mi-

grate from the ocean to altitudes around 2000 feet and return

to lay their eggs, most of my stations consist of remnants of

forest away from cultivated areas, and the records (unless other-

wise stated) are based on living animals. These were often

rare, since my collecting was around the end of a prolonged and

severe drouth, except on El Yunque, where rain fell almost every

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 143

night; this was broken by the torrential downfall of Aug. 1.

In symbols used, first capital refers to meridianal zones: E, east

of 66° longitude. J. (San Juan), west to 66°30'. P. (Ponce),

between last and 66°55'. W, west of last. Second (minuscule)

letters differentiate lowland stations (mainly below 500 ft.) : n

(north) always on or near limestone (rim or caps) as are Ps and

Ws (south) ; but e (east) , w (west) , Es and Js mainly without

limestone, although usually with the reddish soil derived from

its decomposition. Letter r (ridges) distant from limestone and

mainly between 1500 and 4000 ft. elevation, because least dis-

turbed patches of forest were on rocky summits. Little collecting

done in cultivated areas, which include most of island, even on

very steep slopes. Since prevailing trade winds are from northeast,

Luquillo Mts. (Er) are wettest, and semidesert, limestone hills

near Guanica Bay (Ps) about driest parts of island.

In the following brief descriptions of stations, the elevations

(to nearest 100 ft.) largely were estimated, but have been checked

(from memory) by references to the (more recent) U. S. Topo-

graphic Survey maps. The numbers (in parentheses) give loca-

tions to minutes; for example, 538,817 = 65°38' longitude,

18° 17' latitude. Those with asteriks (*) were collected more

intensively.

Eel, south of west of Pta. Barrancas; reddish soil, 0-200 ft.

(538,817), July 27. Ee2, hills near Bahia Demajagua, 2 miles

south of Fajardo, 100-400 ft. (539,817), July 27.

*Enl, limestone hills (Cuchilla de Santa Ines) , 2 miles south

of (Old) Loiza Aldea, 0-300 ft. (553,824), Aug. 25, 31, Sept. 2,

3. En2, limestone hills, just south of Loiza Aldea, 0-200 ft.

(553,825) , Sept. 4.

Er, Luquillo Mts. Erl, near edge of Luquillo Forest reserve,

on El Yunque-Mameyes road, over 1500 ft. (545,821), July 19.

*Er2, above kilometer 9.8 on same road, around 2000 ft. (546,-

820), July 21, 22. *Er3, along Rio Minas and Big Trees trails

below rest area, 1500-2500 ft. (547,819), July 10-18. *Er4, along

El Yunque and Mt. Britton trails above this, 2500-3400 ft. (547,-

819) , July 12-20. Er5, along Rio Blanco above El Yunque-Nguabo

road, 1500-2500 ft. (548,816), July 17.

Es, around Humacao. Esl, Pta. Lima (limestone), 0-250 ft.

(541,811), July 30. Es2, around Morilla de Humacao. hill and

coconut plantations, 0-300 ft. (546,809) , July 30. *Es3, La Val-

vera, first hill south of Humacao, 300-560 ft. (549,808) , July 25,

26. Es4, ridge beyond La Valvera, 300-800 ft. (550,807) , July 27.

Jn, near San Juan. *Jnl, limestone hills 2 miles south of

Catano, 0-300 ft. (606,825), Aug. 24-29, Sept. 12. Jn2, limestone

hills south of Palo Seco R.R. station, 0-200 ft. (611,825) , Aug. 30.

Jn3, along road near Pta. Tocones (near limestone cliffs) , 0-50

144 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

ft. (608,825) , Aug. 30.

Js, Guayama, along road north, 200-500 ft. (606,800) , Aug. 2.

Pn, limestone canyon of Rio Grande de Arecibo, about 10

miles southward from town. *Pnl, hills west of river (with

patches of yams), 170-300 ft. (641,822), Aug. 20, 21, Sept. 9.

Pn2, base of limestone cliffs, east of river, 120-170 ft. (640,822),

Aug. 22.

Pr, Cordillera Central Prl, ridge north of Cerro de Punta

(Calderona) , known locally as "Sierra Morales," but Pfeiffer's

apparently miles northward, where high limestone cap was vis-

ible; spent all morning climbing (looking vainly for Chondro-

poma terebra); collected a few ruderals about halfway up (around

2500 ft.?) but mainly in small patch of woods on north slope of

summit (resident exclaimed I was first "extranjero" he had seen

there in 20 yrs.), around 4000 ft. (635,810), Aug. 19. *Pr2, around

crest of road Ponce-Adjuntas, 2600-3100 ft. (641,808), Aug. 3,

Sept. 6 (questioned by Ponce police as "German spy") . *Pr3,

Cerro El Gigante, above cliffs, 3000-3500 ft. (643,809) , Sept. 7.

Pr4, about 1 mile from Adjuntas on Guazas road, around 1800

ft. (643,809) , Sept. 8. Pr5, east side of Rio Grande de Arecibo

(called locally Las Vegas canyon), 1500-1600 ft. (644,812), Sept.

10. Pr6, around junctions Yauco-Lares-Maricao roads, near Ini-

diera Alta, 2500-3200 ft. (652,808) , Aug. 6.

Ps, around Yauco. Psl, limestone coastal hills just east of

Tallaboa, 100-400 ft. (642,800) , Aug. 5. *Ps2, Cerro Capron, east

of Guanica Harbor, limestone hills eastward, 0-500 ft. (656,-

752,3) , Aug. 4-6 (similar hills west of harbor need study!) . Ps3,

south of old (?) road Yauco-Sabana Grande, near Paso Limon

(not on map, but limestone cliffs there should be studied) , west

of Rio Loco, 300-400 ft. (653,802?) , Aug. 5. Ps4, garden in Yauco,

100 ft. (651,802), Aug. 7.

Wnl, limestone canyon near mouth of Rio Guajataca, 0-250

ft. (657,829) , Aug. 18 (wet from rain) .

Wr, around Maricao, western Cordillera Central. Wrl, above

fish hatchery, 1500-1600 ft. (659,810), Aug. 11. *Wr2, southeast

side (coffee) and top of Pico Montoso, 2000-2300 ft. (659,810),

Aug. 12, 13. *Wr3, Maricao Forest, around Las Tetas de Cerro

Gordo, 2700-3000 ft. (659,810), Aug. 14-16.

Wsl, Cabo Rojo, limestone hills at quarry, south of town,

100-400 ft. (709,804) , Aug. 10. Limestone remnants between there

and Ps3 need study.

Ww, near Mayaguez. Wwl, garden of Agricultural Station.

Ww2, coastal hills, south end of Bahia Bramadero, on reddish

soil, 0-150 ft. (710,808), Aug. 9.

In the discussions of species, the station numbers are omitted

if the form was collected in those most intensively studied and

seemed probably present in other patches of forest in the area.

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 145

The remarks about snails climbing, etc., apply only to daytime

collecting, and are influenced by the excessive dryness before

Aug. 1 and the relative wetness thereafter. The notes on animals

were made in the field or under a dissecting microscope each

evening. Tripartite soles (with the middle, locomotor zone

demarcated by impressed grooves) are contrasted to trizonal (the

usual condition in geophiles) ; in the urocoptids, they are uni-

zonal, and in the pomatiids bipartite.

Cepolis (Euclastaria) musicola (Shuttleworth) . Under dead

leaves on ground, Es, Jnl, Js, Pnl, Pr3,6, Ps3, Wn, Wr2, Ws,

Ww2; mainly lowlands but up to 3000 ft. in Cordillera Central;

small shells angulate but last whorl usually becoming evenly

rounded in dampish places; locally (Es, Jn, Ps3, Ws) with faint,

whitish, peripheral stripe. Foot with black bosses which form

stripe near sole; top of head with broad, whitish stripe.

C. (E.) musicola, var. a. Psl,2; usually more depressed, angulate

and with weaker (but similarly "remotiuscule" spaced) growth

costulae than in typical musicola, but intergrading with it. Evi-

dently H. euclasta var. gamma of Sh., 1854:38.

C. (E.) musicola euclasta (Shuttleworth) . Type locality St.

Thomas (ANSP, 1029, 1032, 28305-6 from Bland & Swift) ; usually

larger than preceding and with major growth threads becoming

more closely (crebre costulata) and irregularly spaced on last

whorl. Also lots from St. John I., Tortola, Vieques and "Puerto

Rico."

Reeve's poor figures (copied by Tryon, Man. Conch. i:pl.

8, figs. 66 & 65) of C. musicola (too high) and euclasta look as if

the peristomes were reflexed but they are only so around the

umbilicus. The Cuban C. (E.) dehilis (Pfr., Sept., 1854) seems

very similar to C. musicola but young shells of the former are

more evenly rounded and the later whorls usually develop

stronger, although similarly spaced, growth riblets; it also has

high and depressed forms (ANSP. 2567-9) .

A worn shell of C. musicola might fit the obsolete (not identi-

fied for a century) Helix portoricensis Pfr., 1847; although none

of my 10 mm. ones are so evenly rounded, his German descrip-

tion. Conch. Cab.: 266, pi. 120, figs. 7, 8, described the last whorl

"at the periphery somewhat angular" (translation) and his figs,

apparently show poorly the growth threads of this species; from

a label in the ANSP., R. Swift evidently had the same idea.

C. (Bellacepolis) squamosa (Ferussac) . Very rare, aestivating

in hanging bunches of dead leaves up to 5 ft. above ground; Eel

146 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

(dead), Enl, Jnl (dead), Pnl (also fresh shells with holes

chewed in them!) , Pn2 (dead) ; largest shell seen. Living animal

(added to 1943a: 87) tinged with olive; inferior tentacles lightish.

C. (Jeanneretia?) dermatina (Shuttleworth) .

Dr. Turner's (1958:158) careful identification of C. dermatina

and her excellent figures of the type are very helpful. However,

to my sorrow (1950) , Shuttleworth's localities are sometimes

untrustworthy, even as to island. No similar shell seen from

Puerto Rico has as papilliform an apex, although some slightly

approach it. It also seems different in the typical, Cuban

Jeanneretia.

Certainly nothing like it was found in eastern Puerto Rico,

although nobody's banana patch near Luquillo was invaded. But,

during 5 long days around the nearby Old Loiza (En) , I veritably

believe that every hanging bunch of dead leaves in that area was

torn apart, despite objections (also many inter- and a few in-)

from wasps, in a search for C. squamosa.

Back in 1939-40, during preliminary sorting, 4 forms of

Levicepolis were separated:

A. Smoothish and unicolor C. horiquenae (or "horiquenus"

Turner, 1958: 164, 168, 169) from lowland Puerto Rico.

B. Cordilleran (Pr) series, with very attenuate, sharp carinae,

and with shells so thin and fragile that they often warped when

dried,

C. Intergrading and occurring with B, a series of slightly

heavier shells with duller keels; these were considered western

(Pr, Wr) dermatina, and would include all figs, on Turner's

(1958) p. 171 (pi. 27) , although figs. 1 and 2 (from near eastern

border of Pr) approach form B.

D. Very variable series from (driest) western Cordillera Cen-

tral, that seemed to intergrade with form C and were considered

as possible hybrids or "introgression" between it and A (other

lowland species found in Wr) ; these include clenchi (Turner,

pi. 23, figs. 3, 4) .

Forms A, B -f C, and D will be treated as species of Levicepolis.

Dr. Turner's extension of Hemitrochus seems inexplicable, since

Levicepolis does not resemble the type species of the other

conchologically (my synopsis, 1943a: 82, mainly follows Pilsbry,

1895-3:179, whose intuitive grasp of shell characters was always

far better than mine) . Anatomically, Levicepolis seems slightly

closer to Bellacepolis. All these forms were subarboreal, and were

found mainly, when aestivating, in bunches of dead Cecropia

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 147

and other leaves, up to 10 ft. above the ground; perhaps because

of the preceding drouth, they usually were quite rare. None was

found in the Luquillo Mts. above 1500 ft. elevation.

C. (Levicepolis) boriquenae H. B. Baker. Mainly smaller than

type (ANSP, 28335) and (being fresh) less glossy, but all uni-

color and without major spirals or angulation; embryonic whorls

(varying, but around 1) showing growth wrinkles within 14

whorl and approaching later ones by end (as in all Levicepolis);

Enl (near type locality; none sexually mature but 1 with ex-

panded peristome) , Jnl, Pnl (1943a:88) , Pn2. Ps4: Approaching

clenchi; intermediate in height of spire and in dullness, but

without angulation or major spirals; 1 with supraperipheral,

rufous band. Lowlands, 0-800 ft., but van der Schalie (1948:86)

gives many more localities.

Dr. Turner's (1958:167) advice about the type of C. bori-

quenae is not followed, since the unscientific (but perhaps more

courteous) method of substitution was not used and, if one had

been so careless, type by original designation is given precedence

in every version of the "rules" since 1907. Ferussac first used

Helix diaphana in 1821 (livr. 11 or 12) and also vested it in

1822 (livr. 15 & 17).

C. (L.) angulifera (Martens). Prl: Greenish yellow, unicolor;

13.2 X 123(16.3 mm.) with almost 5 whorls; apparently very

similar to type, but from a few miles south and probably about

2000 ft. higher (Cf. Turner: 172; Gundlach's locality seems much

more probable than that of Martens) . Pr2: Form B with supra-

peripheral and subperipheral, rufous bands; form C same or

with only subperipheral stripe. Pr3: Form B unicolor or with

weak subperipheral band; form C (1943a:pl. 11, figs. 19-21;

Turner: 171, figs. 3 & 4) with at least a trace of subperipheral

and 1 also with short supraperipheral band. Pr6: Form C

mainly unicolor (much like Prl) ; but 1 shell approaching

clenchi (type locality only a few miles farther west); fresh

and larger, but otherwise like largest one from Wr2 (with last

whorl becoming quite evenly rounded, although retaining peri-

pheral thread, near peristome; with 2 stripes, but no whitish,

peripheral band) . Elevations 2500-4000 ft.

Dr. Turner's (1958-170) correction of my careless use of the

oldest (supposedly) Puerto Rican name is accepted thankfully,

but might not the differences in the animal of river oi be due to

preservation and/or use; e. g., the spermatheca (sac and stalk)

of the example figured by me was distended by a spermatophore

(pi. 11, figs. 19, A 8c B) ? At the time, I was too preoccupied with

the startling divergences of Dialeuca and Setipellis, and less

148 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

interested in the disappointingly uniform species of Cepolis.

C. (L.) clenchi (Turner) . Maricao Forest (Wr3, nearest to

type locality but apparently higher) : mainly larger (up to maj.

diam, 17.2 mm.) than Montoso series; major spirals variable but

usually weak; keel variable but none carries it to peristome;

color almost unicolor with faint trace of whitish peripheral band

(this and more rounded last whorl least variable features of

clenchi), through typical (rufous supraperipheral and whitish

peripheral bands) to one with 2 dark bands (above and below

periphery) . Pico Montoso (Wr2, a few miles south of type

locality) : Mainly smaller; one measures 10.3 x 124 (14.2 mm.)

with 4.4 whorls; varying from scarcely angulate to almost as

keeled as form C, from almost without major spirals to fully

as spirally striate as angiilifera, and from almost unicolor (1

without even whitish peripheral band) to strong supraperipheral

and weaker subperipheral bands; largest (empty) shell (maj.

diam. 14.9 mm.) with angular thread extending to peristome.

Elevations 2000-3000 ft.

Since shell intergradation with C. angulifera (at least) seems

quite complete, this retention of C. clenchi as a species is mainly

due to the lobe on the penial complex opposite Turner's

(1958:165) label of "penis." Unfortunately, she neither figures

nor describes the dividing partition and its penial papilla or verge

(EP Sc PV in 1943a figs.) , so one cannot be sure whether or not

this be on the epiphallus, in which case it might be simply the

"head" of a developing spermatophore ("tail" formed in flagel-

lum) . My material is not dissected yet; some (no dry shells) also

are from Wrl.

Since Cepolinae Hoffmann, 1928, is a homonym, Cepolis,

Polymita, Dialeuca and Setipellis might well be included with

Helminthoglypta and Micrarionta, at least, in Helminthoglyp-

tinae Pilsbry, 1939. The other well marked, American subfami-

lies of Xanthonychidae are Xanthonychinae (1943a: 82, "A" plus

Monadenia), Lysinoinae Hoffmann, 1928 (B) and Epiphragmo-

phorinae Hoffmann, 1928.

References (not cited from van der Schalie, below)

Baker, H. Burrington. 1950, Naut. 65:108.

Ferussac, d'Audebard de. 1819-1832. Hist. Nat. Moll. terr. fluv.,

livraisons 1-28, containing Tableaux systemat. (or Pro-

drome) and 3 Explic. pis. See Kennard, A. S., 1942, Proc.

Malac. Soc. London 25:105-110, for dates. (Concluded by

Deshayes, 1850-1, with 4th Explic. pis., 1851.)

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1882-1958. All citations utilize nos. given in

1940, Scientific contributions made from 1882 to"l939:63

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 149

pp., published by Amer. Malacolog. Union; and in Naut.

77:105-112 (1940-1958).

Schalie, Henry van der. 1948, The land and fresh-water mollusks

of Puerto Rico, Mies. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no.

70:1-134, pis. 1-14. Since a very thorough bibliography was

included (pp. 123-128), his nos. are utilized, with thanks.

Shuttleworth, R. F. Pages of Schalie: 127, are in Diagn. 6 & 7,

equal Bern. Mitth.:33-56, 89-103; dates (Mar. & June, 1854)

correct.

Turner, Ruth A. 1958, Occ. Papers Dept. Moll. 2(22) :153-180.

Zilch, Adolf. 1959-1960, Handb. Palaeozool. ^(2): 1-834, I-XII

(twice) .

THREE SPECIES OF ODOSTOMIA FROM NORTH

CAROLINA, WITH DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES

By harry W. wells and MARY JANE WELLS

Department of Zoology. Duke University, Durham, North Carolina

Introduction. Fretter and Graham (1949) pointed out the

ectoparasitic nature of the Pyramidellidae, a family of small

gastropods that feed on certain marine invertebrates. They de-

scribed the feeding apparatus and mode of life of these gastropods:

"Each species feeds on a particular species of host, usually a

tubiculous polychaete or a lamellibranch mollusc, obtaining at-

tachment to the body by means of the oral sucker, piercing the

body wall with the buccal stylet and sucking blood and perhaps

tissue debris, by means of the buccal pump." They listed the

host species of 6 pyramidellids. More recent work has focused

attention on species that parasitize economically important

bivalves. Cole and Hancock (1955) reported on two species

that damage the European oyster, Ostrea edulis. On the east

coast of the United States, Odostomia (Menestho) bisuturalis

feeds on the young of the American oyster, Crassostrea virginica

(Loosanoff 1956) ; and Odostomia (Menestho) impressa feeds on

adult oysters (Hopkins 1956, Wells 1959) . Another species,

Odostomia (Chrysallida) seminuda, previously reported from scal-

lops (Aequipecten irradians), has been observed feeding on the

slipper shell Crepidula fornicata (Robertson 1957).

Allen (1958) questioned the host specificity attributed to the

Pyramidellidae by Fretter and Graham. On the other hand. Berry

(1954) indicated that their close host-parasite specificity provides

the best explanation for the existence of many closely related

150 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

species in this family. Certainly, this is a large family, with many

species separated by small, microscopic differences. The abun-

dance of species and the seemingly minor shell differences, which

have been utilized to separate them, have discouraged research

on these snails. Often, it has been difficult to recognize features

of shell sculpture that are taxonomically significant and separate

them from intraspecific variation. Consequently, some variations

from a single form have been described and named as separate

sp>ecies; yet small differences between species have sometimes

escaped recognition.

In the course of an analysis of the fauna of oyster beds, we

found that a number of small pyramidellid gastropods occurred

in this habitat in the vicinity of the Duke University Marine

Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina. Odostomia (Menestho)

impressa, the most abundant pyramidellid in this habitat, has

been treated elsewhere (Wells 1959) . Three other species, be-

longing in the subgenus Chrysallida, are the subject of this report.

Because these 3 species superficially resemble one another, they

are easily confused. Evidently, the members of this species com-

plex have not been distinguished previously; instead, they have

been treated as a single species, Odostomia (Chrysallida) semi-

nuda. The purpose of this report is to clarify the taxonomy of

these forms, to distinguish between them, and to provide infor-

mation on their distribution and feeding habits.

Taxonomy. Upon initial examination, this pyramidellid com-

plex appeared to include two undescribed species, in addition

to Odostomia (Chrysallida) seminuda C. B. Adams, 1839. How-

ever, subsequent examination showed that one species had been

described previously, not from the western Atlantic, but as being

from Japan. This species will be treated first; then a description

of the new species will follow.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) dux Dall & Bartsch, 1906 (Fig. 4)

Dall and Bartsch (1906) described a number of new species

from a collection of Pyramidellidae supplied by the Berlin Mu-

seum. This material included collections of H. and A. Adams,

Paetel, Dunker, and Hilgendorf, and contained many species from

Japan. From this material, Dall and Bartsch described, figured,

and named a minute specimen as Odostomia (Chrysallida) dux

(p. 350; PL 17, fig. 4) . After its description, they noted, "It is from

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 151

Japan and belongs to the Paetel collection."

Contained in collections of Pyramidellidae in the United States

National Museum and in the authors' possession are a number of

specimens from North Carolina that fit perfectly the description

of O. dux. These specimens superficially resemble Odostomia

seminuda C. B. Adams, which also occurs on the Atlantic Coast

of the United States; those in the U.S.N. M. collection had been

grouped under that species.

The type specimen of Odostomia (C.) dux had 4 post-nuclear

whorls and measured 1.8 x 1.0 mm. Corresponding North Caro-

lina specimens with 4 post-nuclear whorls possess identical meas-

urements. Included in these North Carolina collections are sev-

eral larger specimens, with up to 51/2 post-nuclear whorls,

measuring up to 3.1 x 1.5 mm.

Presumably, the type specimen of O. dux was returned to the

Berlin Museum. In view of other locality errors in the Berlin

Museum material, it is quite likely that the type locality cited for

O. dux by Dall and Bartsch was erroneous. In the same article,

these authors noted specimens of 5 other species contained in

the Berlin collection which apparently were also cited incorrectly

as being from Japan. Three previously described species from

the west coast of Mexico and one from the West Indies had

been cited in the Paetel collection as having come from Japan;

two species from Alaska had been incorrectly cited in the Clessin

collection as having come from Japan. All the specimens recorded

below were collected in North Carolina, with a single possible

exception labelled "Coast of N. k S. Carolina."

Material examined (The number of post-nuclear whorls in

each specimen is included in parentheses) : 2 specimens (4 1/2, 5)

from Shackleford Jetty, Beaufort Inlet, N.C.; subtidal; 1955. 1

specimen (21/2) , 1 dead shell (41/2) dredged off Ocracoke, N.C.;

1959. 9 specimens (3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 41/2, 5, 51/2) on shells, Beaufort,

N.C.; subtidal; 1955-1956. 1 specimen (51/2) labelled "Coast of

N. & S. Carolina" by C. B. Adams; 1871; U.S.N.M. 24702. 1

specimen (51/2) from off Cape Hatteras, N.C., U.S.F.C. Sta.

2284-86; 13 fathoms; 1885; U.S.N.M. 43967, labelled as Odostomia

cancellata (D'Orb.) . 1 specimen (41/2) from 25 miles SE from

Cape Fear, N.C., D2619; 15 fathoms; 1885; U.S.N.M. 97508a. 2

specimens (4 1/2, 41/2) from 17 miles SE by E 1/2E of Cape Look-

out, N.C., U.S.F.C, D2608; 22 fathoms; 1888; U.S.N.M. 94585b.

2 dead shells (5, 51/2) from off Beaufort, N.C., Eolis Sta. 21; 6-9

fathoms; 1910; U.S.N.M. Henderson Coll. (no number) . 3 dead

152 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

shells (41/2, 5, 5) from Beaufort, N.C. area; U.S.N. M. Henderson

Coll. B1446.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) dianthophila, new species (Fig. 1)

Description: Shell small, elongate-ovate, white. Nuclear whorls

moderately large, deeply immersed in the first post-nuclear whorl,

from which only the peripheral portion of the last oblique

volution projects. Post-nuclear whorls somewhat flattened,

strongly crenulately shouldered, marked between the sutures by

17 axial ribs and 5 spiral cords, the posterior two of which are a

little more closely spaced than the rest. Each junction of an

axial rib and a spiral cord is marked by a tubercle; the tubercles

of the first and second cord are somewhat fused. The fourth

spiral cord is wider and well separated from the third cord. Base

moderately well rounded, attenuated, ornamented with 4 or 5

more or less distinct flattened spiral threads, reticulated by

slender continuations of the axial ribs. Sculpture of the base and

of the body of the last whorl near the aperture often obsolete.

Aperture pear-shaped, posterior angle acute, somewhat chan-

neled; outer lip thin, somewhat advanced in the middle in larger

specimens; columella strong, curved, provided with a strong fold;

parietal wall covered by a thin callus.

The holotype has 414 post-nuclear whorls and measures 1.8

mm. in length, and 0.8 mm. in width. This is the maximum size

observed for this species.

This species is named dianthophila in allusion to its affinity

for the serpulid polychaete Eupomatus dianthus Verrill.

Type locality: Beaufort, North Carolina (1955) . The holotype

(U.S.N. M. 613499) and a series of paratypes (613500) from the

same collection have been deposited in the United States National

Museum.

Material examined: 210 specimens collected near the Duke

University Marine Laboratory, Beaufort, N.C, 1955-1956; 10

specimens dredged off Portsmouth Island, N.C, 6 fathoms, June

1959; 1 specimen dredged in Pamlico Sound, N.C, 2 fathoms,

October 1960.

Comparisons of Shell Characters. Microscopic examination

reveals several clear-cut differences between these three species.

Whereas O. seminuda bears 4 rows of tubercles on each whorl

(Fig. 6) , O. dux bears 3 rows of tubercles and a smooth spiral

keel, situated just above the suture (Fig. 4) ; and O. dianthophila

bears 5 rows of tubercles (Fig. 1) . While the axial ribs of O.

seminuda and O. dux disappear above the suture, those of O.

dianthophila may extend well below the suture onto the base.

The shell of adult O. seminuda is larger than those of the other

two species, achieving 4.0 mm. in length in contrast to maxima

of 3.1 mm. in O. dux and 1.8 mm. in O. dianthophila. In addi-

April, 1961

NAUTILUS

158

Figs. 1-3, Odostomia (C.) diauthophila: 1, adult shell. 2. lower part of shell

showing obsolete sculpture and shape of outer lip. 3, apical whorls. Figs.

4-5, O. (C.) dux: 4, adult shell. 5, apical whorls. Figs. 6-7, O. (C.) seminuda.

6, adult shell. 7, apical whorls. (Figs. 1, 2, 4, 6, to scale A; Figs. 3. 5, 7 to

scale B. Drawn with the aid of camera lucida.)

tion, the shell of O. diauthophila is consistently more slender in

proportion to its length than are those of the other two species.

The nuclear whorls of O. seminuda form a small projecting spire,

the axis of which is almost at right angles to that of succeeding

whorls (Fig. 7) . In contrast, the nuclear whorls of O. dux and

O. diautliopJiila are deeply immersed in the first post-nuclear

whorl, with only the peripheral portion of the last oblique volu-

tion appearing above the edge (Figs. 3 and 5) .

Ecology. Feeding habits: As Robertson (1957) noted, Odos-

tomia seminuda has been recorded from the valves of the bay

154 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

Fig. 8, Odostomia (C.) dianthophila (s) among branchial filaments of

serpulid annelid, Eupomatus dianthus (preserved); parts of calcareous worm

tube removed. (Drawn with the aid of camera lucida; f = branchial fila-

ments, o zr: operculum of annelid.)

scallop, Aequipecten irrndians. Robertson reported this species

teeding on Crepidula jornicata, a sessile gastropod which utilizes

a ciliary feeding method similar to that employed by bivalve

mollusks. In this study, Odostomia semimida has been found on

the valves of the scallop Aequipecten gibbus dredged from off

Ocracoke, North Carolina. Several specimens were found near

the ventral margin of the scallops' valves, but most were located

on the "ears" of the shell.

While there is insufficient evidence to justify any conclusions

on the feeding relationships of Odostomia dux, this species has

been collected in the vicinity of tubicolous polychaetes upon

which it may feed. The shell of this species dredged off Ocracoke

had been incorporated into a sand tube of the tubicolous poly-

chaete, Sabellaria vulgaris Verrill, attached to the shell of the

scallop, Aequipecten gibbus. The smaller, live specimen from

that collection was found in a nearby crevice between other

fouling organisms. Fretter and Graham (1949) have indicated

that a related species, Odostomia (Chrysallida) spiralis, feeds on

Sabellaria species in British waters.

Odostomia diantliopliila feeds upon the serpulid annelid

Eupomatus dianthus Verrill. The host polychaete produces white

calcareous tubes that are cemented to shells, rocks, pilings, and

other hard substrates; the species is distributed from New Eng-

land to the West Indies and the Gulf of Mexico (Hartman 1951) ,

and is an important fouling pest to the oyster industry in

some areas. This polychaete bears a terminal plume of ciliated

pinnate branchial filaments that open for feeding. When dis-

turbed, it quickly retracts into its calcareous tube, completely

withdrawing the branchial filaments which are then protected by

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 155

a stalked, trumpet-shaped operculum. A number of specimens

of O. dianthophila have been recovered from inside the tubes of

both living and preserved Eupomatus dianthiis. They apparently

were carried inside the tube when the polychaete host retracted.

Most specimens were located among the branchial filaments

behind the operculum (Fig. 8) ; however, two were lodged in the

thoracic region of one worm (preserved) . As many as three

specimens of O. dianthophila have been found in the tube with

a single worm. There can be little doubt that they were feeding

on this polychaete.

Fretter and Graham (1949) have reported two species (Odos-

tomia unidentata, O. lukisii) feeding on a British serpulid,

Pomatoceros triqueter, and described this process in detail.

Generally specimens of O. dianthophila were found only in the

larger tubes of E. dianthus. The E. dianthus typically retracts

whenever there is a disturbance in its vicinity, or if it is exposed

by low tides. The minute size of Odostomia dianthophila permits

its being carried inside the calcareous tube of the polychaete

when the host retracts. By this behavior pattern, the serpulid

worm inadvertently affords the pyramidellid protection from

would-be predators or adverse conditions.

The occurrence of this species in the tube of Eupomatus

dianthus has a counterpart in the occurrence of two British

species of Odostomia within the valves of pelecypods. Odostomia

scalaris penetrates betw^een the valves of the blue mussel, Mytilus

edulis, and O. eulimoides penetrates between the valves of the

European oyster, Ostrea edulis. In both species, the host responds

by producing a thin-walled pocked that excludes the pyramidellid

from the host's tissues. No such mechanism for isolating O.

dianthophila has been observed in E. dianthus.

Salinity: On the basis of their occurrence in the Beaufort area,

Odostomia dux appears to be more restricted to relatively high

salinities than is O. seminuda. Odostomia dianthophila is much

more capable of penetrating into estuarine areas than either of

the other two species, having been collected among oyster shells

at Cross Rock in Newport River (in the Beaufort area) , and in

Pamlico Sound. It has been collected repeatedly in salinities of

24 and 25 o/oo, and once in a salinity of 15 o/oo after a four

week period of similarly low salinity values. However, in higher

156 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

salinities, all three species have been represented in single

collections.

Reproduction: Typical pyramidellid egg masses (like those

figured by Thorson 1946 and Wells 1959) belonging to Odos-

tomia seminuda were observed on scallop shells collected in

January, 1959. Robertson (1957) has indicated that this species

spawned in July (1956) at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. As is

the case with many other marine invertebrates, reproduction in

O. seminuda appears to be directly related to water temperatures.

In this case, the spawning of O. seminuda coincided with a tem-

perature of about 65°F. Such water temperatures are recorded

for Woods Hole in mid-July, 1956 (Bumpus, 1957) . Apparently,

a similar temperature occurred off Ocracoke Island, N.C., in

January 1959, as one can interpolate from the hydrographic

data collected at nearby lightships (Day, 1960).

There is no information available on the reproductive period

of O. dux. Juvenile specimens of O. dianthophila were relatively

abundant in the Beaufort area in June and July of 1955 and

1956, and several extremely small specimens (with scarcely more

than the nuclear whorls) were recovered from material dredged

off Portsmouth Island, N.C., in June, 1959. In view of the oc-

currence of its juvenile stages, O. dianthophila appears to spawn

in late May, June, and July, exhibiting a breeding pattern in

the Beaufort area similar to that of Odostomia impressa (Wells,

1959) .

On the basis of their larval shells, theie is evidently a long

planktonic larval stage in O. seminuda, while in O. dux and O.

dianthophila the planktonic stage is suppressed. However, the

coincident recovery of all three species from single collections

and the absence of intermediate forms indicate that the differ-

ences in the larval shells are not variations induced by different

salinities.

Acknowledgments. The authors wish to express their appre-

ciation to Drs. Harald A. Rehder and J. P. E. Morrison for

facilitating their examination of collections in the U. S. National

Museum. Some of the 1959 collections were made during the

course of research supported by a grant (G-5838) from the Na-

tional Science Foundation to Dr. I. E. Gray of the Department

of Zoology, Duke University, and aided by the Cape Hatteras

National Seashore of the National Park Service. The 1955-1956

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 157

collections were made during the course of a broad study of

oyster associates at the Duke Marine Laboratory.

Summary

The taxonomy of 3 species of pyramidellid gastropods from

North Carolina is treated. Odostomia (Chrysallida) dux Dall &

Bartsch is reported from North Carolina and the suggestion made

that the locality citation made for the type specimen (Japan) is

incorrect. Odostomia (CJirysallida) dianthophila is described as

a new species and distinguished from O. seminuda C. B. Adams

and O. dux.

Odostomia seminuda is newly recorded from the scallop,

Aequipecten gib bus; O dianthophila is reported as an ectopara-

site of the serpulid polychaete Eupomatus dianthu^. Odostomia

dianthophila has been found inside the tubes of the retracted

worm, behind the operculum among the branchial filaments. This

species is successful in penetrating into estuarine areas of reduced

salinity. Other aspects of their biology are discussed.

References

Allen, J. Frances. 1958. Naut. 72: 11-15.

Berry, S. S. 1954. Amer. Malacol. Union Ann. Rept. 1954: 22.

Bumpus, D. F. 1957. U. S. Fish 8: Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rept.,

Fish. 233: 1-132.

Cole, H. A., and D. A. Hancock. 1955. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K.

34: 25-31.

Dall, W. H., and P. Bartsch. 1906. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 30:

321-369.

Day, C. G. 1960. U. S. Fish & Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish.

359: 1-114.

Fretter, Vera, and A. Graham. 1949. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K.

28: 493-532.

Hartman, Olga. 1951. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. 2(1): 7-124.

Hopkins, S. H. 1956. Science 124 (3223) : 628-629.

Loosanoff, V. L. 1956. Science 123 (3208) : 1119-1120.

Robertson, R. 1957. Naut. 70: 96-97.

Thorson, G. 1946. Meddel. Komm. Danmarks Fiskeri-og Havun-

dersogelser, ser. Plankton 4 (1) : 1-523.

Wells, H. W. 1959. Naut. 72: 140-144.

HYDROBIID SNAILS FROM LAKE PONTCHARTRAIN,

LOUISIANA

By ALAN SOLEM

Chicago Natural History Museum

During ecological studies on Lake Pontchartrain in 1953 and

1954, Rezneat M. Darnell and his associates took a series of

158 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

bottom samples with a Peterson dredge. Each sample covered

0.0645 to 0.1290 square meters. The material was passed through

U. S. Standard sieves (20 mesh per inch) and carefully sorted.

Through the kindness of Dr. Darnell, my study of the hydrobiids

was possible, with the specimens being deposited in Chicago

Natural History Museum. Only two species were represented,

but they are interesting from both the systematic and ecologic

viewpoints.

LiTTORiDiNA (Texadina) sphinctostoma Abbott and Ladd.

1951, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 41 (10) : 335-338, 12 figs.

This species was reported previously from several Texas lo-

calities and Grand Isle, Louisiana. Probably it is distributed

widely in the Gulf area, but has been overlooked because of its

small size. Abbott and Ladd based the subgenus Texadina on

the apertural constriction in their new species, as contrasted to

the relatively larger aperture in other Littoridina. The same

kind of constriction is found in Probythinella protera Pilsbry

and Amphithalamus (Floridiscrobs) dysbatus Pilsbry and Mc-

Ginty (Naut 63: 14-15, pi. 1, fig. 7) . Quite possibly this apertural

construction is a convergent adaptive response to some unknown

ecologic factor in the Gulf Coast estuarine environment, since it

has occurred in three distinct lineages. I question the necessity

of recognizing this variation by subgeneric terminology, and have

refrained from creating a subgenus of Probythinella equivalent

to Texadina and Floridiscrobs.

Probythinella protera Pilsbry. Figure 1

1953, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monographs, <^: 444-445,

pi. 64, fig. 6; Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida.

The occurrence of a Pliocene species from Florida alive in Lake

Pontchartrain is at first impression astonishing. The same Plio-

cene fauna includes either the same or different subspecies of the

following living taxa: Viviparus georgianus (Lea) , Notogillia

wetherbyi (Dall) , Goniobasis catenaria (Lea) , Helisoma scalare

(Jay) , and Gyraulus parvus (Say) .

The nearest relative to Probythinella protera appears to be the

northern Probythinella lacustris (F. C. Baker) . The latter species

has recently been discussed by Hibbard and Taylor (1960, Univ.

Mich. Mus. Paleontology, 16, no. 1, pp. 80-84, fig. 5, pi. 4, figs.

1, 2, 5, 6) in great detail. The nearest known locality for P.

April, 1961

NAUTILUS

159

Fig. 1, Probythinella protera Pilsbry. Two shells from Lake Pontchartrain,

La.

lacustris is in Chicot County, Arkansas. So little is known of the

distribution of Louisiana snails, however, that P. lacustris may

extend much nearer Lake Pontchartrain than is shown by

plotted records. Variation within the Lake Pontchartrain P.

protera was as great as that found in the ecologic forms of P.

lacustris mentioned by Hibbard and Taylor. P. protera, although

having parallel variation in form, consistently differed from P.

lacustris in having a constricted aperture.

Distributional ecology: The unfortunate dropping of a par-

tially sorted tray of specimens by a temporary assistant prevented

full use of the population data. The following few notes sum-

marize the retrievable information. With only partial data, sta-

tistical treatment was thought useless, and only general observa-

tions are included. The number of shells for each sample had

been recorded, but not the number of each species for the

dropped trays.

Forty-seven stations with a total area of 5.45 square meters

yielded 6,539 identifiable specimens, 5,183 of which were Littori-

dina sphinctostoma and 1,356 were Probythinella protera. This

produces an average population of 951 Littoridina and 249

Probythinella per square meter. The extent to which these

figures represent counts of living individuals is difficult to assess.

160 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

The material had at one time been preserved in formalin and

several lots had dried out. It was thus often impossible to decide

whether a shell represented a recently dead shell or a living

example. This factor, combined with the partial loss of data

prevented detailed statistical treatment of the population

structure.

The 47 samples ranged from a low of no mollusks recovered

to a high of 528 examples (4,093 hydrobiids per square meter) .

The maximum number of Littoridina was 455 (3,527 per square

meter) and of Probythinella the maximum number was 200

(1,550 per square meter). Of the 47 samples, 11 had less than

25 shells, 29 had between 50 and 300 shells, and four had more

than 400 examples.

Of the 30 unmixed samples, 15 contained only Littoridina

and 14 both Littoridina and Probythinella. Only one sample

had just Probythinella, and in only one additional sample did

the Probythinella outnumber the Littoridina.

The data are not enough to allow definite conclusions concern-

ing the actual population structures in Lake Pontchartrain, since

the samples were not evenly distributed. In the areas sampled,

Littoridina greatly outnumbered Probythinella, but possibly only

fringe Probythinella areas were sampled.

I am indebted to Dr. Darnell for permission to examine this

material, and to R. Tucker Abbott for comparing the type of

Probythinella protera with the Lake Pontchartrain specimens.

LAND SNAILS FROM MARYLAND COASTAL PLAIN

By F. WAYNE GRIMM

Michigan State University, East Lansing

Recent collecting on the Coastal Plain of Maryland has re-

vealed the presence of 4 species of land snails not recorded pre-

viously from that region.

Triodopsis fosteri (F. C. Baker) . This midwestern species has

been taken at 5 stations in Wicomico Co., Md., on the Delmarva

Peninsula. At all stations, it was associated with human refuse.

It may have been accidentally introduced from somewhere in

New Jersey, where it occurs in and around the town of Burling-

ton. Nearly a hundred years ago, T. fosteri was introduced into

Burlington by W. G. Binney (Pilsbry, Land Mollusca of North

America, vol. 1, p. 832) .

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 161

Maryland: Wicomico Co. Abundant in lumberyard along U.S.

13 at Salisbury. Whitehaven Ferry, near saltmarsh. Dump on

Indian shell-heap immediately south of Bivalve. Valley of Nas-

sowango Creek, 1 mile east of Waste Gate on Md. 350. Near

bridge at Mill Branch, 1 mile south of Mardela Springs.

Retinella ayptomphala solida H. B. Baker. Widespread but

never abundant, this strikingly beautiful snail inhabits wooded

areas on either side of the Chesapeake Bay. It appears to prefer

the undersides of logs in open pine woods. All specimens were

collected in winter and early spring.

Maryland: Leaf mould, valley of Old Woman's Run 1 mile

south of Bennesville, Charles Co. Near foundation of building,

woods .8 mile east-southeast of Bryan's Road, Charles Co. Logs

near highway, 2.7 miles southeast of Lexington Park, St. Mary's

Co. On hill above Stony Run, Patapsco, Anne Arundel Co. Woods

at roadside near Normans, 3 miles south of Stevensville, Kent

Island, Queen Anne's Co.

Ventridens cerinoideus (Anthony) . Seen from only 2 stations

in St. Mary's Co., which occupies the southeastern half of the

peninsula between the Patuxent and Potomac estuaries. It may

have been introduced from coastal Virginia or farther south.

V. cerinoideus appears to be absent from the Delmarva Peninsula.

Maryland: St. Mary's Co. — Under debris near old building at

Oakville (one juvenile, dead) . Dump in woods, valley of Locust

Run on Md, 5 near Morganza.

Punctum smithi Morrison. This minute snail inhabits the leaf

mould on heavily wooded slopes. Although widely distributed, it

appears rarely. Sporadic records are scattered from the Blue

Ridge eastward. To my knowledge, it has not been taken on the

Delmarva.

Maryland: Blue Ridge Province — Chestnut Grove Road on Elk

Ridge, Washington Co. Inner Piedmont — Valley of Bennett

Creek near bridge south of Park Mills, Frederick Co. Outer

Piedmont — Valley of Walker Branch, west end of Laurel, Prince

George's Co. (near the Fall Line) . Coastal Plain — Valley of Old

Woman's Run 1 mile south of Bennesville, Charles Co. Near

cemetery just east of La Plata, Charles Co. Slope I1/9 mile south

of Sand Gates, St. Mary's Co.

The author is indebted to Leslie Hubricht for the identification

of Retinella cryptomphala solida. S ' ' - /

162 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

PLEUROTOMARIIDAE IN BERMUDA WATERS

By ruth D. turner

Museum of Comparative Zoology-

Through the kindness of Dr. and Mrs. S. K. Roberts of Prince-

ton University, the MCZ recently has received a young specimen

of Perotrochus quoyana (Fisher and Bernardi) which was

dredged alive in 300 fathoms, 5 miles east of St. Davids Island,

Bermuda. The specimen is only 23 mm. in length and 28 mm. in

greatest diameter and the embryonic whorls are in perfect con-

dition.

At the time Dr. Roberts presented the museum with the speci-

men, he said that Dr. H. A. Lowenstram of the California Insti-

tute of Technology had dredged a much larger specimen from

that area. On borrowing the specimen from Dr. Lowenstram, I

was interested to find that it was Entemnotrochus adansoniana

(Crosse and Fischer) . This specimen was about half grown,

being 58 mm. in length and 69 mm. in greatest diameter. It was

dredged dead off the south shore of Bermuda in 110 fathoms.

These records extend the range of both species from the

Barbados and Cuba north to Bermuda. Following are the records

for these species in the collection of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology. The generic classification used is that of L. R. Cox

(1960) in the "Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology," Part I,

Mollusca 1, p. 1220.

Entemnotrochus adansoniana (Crosse and Fisher).

Pleurotomaria adansoniana Crosse and Fischer, 1861, J. de

Conchl. 9'. 163, pi. 5, figs. 1-2 (Guadeloupe, Lesser Antilles, in

150 fathoms) .

Blake, station 276, off Bridgetown, Barbados, Lesser Antilles

(13° 03' 50" N; 59° 37' 05" W) in 94 fathoms, (alive) ; Blake,

station 278, off Bridgetown, Barbados, Lesser Antilles (13° 04'

50" N; 59° 31' 40" W) in 69 fathoms (dead) ,

Perotrochus quoyana (Fischer and Bernardi)

Pleurotomaria quoyana Fischer and Bernardi, 1856, J. de

Conchyl. 5: 165, pi. 5, figs. 1-3 (Marie-Galante, Lesser Antilles).

Blake, station 296, off Bridgetown, Barbados, Lesser Antilles

(13° 05' 24" N; 59° 38' 45" W) in 84 fathoms (alive) ; Hassler,

station Sandy Bay, Barbados, Lesser Antilles in 75-100 fathoms

(alive) ; Atlantis, station 2953, off Bahia Corrientes, Cuba (21°

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 163

47' 30" N; 84° 32' 03'' W) in 615 fathoms (dead) .

The largest MCZ specimen of E. adansoniana (Crosse and

Fischer) is 124 mm. in length and 128 mm. in greatest diameter.

The largest of P. quoyana (Fischer and Bernardi) is 51 mm. in

length and 57 mm. in greatest diameter.

PETER OLAUS OKKELBERG, 1880-1960

To his colleagues and the many students with whom he worked,

the death of Professor Okkelberg on September 13, 1960, repre-

sents a real loss. He was born near Goodhue, Minnesota, No-

vember 12, 1880, and received his Ph.D. from the University of

Michigan in 1918. His 50 years of service at the same University,

prior to his retirement in 1951, centered mainly in the teaching

of embryology and comparative anatomy. While he was respon-

sible for the training of thousands of premedical students, he

did participate in basic research involving many graduate students

working towards higher degrees. Among the 23 students who

completed their doctorate under his direction, one wrote a dis-

sertation in malacology.

He donated his mollusk collections to the Museum of Zoology

in 1930, soon after he became one of the key administrative offi-

cers in the University (Secretary, Assistant Dean, and Associate

Dean in the Graduate School between 1933 and 1951, succes-

sively) . His collections reflect a long and wide interest in mol-

lusks; they include land, fresh-water and marine shells from most

of the places he worked, including the biological stations in Beau-

fort, North Carolina, and Woods Hole, Massachusetts. He also

collected at various times in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Colorado,

Wyoming, Ontario, New York, Ohio and Michigan.

In the summer of 1929, Dr. Okkelberg accompanied William

J. Clench on a University of Michigan expedition for Calvin

Goodrich to Georgia. One of the main objectives of this trip

was to procure pleurocerid snails for studies in which Mr. Good-

rich was then engaged. As often happens in field work, this expe-

dition did not accomplish the anticipated goals. The area in

central Georgia has a poor mollusk fauna. They had assumed

that it had simply not been explored previously; however, they

discovered that a large schistose belt crossed that region from

northeast to southwest. The scarcity of lime resulting from this

164 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

condition made collecting in those streams very disappointing.

Furthermore, heavy unexpected rains produced such unfavorable

situations that a change in their original plans was necessary.

A side trip to Florida and Cuba was added to their itinerary. In

a conversation with Dr. Okkelberg later, he indicated that he

thoroughly enjoyed this field trip. He frequently referred to it

as a cherished memory in his zoological career. Among the sub-

stantial collections made by Clench and Okkelberg, Goodrich

found 3 new varieties of pleurocerids as well as a good series of

topotypes.

Dr. Okkelberg's interests in malacology were not only reflected

in his collections over an extended period but in the number of

occasions that he served on doctoral committees of malacology

students. He himself directed the work of Margaret E. Whitney

who later published her work under the following titles: "Some

observations on the reproductive cycle of the common land snail,

Vallonia pulchella. Influence of enviromental factors" (Proc.

Indiana Acad. Sci., 47: 299-307, 1938) ; and "The hermaphroditic

gland and germ cells of Vallonia pulchella Miill." (Pap. Mich.

Acad. Sci., Arts & Letters, 26; 311-338, 1941).

His dedication to high standards and his interest in malacology

were most helpful. His devotion to students and his inspiring

assistance to them was evident to me especially when he arranged

to instruct me for a semester in his own laboratory at a time when

a formal course in malacology was not given on our campus. —

Henry van der Schalie, Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Mich.

FRANCIS NOYES BALCH

1874-1960

Francis Noyes Balch of Boston, Massachusetts, a co-founder of

the Boston Malacological Club, died October 14, 1960, at the age

of eighty-six. Chronic illness had kept him confined to his home

for several years before his death.

Mr. Balch was a man who combined with distinction both a

vocation and an avocation. His vocation was the Law which he

both practiced and taught. For five years he served as associate

professor of business law at the Harvard Graduate School of

Business Administration. At one time or another he was a mem-

April, 1961 NAUTILUS 165

ber of the Massachusetts Constitutional Convention of 1916-17;

of the Boston Finance Commission; and of the Massachusetts

Legislature.

For avocations he had both malacology and ornithology. Ex-

perience immediately after gi^aduation from Harvard College in

1896 included work at Woods Hole in 1896 and with the U.S.

Fish Commission in 1897. Cold Spring Harbor in New York

came next in 1898 and 1899. Here Mr. Balch was especially con-

cerned with nudibranchs, reporting one new genus and two new

species.

Throughout a long lifetime, vocation and avocations touched

at many points as is evidenced by a list of his interests: coloration

and distribution of Mollusca; chroma tophores of cephalopods;

the nudibranchiata; bird migration and coloration; heredity,

eugenics and crime; anthropology and pre-history.

The Boston Malacological Club, whcih celebrated its 50th

anniversary this year (1960) is largely indebted to Francis Balch's

interest and initiative. He was the Club's first vice-president and

second president. During subsequent years he shared in the Club's

activities until increasing physical disability rendered this im-

possible. In recognition of his many contributions to the club a

memorial fund was set up by the members.

The following is a list of Mr. Balch's malacological publica-

tions with new species described by him:

List of marine Mollusca of Coldspring Harbor, Long Island, with

descriptions of one new genus and two new species of nudi-

branchs. Proceedings, Boston Society of Natural History, vol.

29, no. 7, Oct.. 1899, pp. 133-162. Polycerella davenportii, new

species (Polyceridae) . Coramhella, new genus (Corambidae) .

Coramhella depressa, new species.

Remarks on certain New England chitons with description of a

new variety. Nautilus 20 (6), Oct. 1906, pp. 62-68. Tonicella

ruber (Lowe) var. index, new.

On a new Labradorean species of Onchidiopsis, a genus of mol-

lusks new to eastern North America; with remarks on its rela-

tionships. Proceedings, U.S. National Museum, no. 1761, vol.

38, Oct. 6, 1910. Onchidiopsis corys, new species. — Merrill E.

Champion.

NOTES AND NEWS

Jeanne Sanderson Schwengel — Dr. Jeanne S. (Mrs. Frank

R.) Schwengel died suddenly, February 17th, at the age of 71,

166 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4)

while attending the meetings of the St. Petersburg Shell Club.

She will be missed sadly by all her many friends and scientific

colleagues. An obituary will appear in a future number.

— Editors.

YuNQUEA MONTEPLATONis. — "Suavitas" monteplatoTiis Pilsbry,

1931-21, from Mt. Platon (Piton?) , Haiti, is a larger shell than

Y. denselirata, with more arcuate and thickened, basal peristome;

Cf. Helix effusa (Pfr.) Tryon, Man. Conch. 2: pi. 51, figs. 30-32

(ANSP. 12147 from Bland) . With this addition, a new subfamily

Yunqueinae (in Sagdidae) is proposed; Zilch, 1960:589, wisely

questioned the inclusion of Yunquea in Aquebaninae, since it is

different enough to be made a separate family, at the bases of

the Sagdidae and Oleacinidae. Like Aquehana, Yunquea lacks

lamellae but, in form of shell, also approaches Odontosagda, of

which "Y. denselirata" van der Schalie, 1948:71, pi. 6, fig. 5,

apparently is a Puerto Rican species. — H.Burrington Baker.

The status of Vitrinizonites uvidermis Pilsbry. — F. uvider-

mis, according to Pilsbry (Land Moll. N. Amer. II, pp. 347-349.) ,

differs from F. latissimus (Lewis) in lacking the calcareous layer

of the shell, and in having much larger teeth in the radula. I

recently examined the radulae of specimens of F. latissimus from

Little Haw Knob, Unicoi Mtn., Monroe Co., Tennessee. They

were found to have teeth larger than those of F. uvidermis from

Clingmans Dome. The difference between the teeth on the two

ends of the radula was as great as the difference reported for the

two species by Pilsbry. The teeth were small in the si>ecimens of

F. latissimus which Pilsbry examined because the animals were

immature.

Frequently the shells of zonitid snails in lime deficient areas

become thin when old. The shells of Mesomphix will sometimes

collapse in the fingers when attempting to remove the animal.

Possibly they extract lime from the shell to use in egg production.

I believe F. uvidermis to be only very old F. latissimus. I have

collected F. uvidermis many times but never have seen a young

one.

The teeth of F. latissimus are large enough so that they can

give a painful pinch when carried in the hand, but I never had

them draw blood. — Leslie Hubricht.

April, 1961 NAUTILUS

111

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

1960

Habe, Tadashige & Taiji Kikuchi. Fauna and flora of the sea

around the Amakusa Marine Biological Laboratory, Part I,

Mollusca. 70 pp. Amakusa Mar. Biol. Lab.

Hubricht, Leslie. The cave snail, Caiychium stygium Call. Trans.

Ky. Acad. Sci. 27:35-38, figs. 1-2.

Karlin, Edward J. 8c John A. Naegele. Biology of the Mollusca

of greenhouses in New York state. Cornell Agric. Exj>er. Sta.,

Memoir 372, 35 pp., 16 figs.

Knight, J. Brookes, L. R. Cox, A. Myra Keen, A. G. Smith,

R. L. Batten, E. L. Yochelson, N. H. Ludbrook, Robert Ro-

bertson, C. M. Yonge, and R. C. Moore. (Moore, Raymond

C. k Charles W. Pitrat, editors) . Treatise on Invertebrate

Paleontology, Part 1, Mollusca 1. General features, Scaphopoda,

Amphineura, Monoplacophora, Gastropoda: general features,

Archaeogastropoda and some (mainly Paleozoic) Caenogas-

tropoda and Opisthobranchia. 351 -f- xxiii pp., 216 figs. Geol.

Soc. America & University Kas. Pres.

Ladd, Harry S. Origin of the Pacific island moUuscan fauna.

Amer. Jour. Sci. 25.^-/1 ;1 37-1 50, 3 figs.

Okutani, Takashi, & Tadashige Habe. Pterotrachea coronata

(FoTskal) a heteropod mollusc from South African waters.

Ann. Natal Mus. 7^:513-515, 2 figs.

Riedel, Adolf. Die Gattung Lindbergia Riedel nebst Angaben

iiber Vitrea illyrica (A. J. Wagner) . Ann. Zool., Polska Akad.

Nauk 18:333- 346, 19 figs.

Turner, Ruth D. Land shells of Navassa Island, West Indies.

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 722:233-244, pis. 1-7.

Verdcourt, B. East African slugs of the family Urocyclidae. J.

East Africa Nat. Hist. Soc. 23:200-209, figs. 1-4.

Zilch, Adolf. Gastropoda von Wilhelm Wenz, Teil 2, Euthyneura.

Handb. Palaeozoologie 6:401-600, figs. 1435-2111 (Lief. 3: DM.

84); 601-834, i-xii, figs. 2112-2515 (Lief. 4: DM. 144).

Gebruder Borntraeger, Berlin-Nikolassee.

Zimmerman, James A. Pleistocene molluscan faunas of the

Newell Lake deposit, Logan County, Ohio. Ohio J. Sci.

60:13-39, figs. 1-19.

UNIVERSAL SHELLS Ready early in 1960

Nearly 300 pages, about 2,000 figures, some in color. First

part: Cephalopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura. Net $7.50.

Second part will appear later. Order in advance to avoid disap-

pointment. From the author:

Maxwell Smith, P. O. Box 8295, Asheville, N. C.

INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA

Monographs of the Marine Mollusks of the

Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Oceans

A new series devoted to taxonomic revisions of the marine

mollusks found from East Africa to Polynesia and Japan to

Australia. All species are illustrated either in full color, black-

and-white photographs or line drawings. With descriptions,

synonymies, anatomy, recent and Tertiary records, habitats, etc.

Editor: R. Tucker Abbott; co-editors: William J. Clench and

Harald A. Rehder. Vol. 1, no 1 (Introduction and Vasidae) and

no. 2 (Strombus) now available. Lamhis and Pinnidae in press.

Issued in pamphlet or loose leaf form. State preference. Attrac-

tive, gold-stamped, post binder protects your copies, saves you

cost of binding. $4.25 (foreign: add 50 cents) . Subscription: $5.00

per 100 pages. Not sent as a library exchange.

Department of Mollusks,

Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., Philadelphia 3, Pa., U.S.A.

FOR SALE: MIOCENE, EOCENE, PLIOCENE FOSSILS

Over 250 varieties, including 50,000 shark teeth in all sizes,

Dentalium, Scaphella, Tiirritella, Ecpliora, Pecten, Conns, Sur-

cula, Bulliopsis, Panope, Terehra, Crucihulum, Urosalpinx,

Fulgur, whale vertebrae and disks, petrified crabs (entire) ,

oysters weighing several pounds, and many others. Retail and

wholesale list, with full identifications and sources, available on

request.

Malicks, 5514 Plymouth Road, Baltimore 14, Maryland.

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Price lists of

this famous collection containing full scientific data are issued

from time to time. Copies are available without obligation.

Send name and address for future issues. Many new and rare

shells are included also.

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

UH 17XN R

!■ «